Professional Documents
Culture Documents
OWR-08-2023-24 BAVLA MMGSY
OWR-08-2023-24 BAVLA MMGSY
OWR-08-2023-24 BAVLA MMGSY
STATEMENT OF ROAD
Sr. Name of road Length T.S. Amount
No. Km
1 Const. of Nanodar to Chhabasar Road Km 0/0 to
3/800 Ta.Bavla Dist. Ahmedabad Package No.
MMGSY/OWR/08 (2023-2024) 3.80 33540600.00
Total 3.80 33540600.00
GOVERNMENT OF GUJARAT
ROADS & BUILDING DEPARTMENT
SACHIVALAY, GANDHINAGAR
ANNEXURE – II Notice Inviting On-Line Tender
Details about Tender :-Tender Notice No. 01 2024-2025
(Including as per Corrigendum)
Department Name :- (R&B) Dept. Gandhinagar
Circle :- Superintending Engineer Ahmedabad Panchayat ( R &
B) 6th Floor, Multi Stores Building (Bahumali Bhavan)
Vastrapur Ahmedabad.
Division :- Executive Engineer, R & B Panchayat Division
Laldarwaja, Bhadra Ahmedabad-380001
IFB No. :- Tender Notice No. 01 of 2024-2025
Name of Project :- Building
Name of Work :- Const. of Nanodar to Chhabasar Road Km 0/0
to 3/800 Ta.Bavla Dist. Ahmedabad Package
No. MMGSY/OWR/08 (2023-2024) (Forth
Time)
Estimated Contract Value (INR) :- Rs. 32882936.85
Period of Completion (in Months) :- 11 (Eleven) Months
Bidding Type :- Single bid system
Bid Call (Nos) :- 1
Tender Currency Type :- Single
Tender Currency Settings :- Indian Rupee (INR)
Joint Venture :- Not Applicable
Rebate :- Applicable
Amount Details
Bid Document Fee :- Rs. 6000/-
Bid Document Fee Payable To :- Executive Engineer, R & B Panchayat Division
Ahmedabad
Bid Security / EMD (INR) :- Rs. 328900/-
Bid Security / EMD in favour of :- Executive Engineer, R & B Panchayat Division
Ahmedabad
Tender Dates
Bid Document Downloading Start :- 05/07/2024 hrs 12.00
Date
Bid Document Downloading End :- 12/08/2024 hrs 18.00
Date
Price Bix opening Date. :- 13/08/2024 hrs 18.00
Bid Validity Period :- 120days from the Date of Price bid Opening
Submission of certain documents Submission of EMD. Tender fee and other Documents
etc. in person in the office of the during office hours: Up to date 13/08/2024to
E.E. (R&B) Division, Ahmedabad 18/08/2024in the office of the Executive Engineer,
(R&B) Panchayat Division, Laldarwaja Ahmedabad
Remarks :- Demand Draft for EMD & Tender fee shall be submitted in
Electronic Format Only thorugh Online( By Scanning) While
Uploading the bid. This submission shall mean that EMD &
tender fee are received Accordingly offer of those shall be
opened whose EMD & tender fee is received electronically.
However for the purpose of realization of D.D. bidder shall
sand the D.D in original through RPAD so as to reach to
Executive Engineer, R & B Panchayat Division, Jilla
Panchayat Bhavan, Laldarwaja , Ahmedabad-380001 Within 7
days from the last date of uploading. Penaltative action for
not submitting D.D. in original to E.E. by bidder shall be
initiated. D.D. for Exemption Certificate is not necessary.
However Exemption Certificate shall have to be submitted
electronically through online. Amount of Bank Solvency
must be 20 % of Amount put to tender
All the documents in supporting of bid and
prequalification documents shall be submitted in electronic
format only through online (by scanning ) & hard copy will
not be accepted and considered.
Prebid Meeting Dt. Dt 03/02/2024 12.00 Hrs.
:- Office of the Executive Engineer, R & B Panchayat
Division Ahmedabad
Other Details
Officer Inviting Bids :- Executive Engineer, R & B Panchayat Division
Ahmedabad
Bid Opening Authority :- Superintending Engineer, Panchayat (R & B) Circle,
Ahmedabad
Office of the Superintending Engineer, Panchayat (R &
Address :- B) Circle, Ahmedabad
Ph. No. (079-26307674)
General Terms and Conditions
(1) Bidders can download the tender document free of cost from the website.
(2) Bidders have to submit Technical bid as well as Price bid in Electronic for only on nprocure
website till the Last Date & time for submission.
(3) Offers in physical form will not be accepted in any case.
(4) Free vendor training camp will be organized every Saturday between 4.00 to 5.00 P.M. at
(n)code solutions-A Division of GNFC Ltd., Biders are requeste take benefit of the same.
Bidders who wish to participate in online tenders will have to procure / should h legally valid Digital
Certificate as per Information Technology Act-2000 using w they can sign their electronic bids. Bidders
can procure the same from any of license certifying Authority of India or can contract (n)code solutions-
A divisio GNFC Ltd, who are licensed Certifying Authority by Govt. of India.
All bids should be digitally signed, for details regarding digital signature certificate related training
involved the below mentioned address should be contacted:
(n) Code Solutions
A division of GNFC
301, GNFC Infotower, Bodakdev,
Ahmedabad – 380 054 (India)
Tel: +91 26857316 / 17 / 18
Fax: +91 79 26857321
E-mail: nprocure@gnvfc.net
Web-site: www.rnb.nprocure.com
Toll Free: 1800-233-1010(Ext. 321)
Àáù{ 60 (±õ) (Úí.-1)
çßÀëßlíÞë ÜëÃý ±Þõ ÜÀëÞ ìäÛëÃÞë ÕìßÕhë ¿Üë_À ±õçËí±ëß/1079/82/è Öë.27/11/1997 ÖõÜÉ
çßÂë ¿Üë_ÀÞù Öë.21/11/1998 ±õç.Ëí.±ëß. 102001-Ü_-34-29-è Öë.4/10/2005 Ö×ë
±õç.Ëí.±ëß. 1097-Ü_-34-29-è Öë.2/2/2007 Þë ÕìßÕhëÜë_ ÉHëëTÝë ÜðÉÚ ßVÖëÞë ÀëÜù ÜëËõ
³½ßØëßù±õ Õðßù ÕëÍäëÞù ×Öù ÍëÜß ³½ßØëßõ ÞíÇõÞí åßÖù±õ Õðßù ÕëÍäëÞù ßèõåõ.
(1) ³½ßØëß ÚSÀ ÍëÜß ÀÝë_×í áëTÝë Öõ ±_ÃõÞð_ Úíá ±çáÜë_ ìäÛëÃÞõ ßÉ\ ÀßäëÞð ßèõåõ.
(2) ßÎë³ÞßíÞë ÃõËÕëç ÕHë Úíá çë×õ çëÜõá ÀßäëÞë ßèõåõ.
(3) ÍëÜß Éõ ËõLÀßÜë_ áëääëÜë_ ±ëäõ Èõ Öõ ËõLÀßÞù äëèÞ Þ_Úß ÚÖëääëÞù ßèõåõ.
(4) ÍëÜß µÕß ³½ßØëßlíÞõ ±õÍäëLç ÕõÜõLË ±×äë çíÀÝùßíËí ±õÍäëLç Üâí åÀõ Þèí.
(5) ³½ßØëßõ ßÉ\ Àßõá ÍëÜßÞë ±çá ÚíáÜë_ ÍëÜßÞù ÃþõÍ (ÀäùáíËí ±_Ãõ) Þù µáõ èùäù ½õ³±õ. ±ë
±_Ãõ ³½ßØëßõ ÍëÜßÞë ÃþõÍ ±_ÃõÞð_ ËõVË ßí{SË (ÃþõÍ ±_ÃõÞð_ ÜëHëÕhë) ßÉ\ ÀßäëÞð ßèõåõ.
(6) ³½ßØëßõ ÍëÜßÞí ±ëäÀ/äÕßëå /ìçáÀ ±_ÃõÞð_ ß°VËß MáëÞ/ çë³Ë µÕß ìÞÛëääëÞð_ ßèõåõ.
(7) (1)wë. 5.00 áëÂ×í äÔð ±_Øë° ßÀÜÞë ±Þõ çÜÝÜÝëýØë 12 Üëç×í ±ùÈí èùÝ Öõäë ÀëÜÜë_
³½ßØëßÞõ äÀó ±ùÍóß ±ëMÝë ÚëØ Éõ ÍëÜß ÂßíØõ Öõ ßíÎë³ÞßíÞë Üðâ Úíáù ßÉ\ Àßõ ±Þõ ÂßíØõá
ÉJ×ù äÀó ±ùÍóß ÜðÉÚÞë ÀëÜÜë_ äëÕßõ IÝëßõ ±Þõ ËõLÍß ÜðÉÚÞí Üðâ çÜÝÜÝëýØëÜë_ ÀëÜ ÕðHëý Àßõ IÝëßõ
ÚíáùÞë Ûëä Ö×ë ÞíÇõ ÉHëëäõá VËëß ßõ³Ë äEÇõ ÖÎëäÖ ÉHëëÝÖù
ÇðÀäHëí/ßíÀäßí(±õÍÞVËÜõLË)ÀßäëÞí ßèõåõ.
ÍëÜßÞù Àëß ÉJ×ù ³ÞÕðË ßõ³Ë VËëß ßõ³Ë
ÚSÀ 60/70 82.16 Üõ.ËÞ 53586.16 55261.76
.D,hGsVFZPV[;Pv!f - - -
çíÜõLË 561.84Üõ.ËÞ 6460/- 6460/-
Üë³SÍ VËíá - - -
Ëí.±õÜ.Ëí 59.590 Üõ.ËÞ 60970.00 65000/-
±õÇ.äëÝ.±õç.Íí. - - -
2. ÍëÜßÞù ÉJ×ù ÂßíØäëÜë_ ±ëäõ ±ë ÀëÜÜë_ äëÕßäëÜë_ ±ëäõ, ÍëÜßÞë ±çá Úíá ßÉ\ ÀßäëÜë_ ±ëäõ,
ÖõÜÉ Üðâ çÜÝ ÜÝëýØëÜë_ ÀëÜ Õðv ÀßäëÜë_ ±ëäõIÝëßõ ßíÎë³ÞßíÞë ±çá ÚíáÜë_ Øåëýäõá ÂßíØ Ûëä
±Þõ µÕßùÀÖ 7Ñ1 Üë_ ÉHëëäõá VËëß ßõ³Ë äEÇõÞù ÖÎëäÖ ÇðÀääëÜë_/ äçðá ÀßäëÜë_ ±ëäåõ.
3. ±ëäð ÇðÀäb_ /äçðáëÖ äÀó ±ùÍóßÞí ÖëßíÂ×í É ±çß ÀßÖë ×åõ.
(7-2) ÀùLËÿëÀËßõ ÂßíØõá ÍëÜß çëÜõ P Form ±ëÕäëÜë_ ±ëäåõ Þèí.
ÀëÝýÕëáÀ ³ÉÞõß
Üë. Ü. Õ_ÇëÝÖ ìäÛëÃ
±ÜØëäëØ
ÎùÜý Â -1
Name of Work :
ÀëÜ Þð_ ÞëÜ Ñ-
Issue To lí Þõ ±ëMÝð
ìäÛëÃíÝ ìèçëÚÞíå
(1) Name of the work SFDG]\ GFD As per page number one of this Booklet.
(2) Estimated Cost Rs. 32882936.85
(3) Earnest Money Rs. 328900.00
(4) Validity period of tender offered 120days from thee last date of online
Submission of Tender
.
(4) ±ùÎß ÀõËáë ìØäç ÂðSáí ßõèõå. −ë³ç ÚíÍ ÂùSÝëÞí ÖëßíÂ×í 120 ìØäçõë çðÔí
Designation ……………………………
Page 5 & 6 are for E-tendering of B-1 Tender Forms only DATA
Sheet for B-1 E-Tendering
A Details of Tender Item :-
B. Eligibility Registered in A Class & Above & Road category –II Class of above / Pre-
Qualification
Schedule for e tendering is fixed as under :
Site Visit (if any) :- On Dt.
Bid Document Downloading Start :- From Dt. 13/08/2024 hrs 12.00
Date & End Date Up to Dt. 12/08/2024 hrs. 18.00
Online Submission of Bid :- Up to Date 12/08/2024 hrs 18.00
Submission of certain documents etc. Submission of EMD. Tender fee and other Documents
in person in the office of the E.E. during office hours: FROM Dt
(R&B) Division, Ahmedabad 13/08/2024to 08/11/2023 18.00 Hrs. in the office of the
Executive Engineer, (R&B) Panchayat Division,
Laldarwaja Ahmedabad
Remarks :- Demand Draft for EMD & Tender fee shall be
submitted in Electronic Format Only thorugh Online(
By Scanning) While Uploading the bid. This
submission shall mean that EMD & tender fee are
received Accordingly offer of those shall be opened
whose EMD & tender fee is received electronically.
However for the purpose of realization of D.D. bidder
shall sand the D.D in original through RPAD so as to
reach to Executive Engineer, R & B Panchayat
Division, Jilla Panchayat Bhavan, Laldarwaja ,
Ahmedabad-380001 Within 7 days from the last date
of uploading. Penaltative action for not submitting
D.D. in original to E.E. by bidder shall be initiated.
D.D. for Exemption Certificate is not necessary.
However Exemption Certificate shall have to be
submitted electronically through online.
All the documents in supporting of bid and
prequalification documents shall be submitted in
electronic format only through online (by scanning )
& hard copy will not be accepted and considered.
Price Bid Opening Date On Dt. 13/08/2024 13.00 Hrs.
:- Office of the Superintending Engineer, Panchayat (R
& B) Circle, Ahmedabad
Bid Validity Period :- 120days from thee last date of online Submission of
Tender
Bidders can download the tender documents free of cost from the website www.rnb.nprocure.com
Bidders have to submit bid in Electronic format only on above mentioned website till the Date &
time shown above.
Offers in physical form will not be accepted in any case.
Bidders who wish to participate in online tendes will have to procure/ should have legally valid
Digital Certificate (Class-III) as per Information Tehcnology Act.2000 using which they can sign
I electronic bids. Bidders can procure the same from any of the license certifying Authority of
India or can contractor (n) code solution a division of GNFC Ltd. Who are licensed Certifying
authority by Govt. on India .+
Other Details
Executive Engineer, R & B Panchayat Division
Bids Inviting Authority :-
Ahmedabad
Superintending Engineer, Panchayat (R & B) Circle,
Bid Opening Authority :-
Ahmedabad
Office of the Superintending Engineer, Panchayat (R
Address :- & B) Circle, Ahmedabad
Ph. No. (079-26307674)
Percentage premium or rebate in words and figures at
Mode of Quoting Rates :-
the end of Schedule- B
4. Bid documents can be downloaded & Submitted in Electronic Format on online web.site
www.rnb.procure.com / www………………………….. from …………… to ………………..
up to ……………………hrs.
9. The bidders should quoted his bid premimum or rebate at the end of Schedule B. If he do wish
to quote premium or rebate he should Indicate at per in the blank space preceding % above/
below in Schedule- B There after he should work out and indicate the offered bid amount both
and figures in schedule- B
12. The offered bids will be opened at …………….. hours on ………………. In the presence of
bidders who may choose to remain present in the office of the bid opening Authority Specified
in bid documents.
Page -8 ±ë ÕëÞë µÕßÞí çðÇÞë 2.1 ÞíÇõ ÜðÉÚ çðÔëßí äë_Çäí ±Þõ çðÇÞë 4 Ö×ë 5 ßØ ÃHëäí.
2.1 (i) The Bids shall be offered in Electronic Format only on online web site www.rnb.procure.com /
www. ………………………….. till the date and time shown on page 2 supra.
Payment of Tender Fee and Earnest money Deposite:- Demand Draft for E.M.D. & Tender fee
shall be submitted in electronic format only through online (by scanning) while uploading the bid. This
submission shall mean that E.M.D. & tender fee are received for purpose of opening the bid.
Accordingly offer of those shall be opened whose E.M.D. & tender fee is received electronically.
However for the purpose of realization of D.D. bidder shall send the D.D. in original through R.P.A.D.
so as to reach to Executive Engineer Division ………… within 7 days from the last date of uploading
penaltative action for not submitting D.D. in Original to E.E. by bidder shall be initiated. D.D. for
Exemption Certificate is not necessary. However Exemption Certificate shall have to be submitted
Electronically through online.
Any documents in supporting of tender bid shall be submitted in electronic format only
through online (by scanning etc) & hard copy will not accepted separately. (R & B Circuler No.ÕßÇ-
102008-Õ-ç dated 18-1-2008)
NOTICE INVITING TENDERS
1 Tenders are inviting on behalf of Governor of state of the Gujarat for wor as per page number one of
the Booklet. The work is estimated to cost of Rs. 32882936.85 This estimate however, is given as a
rough guide.
2. The work are required to be completed within 11(Eleven) months as per the terms of the contract
conditions.
3. The contractor whose name are borne of the approved list of contractors of Gujarat State R&B
Dept/W.R.D. Contract / firm Contractors Registered in A Class & Above & Road category –II and
above will be permitted to tender. Not more thanone tender shall be submitted by a contractor or by a
firm of contractors. No two or more concerns in which an individual is interested as a proprietor and/ or
a partner shall tender for the execution of the same work .if they do so, all such tender shall be liable to
be rejected.
4. Application for issue of tender documents shall be submitted to Exe. Engineer R & B Panchayat
Division Ahmedabad so as to reach his office not later then 11/10/202118.00 Hrs.
5. Tender documents consisting of condition, specification ,Schedule(s) of quantities of the various
classes of work to be done, the conditions of contract etc; will be shown on above web site.
6. Copies of other drawings and documents pertain to tender and signed for the purpose of identification
by the Accepting Officer or his accredited representative will be open for inspection by tender at the
following officer or his accredited representative will be open for inspection by tender at the following
offices during working hours between the dates mentioned in clause 4 above
(a) Executive Engineer, Kheda R. &B . Division, Ayojan Bhawan Compound, Nadiad.
(b) Superintending Engineer, R. & B. Circle No. 1, L. D. Engineering College Campus, Ahmedabad.
7. Tenderer are advised to visit the site sufficiently in advance of the date fixed for submission of the
tender. A tenderer shall be deemed to have full knowledge of all the relevant documents samples, site
etc; whether he inspects them or not
8. Submission of a tender by tenderer implies that he has read this notice and all other contract
documents and has made himself aware of the scope and specification of the work to be done and of
conditions and rates at which stores, tool and plant etc. will be issued to him, by Government and local
conditions and other factors bearing on the execution of the works.
9. The bidder should quote his bid premium or rabate at thee end of Schedul- B If he do not wish to
quote premium of r\ebate he should indicate at per in the blank space preceding % above / below in
Schedule B There after he tender the tender of the contractor tendering as well as of those witnessing
the tender liable to rejection.
10. All rates shall be quoted on the tender form.
11. The tender for the works shall not be witnessed by a contractor or contractors who himself /
themselves has/have tendered or who may and has/have tender for the same works. Failure to observe
this condition shall render the tender of the contractor tendering, as well as of those witnessing the
tender, liable to rejection.
12. The electrocin offered bids will be opened at 12.00 Hours on 13/08/2024in the presence of bidders
who may choose to remin present in the office of the Bid opening Authority Specification in bid
documents.
13. Demand draft for EMD & Tender fee shall be submitted in electronic format only through online
(by scanning ) while uploading the bid This submission shall mean that EMD & tender fee are received
for purpose of opening the bid Accordingly offer of those shall be opened whose EMD & tender Fee is
received electronically However for the purpose of realization of DD bidder shall send the D.D. in
original through RPAD s\o as to reach to Executive Engineer, Panchayat (R & B) Division Ahmedabad
within 7 days from thee last date of uploading Penetrative action for not submitting D.D. in original to
EE by bidder shall be initiated DD for Exemptions Certificate is not necessary However Exemption
Certificate shall be have to be submitted electronically through online.
14. The Governor of the State of Gujarat does not bind himself to accept the lowest or any tender or to
give any reasons for the decision.
15. This notice of tender shall form part of the contract documents For and behalf of Governor for the
state of Gujarat
Designation :
Roads & Buildings / Water Resources Department
Contract for works
SECTION – 1
INFORMATION & INSTRUCTIONS FOR TENDERERS :
11.T. Mode of Submitting Tender :
The tenders shall be submitted in Electronic format only on online Web-site www.nprocure.com till the date &
time shown in Page No.2
Offers in Physical form will not be accepted in any case.
Bidders who wish to participate in online tenders will have to procure / should have legally valid Digital
Certificate (Class-III) as per Information Technology Act-2000 using which they can sign their electronic bids.
Bidders can procure the same from any of the license certifying Authority of India are as mentioned under :
Sr.No. Name of Certifying Agency Website Address
1. (n) Code solution (G.N.F.C) www.gnvfc.com
2. Safecrypt www.safescrypt.com
3. TCS www.tcs.-ca.tcs.co.in
4. MTNL www.mtnltrustline.com
2.0 Competency of Tenderer :
No contract will be awarded except to responsible bidders capable of performing the class of work
contemplated. Before the award of the contract, any bidder may be required to show that he has the
necessary facilities, experience, ability and financial resources to perform the work in satisfactory manner
within the time stipulated. Tender may be required to frnish the tender inviting authority with the statements
as to their experience and their financial status. Tenderer shall be a registrered contractor in appropriate
class of the Roads & Buildings Department or Water Resources Department of Government of Gujarat.
3.0 Tenderer to inform Himself:
Tenderer will be deemed to have inspected the site and to have satisfied himself as to the nature of all
works, all existing roads, water-way and other means of communication and access to and from the site and
work and the building that may be required for temporary purpose in connection with the construction,
completion and maintenance of the works and must make his own inquiries as to work, yard sites and depot,
and dumps and as to acquisition of such additional sites, rates and areas as may be necessary for
temporary purpose for constructing, completing and maintaining the works and availability of water for
construction activities, power, quarries and labour.
4.0 Payment of Tender Fee and Earnest Money Deposit : Demand Draft for E.M.D. & tender fee shall be
submitted in electronic format only through online ( by scanning) while uploading the bid. This submission
shall mean that E.M.D. & tender fee are received for purpose of opening the bid. Accordingly offer of those
shall be opened whose E.M.D. & tender fee is received electronically. However for the purpose of realization
of D.D., bidder shall send the D.D. in original to Superintending Engineer, -------------- at the time of tender
opening or send the same through R.P.A.D. so as to reach to Executive Engineer, Panchayat (R&B)
Division, Surat within 7 days from the last date of opening. If tender fee and E.M.D. is not paid as shown in
bid document, action to hold his registration in abeyance shall be taken and his E-tendering Code will be
cancelled for one year. D.D. for Exemption Certificate is not necessary. However Exemption Certificate shall
have to be submitted electronically through online.
Any document in supporting of tender bid shall be submitted in electronic format only through online (by
scanning etc.) (R&B Circular No. 5ZRv !_Z ( v 5 v ; dated 18-1-2008 & 27-11-08)
5.0 Payment – The tenderer must understand clearly that the rates quoted are for completed works and include
all costs due to labour, scaffolding plant, supervision, service work, power, royalties and octroi etc. and to
include all extras to cover the cost of night work if and when required and no claim for additional payment
beyond the price/rates quoted will be entertained and the tenderers will not be entitled subsequently to make
any claim on the ground of misrepresentation or on the ground that he was supplied with information given
by any person (whether the member is the employee of Public Works Department or not). Any failure on his
part to obtain all necessary information for the purpose of making his tender and filling the several prices and
rates therein shall not relieve him from any risks or liabilities arising out of or consequent upon the
submission of the tender.
6.0 Tender Forms - This form will state work to be carried out as well as the date of submitting
and opening tenders and the time allowed for carrying out the work, also the amount of earnest
money to be deposited with the tender and the amount of the security deposit to be paid
by the successful tenderer and percentage, if any, to be deducted from bill. It will also
state whether a refund of quarry fees royalties, octroi dues and ground rents will be
Bank Guarantee is applicable only when the estimated cost of work is more than Rs. 50 lacs.
BANK GUARANTEE
Whereas M/s. (hereinafter called the
Tenderer) is desirous and preferred to tender for works in accordance with the terms and conditions of tender
for the work of and where as We, Bank, agree to give the tenderer a guarantee
for the Earnest Money.
11. . Therefore, we hereby affirm, that we are guarantors on behalf of the Tenderer up to total rupees
in words) Rs. (in figures) and
we undertake to pay to Executive Engineer Division Department of
Government of Gujarat the (name of Govt. previous
notice of judicial or to be specified), up to his first written demand, without demur, without delay and without
the necessity of a previous notice of judicial or administrative procedures and without the necessity to prove
to the Bank the defects or shortcomings or debits of the contractor any sum within the limit of Rs.
.
2. We further agree that the Guarantee herein contained, shall remain in full force and effect during the period
that would be taken for the acceptance of tender.
However, unless a demand of claim under this guarantee is made on us in writing on or before the
(Date to be specified – will not be less than 180 days from the stipulated date of
receiving the tender) we shall be discharged form all liabilities under the guarantee thereafter.
3. We undertake not to revoke the guarantee during it currency except with the previous consent of the
Executive Engineer Division in writing.
4. We lastly undertake not to revoke the guarantee for any charge in constitution of the Tenderer or of the
Bank.
18
SECTION – 2
TENDER FOR WORKS
I/ We hereby tender for the execution for the Governor of Gujarat ( hereinbefore and hereinafter referred to as Government) of
the work specified in the underwritten memorandum within the time specified in such memorandum at + .........
................................................................................................................. Percent below / Above the estimated rates specified in Schedule ‘B’
(memorandum showing item of works to be carried out ) and in accordance in all respects with the specifications, designs, drawings and
instructions in writing referred to in this tender and in Clause 13 of the annexed conditions of contract and agree that when materials for the
work are provided by Government , such materials and the rates to be paid for them shall be as provided in scheducle ‘A’ hereto.
VFYL C]\ q VD[] ;G];}lR cBc CFY WZJFGF SFDGL AFATM NXF‰JTL IFNLDF\ lGlN‰Q8 ±_Øë° Øß ÀßÖë +................................................................. ËÀë ÞíÇë – ªÇë Øßõ
IFNLDF\ 9ZFJ[, D]NTGL V\NZ VG[ VF 8[g0ZGL ;FY[ HM0[,L SMg8=FS8ZGL XZTMGF B\0 !# DF\ H6FJ[,L ,[lBT lJUTM4 l0hF.GM4 0=M.\U VG[ ;]RGFVM VG];FZ AWL ZFT[4 GLR[
H6FJ[,L IFNLDF\ NXF‰J[,\] SFD SZJF DF8[ U]HZFTGF ZFHI5F, sH[DG[ VCL\ VUFp VG[ CJ[ 5KL c;ZSFZc TZLS[ H6FJ[, K[Pf DF8[ 8[g0Z ZH] SZ] K]\ q SZLV[ KLV[ VG[ T[ SFD DF8[
;ZSFZ TZOYL DF,;FDFG 5]ZM 5F0JFDF\ VFJ[ tIFZ[ T[ DF,;FDFG VG[ T[DF8[ R]SJJFGF NZ ;FY[GL VG];}lR cSc DF\ HMUJF/VM SIF‰ D]HAGL ZC[X[ T[ DG[q VDG[ SA], K[P
* Strike out which ever is not applicable * ,FU] G 50T]\ CMI T[ K[SL GF\BJ]\
+ In figures as well as words * VF\S0F T[DH XaNMDF\
MEMORANDUM - ÝëØí
(À) É\Øë É\Øë ÕõËë ÀëÜùÞù çÜëäõå ÀßëÝù èùÝ Öù ÖõÞí ìäÃÖ (1) çëÜëLÝ äHëýÞ ÜðAÝ ÕðWÌÞ_.±õÀÜë_ ØåëýT Ýë ÜðÉÚ
±áà ÝëØíÜë_ ±ëÕäí. (Â) ±_Øë° ìÀoÜÖ wë. 32882936.85
(Ã) ÚëÞëÞí ßÀÜ (Ã) ÚëÞëÞí ßÀÜ 1 ËÀë wë. 328900.00
(Ô) ½ÜíÞ ±ÞëÜÖ(Õë_Ç ËÀë)
(Ô) (1) çßØëß çßùäß ÞÜýØë ìÞÃÜÞí ±õÀ Öõ Öõ×í äÔðäWëìÞí ÜðØÖäëâí (ÍíÕù{íË VävÕõ)
±×äë ÞëÞí ÚÇÖ VävÕõ (ðá ÍíÕù{íË ßÀÜÞë 50 ËÀë çðÔí) 2.5 ËÀë wë. 822250.00
(Ô) (2) ³½ßØëßÞë ìÚáùÜë_×í 10 ËÀë çðÔí ÀÕëÖ ßÀÜ (À<á ÍíÕù{íË 50 ËÀë çðÔí Éõ
ßÀÜ çßØëß çßùäß ÞÜýØë ìÞÃÜÞí Úë_Ôí ÜðØÖÞí ×ëÕHë Üë_ ÍíÕù{íË VävÕõ Àõ
ÞëÞí ÚÇÖ VävÕõ Îõßäí åÀåõ. 2.5 ËÀë wë. 822250.00
(Ç) ±ÞðçðìÇÖ ÚÞõ(Þð_ ÕßÎùÜLç ÚùLÍ(vìÕÝë 15 áë µÕßÞë ÀëÜÜë_
±_Øë° ìÀÜÖÞë 5 ËÀë áõÂõ) 5 ËÀë wë. 1644500.00
------------------------------
10 ËÀë wë. 3289000.00
Vode & B B G.R. No. TNC – 10881 B/f(13) /C dated 5/4/1993 & revised vide G.R. No. TNC-
1088/IB/18(13)-C, dated. 31/8/1994
Ô (1) ÂÇý −ÜëHëõ ÜëÕ áõÖë ÀëÜ ±ÍÔð ×ëÝ Iýëßõ ½ÜíÞ ±ÞëÜÖ ÖßíÀõ ±õäí À<á ßÀÜ Õðßë ׳ ßèõ Öõ ÜëËõ ìÚáùÜë_×í Àù³ ËÀëäëßí ÀÕëÖ
ÀßäëÞí ßèõÖí èùÝ Öù Öõ 5 ËÀë ßèõåõ.
Ô (2) ÎÀßë Ç(1) ÜðÉÚ ìÚáÜë_×í ÀëÕõá ßùÀÍ ½ÜíÞ ±ÞëÜÖ ÞëÞí ÚÇÖ −ÜëHëÕhë Àõ ±õÎ.Íí.±ëß. Üë_ wÕë_Öß Àßëäí åÀëåõ ±ë
ÜðÉÚÞí vÕë_Ößí ½ÜíÞ ±ÞëÜÖ Ö×ë ÀßëßÞëÜð ÀßÖí äÂÖõ ßÉ\ Àßõá TÝëÉ\Àí ½ÜíÞ ±ÞëÜÖÞí ÜðØÖ ÕëÀÖë ±õÀ ÜìèÞë ±Ãëµ
ÀùLËÿëÀËß áõìÂÖ ÉHëëäåõ Öù Öõ ±ÞëÜÖ ÀùLËÿëÀËß ÉHëëäõ ÖõËáë çÜÝ ÜëËõ ßíLÝð Àßëäí ±Õëåõ.
(f) Time allowed for the completion of work from date of written order to commence 11 (Eleven)
months
(È) ÀëÜ åv ÀßäëÞí áõìÂÖ èðÀÜÜë ìÞÝÖ Àßõáí ÖëßíÂ×í Õðv Àßäë ÜëËõ ±ëÕõáí ÜðØÖ -11–ÜìèÞë
Give Schedule where necessary, showing dates by which the various items are to be completed.:
19
Éõ ÖëßíÂù çðÔíÜë_ É\Øí É\Øí ÚëÚÖù Õðßë ÀßäëÞí èùÝ Öõ ÖëßíÂù ØåëýäÖí ±ÞðçðìÇ Évß èùÝ Iýë ±ëÕäí.
(g) Should this tender be accepted, I /We hereby agree to abide by fulfill all the terms and provisions of
the conditions of the contract annexed here to so far as applicable and in default there of to forfeit
and pay to Government in Office the sums of money mentioned in the said conditions.
(É) ±ë ËõLÍß VäíÀëßäëÜë_ ±ëäåõ Öù áëÃð ÕÍÖí èåõ Iýë çðÔí ±ë çë×õ ½õÍõáí ÀùLËÿëÀËÞí ÚÔí åßÖùÞí ½õÃäë³±ùÞð_ ÕëáÞ Àßäë ±Þõ
ÖõÞõ ÕìßÕðHëý Àßäë èð_/ ±Üõ Ú_Ôëµ È\_./Ú_Ôë³ Èí±õ ±Þõ ÖõÜ ÀßäëÜë Àçðß ×Ýõ µÀÖ åßÖùÜë_ Øåëýäõá ßÀÜ çßÀëßÜë_ ÉÜë Àßëääë
±Þõ ÇðÀääë èð_ / ±Þõ ç_ÜÖ ×ëµ È\_./ ׳±õ Èí±õ.
20
TERMS & CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT
CLASUE 1 : Security Deposit: 1.1. Security Deposit is required to be furnished by the
contractor as guarantee money for performance of the contract and observance of contract
Conditions.
1.2 The person/persons whose tender is accepted (hereinafter called the” Contractor “which
expression shall, unless excluded by, or repugnant to the context include his Legal heirs,
executors, administrators and assignees) shall pay the total amount of Security Deposit:
(a) In respect of the tender up to Rs. Thirty Lacs, equal to 5 (Five) percent of the estimated cost of the work put to
tender.
(b) In respect of the work above thirty lacs, equal to 10 (Ten) percent of the estimated cost of the work put to tender.
1.3 In respect of the tender upto Rs. 30 lacs, the contractor shall pay five percent of
security deposit in two part as under.
Part – I :- 2.5 percent in the form of Narmada Bond of Sardar Sarovar Narmada Migam Ltd.
Or in any form of
National Small Saving (N.S.S.) Schemes or F.D.R. of any Schedule Bank to be paid within
10 days from the date of receipt of acceptance letter of his offer.
Part – II :- 2.5 percent in the form of cash/ retention money to be deducted from Running
Bills that become payable to the contractor from time to time.
1.4 In respect of the tenders above Rs. Thirty lacs, the contractor shall pay first five
percent of Security
Deposit as specified in para 1.3 above and for the remaining five percent, the contractor
shall have to give
Performance Bond to be produced within 10 days from the date of receipt of acceptance
letter of his offer.
1.5 The work order to commence the work shall be issued only after the security deposit
as per para 1.3 and
1.4 is paid/ furnished by the tenderer. If the tenderer fail to produce the security deposit as
above, the earnest money paid by him shall be forfeited and his registration shall be held in
abeyance for three years from the date of such default
1.6 All compensation, Liquidated damages or other sums or money payable by the
contractor to Government under the terms of this contract shall be deducted from or
recouped by the tilized d of a sufficient part of his security deposit, or from the interest
arising there from or performance bond or from any sums which may due or may become
due by Government to the Contractor on any account whatsoever and whether in respect
of this contract, any other contract, or otherwise. In the event of his security deposit being
reduced by reason of any such deduction or recoupment as aforesaid, the contractor shall
within ten days thereafter, make good in cash or in Government securities transferred as
aforesaid any sum or sums required to make good the shortfall in the amount of the security
deposit.
1.7 The portion of security deposit deducted at 2.5 percent from Running Bills as retention
money can be converted into interest bearing securities or F.D.R. of Schedule Bank in the
name of Executive Engineer provided that the recovery of full amount of 2.5 % is made and
that the contractor has expressly desired this in writing.
1.8 The full amount of retention money deducted in cash from running bills will be released
proportionally as indicated in table below on production of Bank Guarantee of schedule Bank
provided the contractor produces Bank Guarantee for the period of six months beyond the
stipulated period of completion of work. Further if the time limit of contract is extended the
period of Bank Guarantee shall have to be extended for six months beyond the proposed
extension of time limit and the contractor shall have to furnish the undertaking for this
alongwith the application for extension in time limit.
Table of proportionate release of
retention money.
Sr. Monetary Portion of retention Money to be released Against production
Progress of
Bank Guarantee of
21
1 25% of Tender Equal to the amount retained from Equal to the
cost Running Bils or amount to
0.625 % of the estimated cost of work, be released
2 50% of Tender whichever
Equal to theisamount
less retained from Running Equal to the
cost Bils or 1.25 amount to
3 75% of Tender Equal
% of the estimated cost of work, whichever is Equal
to the amount retained from Running to the
be released
cost Bils or 1.88 amount to
1.9 The contractor will have% of to
theensure that cost
estimated Ten percent
of work, amount of security
whichever deposit in any
is be released
form as permissible
above is kept available with the employer till the actual date of completion of work.
Fifty percentage of the security Deposit alongwith performance bond shall become
refundable within fifteen days after the final completion certificate is issued as per Clause-7.
All dues under this contract, or other contract, or otherwise shall be recovered from the
aforesaid amount of fifty percentage of the said security deposit and the balance shall be
refunded within fifteen days after the final certificate is issued as per clause-7. The remaining
fifty percentage of the security deposit shall be refunded after the expiry of the Defect
Liability period as per Clause 17 and 17-A and free maintenance period, if specified after
deducting therefrom the amount of expenses, if any, due to Government under this contract.
(See Performance Bond) (Modified as per R&B Circular No. TNC-10-2013 (Part 1) C dated
19-11-2013 and GR No. TNC-10-2013-3 (Part-C) dated 20-11-2013
CLAUSE 2 : Liquidated damages for delay :- (i) If the Contractor fails to complete the
work under contract by the stipulated date, he shall pay liquidated damages of Rs. 0.1*
percentage of the contract value per day from the date of delaying the said work up to the
date of completion and handling over to the Government.
(ii) However also if the contractor fails to complete any part of the work as designed in
Schedule I by the time indicated against such part, he shall pay Liquidated damages per day
from the date of delaying the said part of the work up to the date of completion of the said
designated part at the rates shown in the said schedule of the contract value of such part for
such failure till the said designated part is completed.
(iii) The aggregate maximum of liquidated damages payable under clause No. 2 shall not
exceed Rs. 0.1 percentage of contract value per day and shall be subject to the maximum
amount of ten percentage of the estimated amount put to tender.
(iv) Delays requiring payment of ten percentage liquidated damages of the amount put to tender for performance
shall be sufficient causes for termination of contract and for forfeiture of security deposit including amount of
performance bond in respect of works estimated to cost more than Rs. 30 lacs, for performance and registration of
the contractor shall also be kept in abeyance for three years from the date as fixed in all cases. (See ScheduleI
CLAUSE 3 : Default by Contractor: If the Contractor shall neglect or fail to proceed with the work with due diligence
or if he violates any of the provision of the Contract, the Engineer-in-charge shall give the Contractor a notice,
identifying deficiencies in performance and demanding corrective action. Such notice shall clearly state that it is given
under the provision of this clause. After service of such notice, the contractor shall not remove any plant, equipment
and material from the site. The Government shall have a lien on all such plant, equipment and material from the date
of such notice till the said deficiencies have been corrected as mentioned in the said notice.
If the contractor fails to take satisfactory corrective action within ten days after receipt of such notice, the Engineer-in-
charge on behalf of Governor of Gujarat shall terminate the contract in whole. In case, the entire contract is
terminated, the amount of security deposit and performance bond if any together with the value of the work done but
not paid for, shall stand forfeited to the Government. The plants, equipment and materials, held under this clause
shall then be at the disposal of the Government to recover the amount equivalent to the liquidated damages and
registration of the contractor shall be kept in abeyance for three years from the date as fixed in all such cases.
The Engineer-in-charge if necessary shall direct that a part or the whole of such plant, equipment and material be
removed from the site within a stipulated period. If the Contractor fails to do so, the Engineer-in-charge shall cause
them or any part of them to be sold holding the net proceeds of such sale to the credit of the Contractor. After
settlement of accounts, the lien by the Government of the contractor’s remaining plant equipment and balances of
materials shall be released. Termination of the contract in whole shall be an adequate authority for the Engineer-in-
charge to demand discharge of the obligations from the guarantors of the security for the performance.
CLAUSE 4 : lf the progress of any particular portion of the work under Contract is unsatisfactory, the Engineer-in-
charge shall, notwithstanding that the general progress of the work is satisfactory, in accordance with Clause 2 be
entitled to take necessary action under Clause 3, after giving the Contractor ten day’s notice in writing and the
contractor shall have no claim whatsoever for any compensation for any loss caused to him due to such action.
Clause 1,2,3, and 4 are substituted vide GR No.TNC -1091/IB-10/(11 )-C, dated 15-10-91 & modified by GR
dated 29-10-91 &G.R.NO. TNC-1088/IB/18/(13)-C dated 31-8-94 and No.TNC/10/2002/14-C, dated 28-4-03 and
10-9-03)
22
CLAUSE 5 : ln any case in which any of powers conferred upon the Engineer-in-charge by clause 3 hereof shall
have become exercisable and the same shall not have been exercised, the non-exercise thereof shall not constitute
a waiver of any of the conditions hereof and such powers shall notwithstanding be exercisable at any future date.
CLAUSE 5A : ln the event of the Engineer-in-charge taking action under clause 3, he may, if so desire, take
possession of all or any tools, plants, machineries, materials and stores in or upon the work or the site thereof or
belonging to the contractor or procured by him and intended to be used for the execution of the work or any part
thereof, by paying or allowing for the same in account at the contract rate or in case of contract rates not being
applicable at such reasonable . rates, as may be comparable to current market rates where ascertainable of similar
articles and comparable condition, to be certified by the Engineer-in-charge. In the alternative the Engineer-in-charge
may by notice in writing to the contractor or his clerk of the works foreman or other tilized d agent require him to
remove such tools, plants, machineries, materials or stores from the premises within a time to be specified in such
notice and in the event of the contractor failing to comply with any such requisition, the Engineer-in-charge may
remove them at the contractor’s expense or shall remove them by auction or private sale at the risk and cost of the
contractor in all respects, and the certificate of the Engineer-in-charge as to the expenses of any such removal and
the amount of the proceeds and expenses of any such removal shall be final and conclusive against the contractor.
CLAUSE 6 : Extension of time : If the contractor shall desire an extension of the time for completion of the work on
the ground of his having been unavoidably hindered in its execution or any other ground he shall apply in writing to
the Engineer-in-charge before the expiration of the period stipulated in the tender or before the expiration of 30 days
from the date on which he was hindered whichever is earlier and the Engineer-in-charge may, if in his opinion,
believe that there are reasonable grounds for granting an extension, grant such extension, as he thinks necessary or
proper. The decision of the Engineer-in-charge in this matter shall be final.
B\0 v& o D]NTDF\ JWFZM o SFD SZJFDF\ SM. VLGJFI¶ V\TZFI pEM YJFGF ALHF SM. SFZ6;Z SFD 5]Z] SZJF
DF8[ S\g8=FS8Z D]NT JWFZM D[/JJF DFUTF CMI TM 8[g0ZDF\ H6FJ[,L D]NT 5]ZL YFI T[ 5C[,F VFU/ H6FjIF D]HA T[
TFZLB[ T[G[ SM. V\TZFI G0IM CMI T[ TFZLB VUZ TM D]NT ,\AFJL VF5JF DF8[GL DF\U6L SZJFG] SFZ6 p5l:YT YI] CMI
T[ TFZLB A[ DFYL H[ JC[,L CMI T[ TFZLB #_ lNJ; 5]ZF YTF 5C[,F T[6[ SFDGFCJF,FGF .HG[ZG[ ,[lBT VZHLš SZJFGL ZC[X[
VG[ SFDGF CJF,FGF .HG[ZGM VlE5|FI V[JM YTM CMI S[ D]NT JWFZFGL jIFHAL SFZ6 K[ TM T[DG[ H~ZL S[ ImuI H6FI T[
D]HA JWFZL VF5X[P VF AFATDF SFDGF CJF,FGF .HG[ZGM lG6¶I VFBZL U6FX[P
CLAUSE 7 : As soon as the work is completed, the contractor shall give a notice of such
completion to the Engineer-in-charge and on receipt of such notice the Engineer-in-charge
shall inspect the work and if he is satisfied that the work is completed in all respects then :-
11. . For all works costing up to Rs. 50 lakhs (amount put to tender) the final measurements
shall be recorded within 45 days from the date of physical completion of the work and
the final bill shall be prepared within 45 days from the date of recording final
measurement. The completion certificate shall be issued within one month from the date
of final measurements subject to the contractor fulfilling his obligation as provided in the
contract and subject to the work being complete mall respects.
(ii) In respect of works costing more than Rs. 50 lakhs (amount put on tender), the final
measurements shall be recorded within 75 days from the date of physical completion of the
work and the final bill shall be prepared within 75 days from the date of recording final
measurements subject to the contractor fulfilling his obligations
as provided in the contract and subject to the work being complete
in all respects.
When separate period of completion have been specified for items or groups of items, the
Engineer-in-charge shall issue, separate completion certificate for such items or groups of
items.
No certificate of completion shall be issued nor shall the work be considered to be complete
till the contractor shall have removed from the premises, on which the work has been
executed, all scaffoldings, sheds and
surplus materials, except such, as are required for rectification of defects; rubbish and all
huts and sanitary
arrangements required for his workmen on the site in connection with the execution of the
work, as shall have been erected by the contractor for the workmen and cleared all dirt from
all parts of building(s) in, upon or around which the work has been executed or of which
he may have possession for the purpose of the execution thereof and cleared floors,
gutters and drains, cased doors and sashes, oiled locks and fastenings labeled keys clearly
and handed them over to the Engineer-in-charge or his representative and made the whole
premises fit for immediate occupation or use to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-charge. If
the contractor shall fail to comply with any of the requirements of these conditions as
aforesaid, on or before the date of completion of the works, the Engineer-in-charge may,
at the expense of the contractor, fulfill such requirements and dispose of the scaffolding,
or surplus materials and rubbish etc. as he thinks fit and the contractor shall have no claim in
respect of any such scaffolding or surplus materials except for any sum actually released by 23
the sale thereof less the Cost of fulfilling the requirements and any other amount that may be
due from the contractor. If the expenses of fulfilling such requirements is more than the
amount tilized such disposal as aforesaid the contractor shall forthwith, on demand, pay
such excess. The Engineer-in-charge shall also have the rights to adjust the amount of
excess against any amounts that may be payable to the contractor.
CLAUSE 8 : No payment shall be made for any work, estimated to cost less than rupees one
thousand till after the whole of the said work shall have been completed and a certificate of
completion given. But in the case of
works estimated to cost more than rupees one thousand, the contractor shall on
submitting a monthly bill
therefore, be entitled to receive payment proportionate to the part of the work then approved
and passed by the Engineer-in-charge, whose certificate of such approval and passing of the
sum so payable shall be final and conclusive against the contractor. All such intermediate
payments shall be regarded as payments by way of advance against the final payments only
and not as payments for work actually done and completed and shall not preclude the
Engineer-in-charge from requiring bad. Unsound, imperfect or unskilled work to be
removed and taken away and reconstructed, or re-erected, nor shall any such payment be
considered as an admission of the due performance of the contractor or any part therefore in
any respect or the accruing of any claims, nor shall it conclude, determine, or affect in any
way the power of the Engineer-in-charge as to the final settlement and adjustment of the
accounts or otherwise or in any other way vary or effect the contract. The final bill shall be
submitted by the contractor within one month of the completion of the work, otherwise the
Engineer-m- charge’s certificate of the measurements and of the total amount payable for the
work shall be final and binding on all parties.
CLAUSE 9 : The rates for items of works shall be valid only when the items concerned is
accepted as having been completed fully in accordance with the sanctioned specifications. In
cases where the items of work are accepted as not so completed, the Engineer-in-charge
may make payment on account of such items at such reduced rates as he may consider
reasonable in preparation of final or on account bill.
CLAUSE 10 : Bills to be submitted monthly : A bill shall be submitted by the contractor each month on or before the
date fixed by the Engineer-in-charge for all works executed in the previous month and Engineer-in-charge shall take
or cause to be taken the requisite measurement for the purpose of having the same verified and the claim, so far as it
isadmissible, shall be adjusted, if possible, within ten days from the presentation of the bill. If
the contractor does not submit the bill within the time fixed as aforesaid, the Engineer-in-
charge may depute a subordinate to measure up the said work in the presence of the
contractor or his duly tilized d agent whose countersignature to the measurement list
shall be sufficient warrant and the Engineer-in-charge may prepare a bill from such list which
shall be binding on the contractor in all respects.
B\0 !_ o lA, NZ DLCG[ ZH] SZJF AFAT o VFU,F DF;DF SZL VF5[,F AWF SFD DF8[ CJF,FGF .HG[Z[ GSSL SZL CMI T[ TFZLB[
VYJF T[5C[,F NZ DLCG[ S\g8=FS8Z[ lA, ZH] SZJF ZC[X[P VG[ V[ SFDGL BZF. SZJFGF pN[XYL CJF,FGF .HG[Z H~ZL DF5 ,[X[
VYJF ,[J0FJX[ VG[ XSI CX[ TM lA, ZH] YIFGF !_ lNJ;GL V\NZ D/JF 5F+ ZSDG[F lC;FAD[/ SZJFDF VFJX[ p5Z H6FjIF
D]HAGF lGIT ;DIGL V\NZ S\g8=FS8Z lA, ZH] GCL SZ[ TM CJF,FGF .HG[Z
5MTFGF TFAFGF SM. 56 VlWSFZLG[ S\g8=FS8Z[ VlWS°T SZ[, V[Hg8GL CFHZLDF\ pST SFDG] DF5 ,[JF DMS,X[ VG[ T[JL DF5IFNL
5ZGL S\g8=FS8ZGL S[ T[GF
V[H g8GL ;CL T[GF VG]DMNG DF8[ 5]ZTL U6FX[ VG[ CJF,FGF .HG[Z VFJL IFNLDF\YL lA, AGFJX[4 H[S\g8=FS8ZG[ AWL
AFATDF\ A\WGSTF¶ ZC[X[P
CLAUSE 11 : The contractor shall submit all the bills on the printed forms to be had on
application at the office of the Engineer-in-charge. The charges to be made in the bills shall
always be entered at the rates specified in the agreement or at the partly reduced rates
subject to the approval by the Engineer-in-charge in the case of
Items not completed/executed .as per agreements or in the case of any extra work
ordered in pursuance of
these conditions and not mentioned or provided for in the tender, at the rate here in after
provided for such work.
CLAUSE 12 : lf the specification of the work provides for the use of any special description
of materials to be supplied from the Departmental Store or if it is required that the
contractor shall use certain stores to be
provided by the Engineer-in-charge (such materials and stores and the prices to be charged
therefore as here
24
in after mentioned being so far as practicable for the convenience of the contractor but not so
as in any way to control the meaning or effect of this contract specified in the schedule or
memorandum here to annexed) the contractor shall be supplied with materials and stores as
may be required from time to time to be used by him for the purpose of the contract only,
and the value of the full quantity of materials and stores so supplied shall be set off or
deducted from any sum then deposit, or the proceeds of sale thereof. If the deposit is held in
govt. securities, the same or a sufficient portion thereof shall, in that case be sold for the
purpose. All materials supplied to the contractor shall remain the absolute property of Govt.
and shall on no account be removed from the site of the work, and shall at all time, be open
to inspection by the Engineer-in-charge. Any such materials, unused and in perfectly good
condition at the time of completion or termination of the contract, shall be returned to the
Departmental store if the Engineer-in-charge so requires by a notice in writing given under
his hand, but the contractor shall not be entitled to return any such materials except with the
consent in writing of the Engineer-in-charge and he shall have no claim for compensation on
account of any such material supplied to him as aforesaid but remaining unused by him or for
any wastage in or damage thereto
For materials provided in schedule-A and consumed in excess quantities, the rates
provided in Schedule A shall be increased/decreased corresponding to the
increased/decrease in the new rate payable for excess quantity as compared to the tender-
rates. The rate for materials provident in extra items will be the issue rates plus storage
charge ruling on the date of issue of such quantity of materials.
CLAUSE 12A : The contractor shall be entitled to use the materials supplied by the
Department only to the extent of quantities of such materials required for execution of the
work as per theoretical calculations. The Engineer-in-charge may however, on being satisfied
that a large quantity of such materials is required for the execution of the work, permit the
contractor to use such larger quantity of the materials. Such permission shall be given in
writing.
The contractor is bound to return in good condition such materials issued- in excess of the
requirements so worked out or in excess of the quantities so permitted to be used by the
Engineer-in-charge, If the contractor fails to return such extra materials within a period of
15 days from the date of the demand in writing of such
materials being made by the Engineer-in-charge, he shall be charged for the excess
materials at double the
issue-rate for such materials specified in Schedule A of the
contract Agreement.
CLAUSE 12B : All stores and materials such as cement, if the consumption of which
exceeds 25 tons and steel etc., supplied to the contractor by Government shall be kept by
the contractor in separate godown provided with a double lock, The key of one of the lock
shall remain with the Engineer-in-charge or his agent. The godown shall be accessible to the
Engineer-in-charge or his agent at all times No materials shall be allowed to be removed
from the site of the work and any material required for the execution of the work shall be
taken out from the godown only in the presence of a duly tilized d agent of the Engineer-
in-charge.
CLAUSE 13 : (1) The contractor shall execute the whole and every part pf the work in the most substantial and
workman-like manner and Doth as regards materials and in other respects in strict accordance with specifications.
The contractor shall also conform exactly, fully and faithfully to the design, drawings and
instructions in writing for the work signed by the Engineer-in-charge. The design and the
drawings shall we lodged in the office of the site Engineer-in-charge to which the contractor
shall be entitled to have access for the purpose of inspection at such office during office
hours.Where the instructions referred to above are not contained in separate letters
addressed to the contractor the same shall be recorded in the work-order book, which shall
be maintained and kept on the site of the work. The contractor shall be required to sign
such entries in the work-order book in token of having noted the instructions.
However, if the contractor fails to sign the work-order book for any reason whatsoever, the
entry of the instructions in the work-order book shall be deemed to be the due notice to him
25
of the said instructions. The work-order book shall be open for inspections to the contractor
on the site of the work during office hours.
(2) The contractor will be entitled to receive one copy of the accepted tender along with the
work order free of cost and will also be entitled to receive three sets of contract and working
drawings according to the progress of work as and when needed, free of cost.
(3) The several documents forming the contract are essential parts of the contract and
requirements occurring in one is binding as through occurring in all. They are intended to be
mutually explanatory and complimentary and to describe and provide for a complete work.
In the event of any discrepancy in the several documents forming the contract or in any one
documents, the following order of precedence should apply:
11. . Dimension and quantities : (i) Drawings (ii) Schedule-B of the Tender form
(iii) specifications.
On drawings, figures dimensions, unless obviously incorrect, will be followed in
preference to scaled dimensions.
(b) Description : (i) Schedule-B of the Tender form :- (ii) Drawings (iii)
Specifications.
In the case of defective description or ambiguity, the Engineer-in-charge is entitled to issue
further instructions directing in what manner the work is to be carried out. The contractor
cannot take any advantage of any apparent error or omission in drawings or specifications
and the Engineer-in-charge shall be entitled to make corrections and interpretations as
necessary to fulfill the plans and specifications.
CLAUSE 14.1 : The Engineer-in-charge shall have power to make any alterations in or
addition to the original specifications, drawings, designs and instructions that may appear to
him to be necessary or advisable during the progress of the work and the contractor shall
be bound to carry out the work in accordance with any
instructions in this connection which may be given to him in writing signed by the Engineer-
in-charge and such
alternation shall not invalidate the contract and any additional work which the contractor
may be directed to do in the manner above specified as part of the work shall be carried out
by the contractor on the same conditions in all respects on which he agreed to do the main
work and at the same rate as are specified in the tender for the main work.
14.2 Except that when the quantity of any item exceeds the quantity as in the tender by
more than 10% the contractor will be paid for the quantity in excess of 10% at the rate
entered in the S. O. R. of the year during which the excess in quantity is first executed or
tender rate which ever is less. (vide R&B Deptt.’s resolution No. TNC – 10-2017–01–C dTd.
11/07/2017)
14.3 lf the additional or altered work includes any class of work for which no rate is
specified in this contract, then such class of work shall be carried out.
(i) At the rate derived from the item within the contract which is comparable to the one
involving additional or altered class of work; where there are more than one comparable
items, the item of the contract which is
nearest in comparison with regard to class or classes of the work involved shall be selected
and the decision of the Superintending Engineer as to the nearest comparable item shall be
final and binding on the contractor.
(ii) If the rate cannot be derived in accordance with (i) above, such class of works shall be
carried out at the rate entered in the Schedule of Rates of the Division for the year in which
the tender was received, increased or
decreased by the percentage by which the tender amount is more or less as compared to the
amount arrived at
the rates in the “Schedule of Rates” of the Division in the year in which the tender was
received. If the Schedule of rates of the Division does not contain all the items, the
percentage increase or decrease of the tender shall be calculated considering such items
which were included in the “Schedule of Rates” of the Division for the year and for
materials consumed on such item the rate to be charged would be the basic rate taken
into account for fixing the rate in S. O. R. referred to above, instead of the rate Stipulated in
Schedule ‘A’.
(iii) If it is not possible to arrive at the rate from (i) and (ii) above, such class of work shall be
carried out at the rate decided by the competent authorities on the basis of detailed rate
analysis after hearing the contractor before a Committee of two superintending Engineers
stationed at the same place or the nearest place.
26
Signature of the Signature of the Executive Engineer :
contractor : SFI‰5F,S .HG[ZGL ;CL o
S\8=FS8ZGL ;CL o
27
14.4 If the additional or altered work, for which no rate is entered in the “Schedule of Rates”
of the Division is ordered to be carried out before the rate is agreed upon, then the contractor
shall within seven days of the date of receipt by him of the order to carry out the work, inform
the Engineer-in-charge of the rate, which it is his intention to charge for such class of work
and if the Engineer in charge does not agree to this rates, he shall by notice in writing be at
liberty to cancel his order to carry out such class of work and arrange to carry it out in
such manner as he may consider it advisable, provided always that if the contractor shall
commence work or incur any expenditure in regard thereof before the rates shall have been
determined as lastly herein before mentioned, then in such cases he shall only be entitled to
be paid in respect of the work carried out or expenditure incurred by him prior to the date of
the determination of the rate as aforesaid according to such rate or rates as shall be fixed
by the Engineer In-charge. In the event of the dispute, the decision of the Superintending
Engineer of the Circle shall be final.
Where, however, the work is to be executed according to the designs, drawings and
specifications recommended by the contractor and accepted by the competent authority,
the alternation above referred to
shall be within the scope of such designs, drawings and specifications
appended to the tenders.
The time limit for the completion of the work shall be extended in the proportion that the
increase in the cost occasioned by alternations bears to the cost of the original contract work
and the certificate of the Engineer-in- charge as to such proportion shall be final and
conclusive.
14.5 For excess in item of well sinking, the rates for sinking in depth beyond the designed
depth shall be as per the rate quoted by the contractor in the statement of variation. If no
rates of variation in sinking are quoted the rate payable shall be the tender rate for sinking at
designed level increased by the difference of schedule of rates for sinking at designed depth
and sinking at the final depth.
CLAUSE 15 : No claim for any payment of compensation for change or restriction of
work :- If at any time after the execution of the contract documents the Engineer-in-charge
shall for any reason whatsoever, require the whole or part of the work, as specified in the
tender, be stopped for any period or shall not require the whole or part of the work to be
carried out at all or to be carried out by the contractor, he shall give notice in writing, stating
the fact to the Contractor who shall thereupon suspend or stop the work totally or partially,
as the case may be. In any such case, except as provided hereunder, the Contractor shall
have no claim to any payment or compensation whatsoever except as provided hereunder
on account of any profit or advantage which he might have derived from the execution
of the work in full but which he did not so derive in consequence of the full amount of
the work not having been carried out, or on account of any loss that he may be put to on
account of materials purchased or agreed to be purchased or for unemployment of labour
required by him. He shall not have also any claim for compensation by reason of any
alterations having been made in the original specifications, drawings, designs and
instructions which may involve any curtailment of the work as originality contemplated,
11. . However, the contractor will be entitled for compensation for loss, if any on the
date of notice, for the purchased materials or for the contract executed for the
material to be purchased for such work. Such compensation will be paid only for
actual loss for materials, if such materials so purchased or agreed to purchase is of
required quantity/quality and was purchased / contracted to be purchased only for the
same work. But no compensation shall be granted to contractor on material for which
advance has been given to contractor by Government. The amount of loss for such
claim will be decided by in charge Engineer-in-charge. (2) The contractor also will be
entitled for compensation of unemployed labourers for 7 days from the date of notice
provided that in that opinion of Engineer-in-charge such labourers were working for 7
days prior to the notice and would not be in a position to get employment elsewhere
within 7 days from the date of such notice. The contractor should try to employ such
unemployed labourers at other places from the date of such notice.
In case the Contractor does not agree with the decision of Executive Engineer regarding the
amount of compensation or loss; it will be open for the contractor to appeal to Superintending 28
Engineer-in-charge within one month from the date of knowledge of such decision. In such
case the decision of Superintending Engineer will be final and binding to the Contractor.
The Contractor shall not be entitled for loss of any expected profit
of such work.
(Vide, G.R. No. SSR/1090/IB/247 (2)/ C, dated 28-6-1993 as amended by GR of even
number dated 11-2-
1
999).
B\0 v!5 SFDGHF O[ZOFZ S[ lGI+=6 DF8[ SM. R]SJ6L S[ J/TZ V\U[ SM. CSSNFJM
D\H]Z G SZJF AFATP
5|EFZL .HG[ZG[ SZFZGF N:TFJ[HM SIF¶ 5KL SM. 56 ;DI[4SM.56 SFZ6 ;Z 8[g0ZDF\ BF; p<,[B SIF¶ D]H AGF
;\5]6¶ S[ ;X\To AF\WSFDG[ SM. 56 D]NT ;]WL A\W SZJ] H~ZL H6FI VYJF ;\5]6¶ S[ VX\To SFD 5]Z] SZJFGL H~ZLIFT H
G H6FI VYJF SMg8=FS8Z äFZF SZJFGF SFDGL H~ZLIFT G H6FI TM T[JF SMg8=FS8ZG[ CSLST NXF¶JTL ,[lBT GM8L; VF5X[
VG[ SMg8=FS8Z VF GM8L; D?IF AFN TZTH VF SFDG[ IYF 5|;\U ;\5]6¶ S[ VX\To
29
:YlUT SZX[ S[ A\W
SZX[P
VFJF S[;DF\ VCL GLR[ SZ[, HMUJF. L;JFI SMg8=FS8Z T[6[ SFD 5]~ SI]¶ CMT TM H[ GOM S[ OFINM T[G[ D/T4 5Z\T] SFD 5]~ G YJFGF
5lZ6FD[ T[ G D?IFYL YI[, G]SXFG VYJF T[6[ BZLNL CMI V[JL S[ H[ BZLNJF T[ ;CDT YIM CMI V[JL DF,;FDU|LGL AFATDF\
YI[, G]SXFG VYJF T[G[ T[GF SFD DF8[ H[ DH]ZMGL H~Z CTL T[ DH]ZMG[ SFD G VF5L XSJFG[ SFZ6[ YI[,F G]SXFG V\U[ SM.
R]SJ6L S[ J/TZGM CSNFJM SZL XSX[ GCLP D}/ lJUT J6¶G4 VF,[BG4 GSXF VG[
;]RGFVMDF\ SZJFDF\ VFJ[, SM. O[ZOFZG[ SFZ6[ D}/E]T ZLT[ lJRFZFI[, SFDDF SM. SF5 VFJ[ TM 56 T[JF SFZ6;Z T[ SM.
J/TZ DF8[ CSNFJM SZL XSX[GCLP
s!f VFD KTF VFJF SFD DF8[ BZLN[,L DF,;FDU|L BZLNJF DF8[ SZ[, SMg8=FS8ZG[ SFZ6[ HM SMg8=FS8ZG[ GM8L; TFZLB ;]WLDF\ SM.
G]SXFG YI] CMI TM T[GFDF8[ J/TZ D[/JJF T[CSNFZ AGX[P HM VFJL ZLT[ BZLN[, VYFJ BZLNJF ;DH]TL YI[, DF,;FDU|L
DfuIF 5|DF6[GF HyYFDF\ VG[ U]6JflFI]ST CMI VG[ T[ OST V[H SFD DF8[ BZLNFI[,L CMI S[ BZLNJF SZFZ YI[, CMI TM T[JL
DF,;FDU|L V\U[ BZ[BZ G]SXFG DF8[ H VFJ] J/TZ R]SJJFDF\ VFJX[P 5Z\T] H[ DF,;FDU|LGL BZLNL V\U[ ;ZSFZzL TZOYL
.HFZNFZG[ V[0JFg; VF5JFDF\ VFJ[, CMI T[ DF,;FDU|L p5Z SM.56 HFTGF\ G]SXFGG] J/TZ R]SJJFDF\ VFJX[ GCLPVFJF
CSNFJF DF8[ G]SXFGGL ZSD 5|EFZL SFI¶5F,S .HG[Z äFZF GSSL SZJFDF\ VFJX[P
sZf GM8L; TFZLB YL ;FT lNJ; DF8[ SFD[ G ZFBL XSFI[, DH]ZMGL AFATDF\ 56 SMg8=FS8Z J/TZ D[/JJF DF8[ CSNFZ
AGX[P5Z\T] VF 5|EFZL SFI¶5F,S .HG[ZGM V[JM VlE5|FI CMJM HM.V[ S[ VFJF DH]ZM GM8L;GF\ ;FT lNJ; 5C[,F SFD SZTF CTF
VG[ pST GM8L;GL TFZLBYL ;FT lNJ;GL V\NZ VgI+ ZMHUFZ D[/JJFGL l:YlTDF\ G CTFP SMg8=FS8Z[ VFJL GM8L;GL TFZLBYL
VFJF SFD[ G ZFBL XSFI[, CMI T[JF DH]ZMG[ VgI :Y/[ SFD[ ZFBJFGM 5|ItG SZJM HM.V[PG]SXFGGF J/TZGL ZSD AFATDF\
SFI¶5F,S .HG[ZGF lG6¶I ;FY[ S\g8=FSF8Z ;\DT G CMI V[JF S[;DF\ 4VFJF lG6¶IGL HF6 YIFGL TFZLBYL V[S DlCGFGL
V\NZ 5|EFZL VlW1FS .HG[ZG[ V5L, SZJF DF8[ S\g8=FSF8Z D]ST ZC[X[PVFJF S[; VlW1FS .HG[ZGM lG6¶I S\g8=FSF8Z DF8[
VFBZL VG[ A\WGSTF¶ ZC[X[P VFJF SFDGF SM. V5[l1FT OFINFGL G]SXFGL DF8[ S\g8=FSF8Z CSSNFZ AGX[ GCLP
CLAUSE 15A : The contractor shall not be entitled to claim any compensation from Govt. on
account of delay by Government in the supply of materials entered in Schedule ‘A’ where such delay
is caused by (i) Non-supply due to short allotment of quota in case materials available under quota
regulations, (ii) Difficulties relating to the supply of railway wagon (iii) Force major. (iv) Act of God.
(v) Act of the country’s enemies or any other reasonable cause beyond the control of Government. In
the case of such delay in the supply of materials, Government shall grant such extension of time for
the completion of the works as shall appear to the Engineer- in-charge to be reasonable in accordance
with the circumstances of the case. The decision of the Engineer-in- charge as for the extension of
time shall be accepted as final by the contractors. (As modified Vide R& BD. G. R. No.TNC- 1096-
IB – 143 – (16) – C dated 11-1-99)
CLAUSE 16 : Time limit for unforeseen claims : The contractor shall not be entitled to any
compensation from Government on any account unless where allowed by the conditions of this
contact. In such cases, the contractor shall have to submit a claim in writing to the Engineer-in-
charge within one month of the cause of such claim occurring.
CLAUSE 17 : Action & compensation in case of bad work : If, at any time before the expiry of
Defects Liability period as detailed in Clause 17-A. It shall appear to the Engineer-in-charge or his sub-
ordinate in charge of the work that/any work has been executed unsound, imperfect or unskilled workmanship
or with materials of inferior quality or that any materials or articles provided by him for the execution of the
work are unsound, or of a quality inferior to that contracted for or are otherwise not in accordance with the
contract, it shall be lawful for the Engineer-in-charge to intimate this fact in writing to the contractor and then
notwithstanding the fact that the work, materials or articles complained of may have been passed, certified and
paid for the contractor shall be bound forthwith to rectify, or remove and reconstruct the work so specified in
whole or in part as the case may require, or if so required, shall remove the materials or articles so specified in
whole or in part and provide other proper and suitable materials or articles at his own charge and cost, and in
the event of his failing to do so within a period to be specified by the-Engineer-in-charge in the written
intimation aforesaid, the contractor shall be liable to pay compensation at the rate of one percent on the amount
of the estimate of the rectification for every day not exceeding ten days during which the failure so continues,
and in the event of any such failure as aforesaid continuing beyond ten days, the Engineer –in-charge may
rectify or remove, and re-execute the work or remove and replace the materials complained of as the case may
be at the risk and expense in all respects of the contractor. Should the Engineer-in-charge consider that any such
inferior work or materials as described above may be accepted or made use of, it shall be within his
discretion to accept the same at such reduced rates as he may fix therefore.
CLAUSE 17B : Free maintenance guarantee period: The contractor shall have to give three years free
maintenance guarantee from the certified date of completion. During this period contractor shall have to repair the
damaged portion of t er direction of engineer – in
–
charge. If BT surface As per separate sheet attached shall have to provide renewal
coating as per tender ent to 5 % from each bill shall
be withheld and will b s) is over.
However this amount shall be released against Fixed deposit or bank guarantee pledged in the name of Executive
Engineer after completion certificate of work is issued.
CLASUE 18 : (1) For works estimated to cost aove Rs.One crore, the contractor shall have to appoint one full time
Qualified Engineer within 15 days from the date of issue of work order under intimation to the Executive Engineer and
the Deputy Executive Engineer in charge of the work. In compliance to this condition, the contractor shall furnish the
copy of such appointement order and details of the name of Engineer, his qualifications, mark sheet and colour
photograph and the copy of jointing report of such Engineer on the site of work. If the work is commeanced before
complaying with this codition, the amount of Rs.15,000-00 per month will be recovered from the bill of the contractor
for such period. Recovery at this rate will also be made for the period the work at site is executed in absence of
Supervision of work by such Qualified Engineer. (R&B.D. Circular No. RGN 602006 (35)-C dated
31-5-07).
CLASUE 18 : (2) Work to be open to inspections – Contractor or responsible agent to be present :- All works
under or in course of execution or executed in pursuance of the contract shall, at all times be open to the inspection
and supervision of the Engineer-in-charge and his subordinates and the Contractor shall, at all times during the usual
working hours, and all other times for which reasonable notice of the intimation of the Engineer-in-charge or his
subordinate to visit the works shall have been given to the contractor, either himself be present to receive orders and
instructions or have a responsible agent duly accredited in writing present for that purpose. Orders given to the
contractor’s duly tilized d agent shall be considered to have the same force and effect as if they had been given to
the Contractor himself.
CLAUSE
18A
Employment of a qualified site Engineer by the Contractor. The Contractor shall employ
full-time technically qualified staff during the execution of this work as under :-
1. Two graduate Civil Engineers and three diploma Civil Engineers when cost of the work to be
executed is more than Rs.50 lakhs.
2. One graduate & two Diploma Civil Engineers when the cost of the work to be executed is more
than Rs. 15 lakhs but less than Rs. 50 lakhs.
3. Minimum two Diploma Civil Engineer when the cost of work is less than Rs. 15 lakhs but more
than Rs. 5 lakhs.
35
50L G HFI T[ DF8[ ;FJR[TL GF IMUI 5U,F ,[JFGF ZC[X[P
(m) Suitable precautions shall be taken to prevent persons being struck by articles
which might fall from scaffold or other working places.
sTf 5F,BM S[ SFDSFHGL Alš HuIFVM 5ZYL 50[ T[JL RLHJ;T]VMYL DF6;G[ .HF G YFI T[ DF8[ ;FJR[TL GF IMUI 5U,F ,[JFGF ZC[X[P
(n) Safe means of access shall be provided to all working platforms and other working
places.
sYf AWF SFRF DFR0F VG[ SFDGL Alš HuIFV[FV[ ;C[,F.YL HJF DF8[ ;,FDT DFUM¶GL HMUJF. SZJFGL ZC[X[P
CLAUSE 21B : The contractor shall comply with the following regulations as regards the
hoisting appliances to be used by him-
B\0 vZ!B S\g8=FS8Z JHG pRSJFGF ;FWGM JF5Z[ T[ ;A\WDF\ T[6[ GLR[GF lGIDMG] 5F,G SZJFG] ZC[X[P
11. . Hoisting machines and tackle including their attachments, anchorages and supports shall
–
sSf JHG pRSJFGF I\+M VG[ UZU0L JF/F I\+4 T[DGL ;FY[GF HM0F6M4 ,\UZ DF8[GF ;FDFG VG[ 8[SF GLR[ D]HGF CMJF HM.V[P
11. .be of good mechanical construction, sound material and adequate strength and free
from patent defect, and
s!f ;FZL IF\l+S ZRGFJF/F4DHA]T J:T] GF T[DH 5]ZTL TFSFTJF/L VG[ N[BLTL SM. BFDL lJGFGF VG[
(ii) be kept in good repair and in working order.
sZf ;FZL N]Z:T CF,TDF\ VG[ RF,] l:YlTDF\ ZFBJF HM.X[P
(b) every rope used in hoisting or lowering materials or as a means of suspension shall be
of suitable quality and adequate strength and free from patent defect.
sBf DF,;FDG[ pR[ R-FJJF S[ GLR[ pTFZJF VYJF ,8S8M ZFBJFGF ;FWG TZLS[ J5ZFT] NMZ0] ImuI HFTG] VG[ 5]ZTL
DHA]TF. JF/] T[DH N[BLTL BFDL
lJGFG] CMJ] HM.V[P
I Hoisting machines and tackles shall be examined and adequately tested after erection
on the site and before use and be re-examined in position at intervals to be prescribed
by Engineer-in-charge.
sUf JHG pRSJFGF I\+M VG[ UZU0L JF/F I\+G[ SFDGF :Y/[ UM9jIF AFN VG[ p5IMUDF\ ,[TF 5C[,F T5F;L HM.G[ 5]ZTF
5|DF6DF RSF;L ,[JFGF ZC[X[
T[DH CJF,GF .HG[Z lGIT SZ[ T[JF ;DIF\TZ[ UM9J[,L l:YlTDF\ T[GL O[Z T5F; SZJFGL ZC[X[P
(d) Every chain, ring, hook, shackle, swivel and pulley block used in hoisting or lowering
materials or as a means of suspension shall be periodically examined.
S3f DF,;FDFG pR[ R-FJJFGF S[ GLR[ pTFZJFS[ ,8S8F ZFBJFGF ;FWG TZLS[ J5ZFTF 5|t I[S ;F\S/4ZL\U4 VFS0M4S0L4 GS]RF
VG[ 5],La,MS JBTMJBT
T5F;JFP
(e) Every crane driver or hoisting – appliance operator shall be properly qualified.
sRf 5|tI[S S|[.G 0=F.JZ S[ JHG pRSJFGF I\+GF RF,S ImuI ,FISFT JF/F CMJF HM.V[P
(f) No person who is below age of 15 years shall be in control of any hoisting
machine, including any scaffolds, nor shall give signals to the operator.
sKf !5 JQF¶YL GLR[GL SM.56 jISlTG[ SM. 5F,B ;lCT JHG pRSJF SM. I\+GF lGI\+S TZLS[ VYJF VM5Z[8ZG[ lGXFGL YL
;]RGF VF5JF4SFD[ ZFBL XSFX[ GCLP
(g) In the case of every hoisting machine and of every chain, ring hook, shackle, swivel
and pulley block
used in hoisting or lowering or as a means of suspension the safe working load shall
be ascertained by adequate means.
sHf JHG pRSJFGF 5|tI[S I\+ VG[ DF,;FDFG pR[ R-FJJFGF S[ GLR[ pTFZJF S[ ,8SFJL ZFBJFGF ;FWG TZLS[ J5ZFTL 5|t I[S
;F\S/4ZL\U4 VFS0M4S0L4
GS]RF VG[ 5],La,MSGL ;,FDT ZLT[ JHG pYFJJFGL XlST S[8,L K[ T[ ImuI ;F GM J0[ GSSL SZJFG] ZC[X[P
(h) Every hoisting machine and all gears referred to in preceding regulation shall be plainly
marked with the safe working load.
Shf VFU/GF lJlGIDDF\ H6FJ[, JHG pRSJFGF 5|tI[S I\+ VG[ AWF H lUIZ5Z T[ ;,FDT ZLT[ T[ S[8,] JHG pYFJL XS[ K[PT[
RMbB] ,B[,] CMJ] HM.V[P
11. .In the case of hosting machine having a variable safe working load, each sate working
load and conditions under which it is applicable shall be clearly indicated.
S8f H]NF H]NF JHG ;,FDT ZLT[ pRSL XSTF pRSJFGF I\+ 5Z ;,FDT ZLT[ pRSL XSFT] 5|tI[S JHG VG[ S. CF,TDF\
I\+G[ T[ ,FU] 50X[ T[ :TQ8
NXF¶JJFG]\ ZC[X[P
(j) No part of any hoisting machine or gear referred to in regulation ‘g’ above shall be
loaded beyond the safe working load except for the purpose of testing.
S9f p5ZGF lJlGIDDF\ H[DF H6FJ[, JHG pRSJFGF SM.56 I\+ S[ lUIZGF SM.56 EFU 5Z RSF;6L DF8[ H~ZL CMI T[
l;JFI ;,FDT JHG SZTF
JW] JHG ,F0J] GCLP
(k) Motors, gears, transmissions, electric wiring and other dangerous parts of hoisting
appliances shall be provided with sufficient safeguards.
S0f JHG pRSJFGF ;FWGGL DM8ZM lUIZM4lUIZ4lJW]TJFCS ;FWGM4JLH/LGF TFZ VG[ HMBDL EFUM DF8[ 5]ZL ;,FDTLGL
HMUJF. SZJFGL ZC[ K[P 36
11. .Hoisting appliances shall be provided with such means as will reduce to a minimum
the risk of the accidental descent of the load.
s-f SM. JHG VS:DFT GLR[ ;ZSL 50[ T[J] HMBD VMKFDF\ VMK] ZC[ T[ 5|SFZGL SM. ;IJ0
JHG pRSJFGF ;FWGDF\ SZJFGL
ZC[X[P
(m) Adequate precautions shall be taken to reduce to minimum the risk of any part of a
suspended load becoming accidentally displaced.
sTf ,8STF ZFB[, JHG DFYL SM.56 EFU VSF:DT K]8M 50L HJFG] HMBD VMKFDF\ VMK] ZC[ T[ DF8[ 5]ZTL
;FJR[TL ZFBJFGL ZC[X[P
CLAUSE 22 : Measures for Prevention of Fire : The contractor shall not set fire to any
standing jungle, trees, bush wood or grass without a written permit from the Engineer-in-
charge.
When such permit is given, and also in all cases when destroying cut or dug up tress, bush
wood, grass etc. by fire, the contractor shall take necessary measures to prevent such fire
spreading to or other-wise damaging
surrounding property. When such permit is given, and also in all cases when destroying
cut or dug up tress,
bush wood, grass etc. by fire, the contractor shall take necessary measures to prevent such
fire spreading to or other-wise damaging surrounding property.
CLAUSE 23 : Liability of contractors for any damages done in or outside work area :
Compensation for all damage done intentionally or unintentionally by Contractor’s labourers
whether in or beyond limits of Government property including any damage caused by the
spreading of fire mentioned in the clause 22, shall be estimated by the Engineer – in –
charge, or such other Officer as he may appoint and the estimates of the Engineer-in-charge,
subject to the decision of the Superintending Engineer, on appeal shall be final and the
contractor shall be bound to pay the- amount of the assessor compensation on demand,
failing which the same will be recovered from the Contractor as damages in the manner
prescribed in clause 1 or deducted by the Engineer-in-charge from any sums that may be
due or become due from Government to the contractor under this contract or otherwise.
B\0vZ# SFDGF lJ:TFZ VYJF T[GF ACFZ YI[, SM.56 G]SXFG DF8[ S\g8=FS8Z HJFANFZ CMJF AFAT o B\0 ZZ DF\ H6FjIF 5|DF6[ VFU
5|;ZJFYL YI[, SM.56 G]SXFG ;lCT S\g8=F S8ZGF DH]ZMV[ .ZFNF5]J¶S S[ VHF6TF ;ZSFZL lD,STGL CNGL V\NZ S[ ACFZ SZ[,F AWF H G]SXFGGF
J/TZGM V\NFH CJF,F .HG[Z VYJF V[D6[ GLD[,F ALHF SM. VlWSFZL SF-X[ VG[ CJF,FGF .HG[ZGM VF V\NFH4V5L, YI[4VlW1FS .HG[ZGF
R]SFNFG[ VFlWG4 VFBZL U6FX[ VG[ DF\U6L SZTF VFSFZFI[,L J/TZGL T[JL ZSD R]SJJF DF8[ S\g8=FS8Z A\WFI[, ZC[X[ VG[ T[D SZJFDF\ S;]Z SZX[ TM
T[JL ZSD B\0 v! DF\ 9ZFJ[, ZLT[ G]SXFGL TZLS[ S\g8=F S8Z 5F;[ YL J;], SZJFDF\ VFJX[ VYJF VF S\g8=F S8Z C[9/ VgIYF ;ZSFZ
37
5F;[ ,[6L YTL S[ CJ[ 5KL ,[6L YFI T[JL ZSD DFYL CJF,FGF .HG[Z SF5L ,[X[P
The Contractor shall bear the expenses of defending any action or other legal proceeding
that may be brought by any person for injury sustained by him owing to neglect of
precautions to prevent the spread of the fire and he shall also pay the damages and cost
that may be awarded by the court in consequence.
VFU 5|;ZTL V8SFJJF ;F~ ;FJR[TLGF 5U,F ,[JFDF YI[,L A[NZSFZLG[ 5lZ6FD[ SM. jISlTG[ YI[, .HF DF8[ SM. 5U,F ,[ S[ Alš SFG]GL SFI¶JFCL SZ[
TM T[GL ;FD[GF ARFJG] BR¶ S\g8FS8Z[ EMUJFG] ZC[X[ VG[ T[JL SFI¶JFCLG[ 5lZ6FD[ SM8¶ TZOYL R]SFNM VF5TF T[ G]S;FGGL VG[ BR¶ EZJFG] YFI T[D6[
R]SJJFG] ZC[X[P
CLAUSE 24 : ~l5IF V[S SZM0YL JW] ZSDGF JF.0GL\U VG[ :8[=gWGL\UGF SFDMDF\ NZ[S :TZG]\ SMd5[SXG jIJl:YT ZLT[ YFI T[ DF8[ GLR[GL
SFI‰JFCL VG];ZJFGL ZC[X[Po
Z$P! Z:TFGL SZJFGL 5CM/F.DF\ WFZFWMZ6 D]HA SMd5[SXG YFI T[ DF8[ A[AL ZM,Z OZHLIFT ,FJL SMd5[SXG SZJFG]\ ZC[X[P
Z$PZ VFJF SFDMDF\ NZ[S :TZG]\ SMd5[SXG WFZFWMZ6 D]HA YI]\ K[4 T[GL NZ[S ,[IZ[ OZHLIFT56[ 0[g;L8MDL8ZYL U|L0 5|DF6[ YIFGL RSF;6L
.HFZNFZ[ SZL T[G]\ ZHL:8Z lGEFJJFG]\ ZC[X[P VFJ; RSF;6L ;\A \lWT GFIA SFI‰5F,S .HG[ZzL4 DNNGLX .HG[Zq VlWS DNNGLX .HG[ZzLV[
56
SZJFGL ZC[X[P .HFZNFZ[ SZ[, SFDGL 0[g;L8L 5]Z[5]ZL D?IF AFN H lS,Izg; V5FI VG[ tIFZAFN H ALHF ,[IZGL SFDULZL CFY WZFI T[ HMJFG]\
ZC[X[P
sDFPDP lJEFU 5lZ5+ G\P o V[; V[; VFZP !_v Z (v!(v;LP TFP !#v!_v_( VG[ ;DFG S|DF\S TFP Z#v$v_)f sDFPDP lJEFU 5lZ5+ G\P o
V[; V[; VFZP !_v Z_!*v5_v;LP TFP Z)v(v!*f
CLAUSE 25 : Deleted.
CLAUSE 26 : Work not to be sublet. Contract may be rescinded and security deposit
forfeited for subletting it without approval or for bribing a public officer or if
contractor becomes insolvent : The contract shall not be assigned or sublet without the
written approval of the Engineer-in-charge. And if the contractor shall assign or sublet his
contract or attempt to do so or become insolvent or commence any proceeding to get
himself be adjudicated an insolvent or make any compromisation with his creditors, or
attempt to do so, the Engineer-in-charge may, by notice in writing rescind the contract.
Also if any bribe, gratuity, gift, loan, perquisite, reward or advantage, pecuniary or
otherwise, shall either directly or indirectly be given, promised or offered by the contractor, or
any of his servants or agents to any public officer or person in the employ of Government in
any way relating to his office or employment, or if any such officer or person shall become in
any way directly or indirectly interested in contract, the Engineer-in-charge may thereupon by
notice in writing rescind the contract. In the event of contract being rescinded, the security
deposit of the contractor shall thereupon stand forfeited and be absolutely at the disposal of
Government and the same consequence shall ensure as if the contract had been rescinded
under clause 3 hereof and in addition the contractor shall not be entitled to recover or be paid
for any work therefore actually performed under the contract.
B\0vZ& AF\WSFD 5[8F EF0[ G VF5JF AFATP D\H]ZL JLGF 5[8F EF0[ VF5JFYL VYJF ;ZSFZL VlWSFZLG[ ,F\R VF5[ DF8[ VYJF
S\g8=FS8Z GFNFZ YI[YL S\g8=FS8Z ZN YFI VG[ HFDLG VGFDT H%T YJF AFAT o CJF,F GF .HG[ZGF l,lBT 5ZJFGUL l;JFI S\g8=FS8Z
SM.G[ V[;F.G SZL XSX[GCLP VG[ S\g8=FS8ZT[DGM S\g8=FS8Z V[;F.G SZX[ VYJF 5[8FEF0[ VF5X[ S[ T[D SZJFGM 5|ItG SZX[ S[ GFNFZ AGX[ S[
5MTFG[ GFNFZ SZFJJF DF8[GL SM. SFI¶JFCL S[ 5MTFGF ,[6FNFZM ;FY[ SM. 58FJT SZX[ S[ T[D SZJFGM 5|ItG SZX[ TM CJF,FGF .HG[Z l,lBT GM8L;
VF5LG[ S\g8=FS8Z ZN SZL XSX[ J/L S\g8=F S8Z S[ T[DGM SM. GMSZ S[ V[Hg8 ;ZSFZL VlWSFZLG[ VYJF ;ZSFZL GMSZLDFGF SM. 56 jISlT G[ T[GF
CMN°F S[ GMSZLGL ~V[ SM. 56 5|SFZGL ,F\R4 Al1F;4E[84 VG],FE .GFD S[ VflY¶S ALHF SM. 5|SFZGF ,FE 5|tI1F S[ 5ZM1F ZLT[ VF5X[4 VF5JFG]
JRG VF5X[ S[ VF5JFGL T{IFZL ATFJX[ VYJF VFJF SM. VlWSFZL S[ jISlT 5|tI1F S[ 5ZM1F ZLT S\g8=FS8DF\ lCT WZFJTF YX[ TM CJF,FGF .HG[Z
l,lBT GM8L; VF5LG[ S\g8=FS8 ZN SZL XSX[ VFJL ZLT[ S\g8=F S8 ZN YTF S\g8=F S8GL HFDLG VGFDT H%T YI[, U6FX[ VG[ T[ ;\5]6¶56[ ;ZSFZ C:TS
ZC[X[ VG[ VF SZFZGF B\0v # C[9/ HF6 SZ[ S[S\g8=F S8 ZN SZJFDF VFjIM CMI T[JF H T[GF 5lZ6FDM VFJX[ VG[ JW]DF\ S\g8=F S8 C[9/ BZ[BZ SZ[,F
SM.56 SFD DF8[ SM. ZSD J;], SZJFG S[ R]ST[ ,[JFGM CSS ZC[X[ GCLP
CLAUSE 27 : Sums payable by way of compensation to be considered as reasonable
compensation without reference to actual loss : All sums payable by a contractor by
way of compensation under any of
these conditions shall be considered as a reasonable compensation to be applied to the use
of Government without reference to the actual loss or damage sustained and whether
any damage has or had not been
sustaine
d.
B\0 vZ* BZ[BZ UI[, BM8G[ ,1FDF\ ,LWF l;JFI J/TZ~5[ R]SJFGL YTL ZSDG[ jIFHAL U6JF AFAT o BZ[BZ BM8 S[
G]SXFGG[ ,1FDF\ ,LWF l;JFI VG[ SM. G]SXFG YI] CMI S[ G YI] CMI TM 56 VF XZTMDFGL SM.56 XZT C[9/ S\g8=FS8Z[ J/TZ~5[
R]SJJFGL YTL TDFD ZSDG[ jIFHAL J/TZ U6JFDF\ VFJX[ VG[ T[ ;ZSFDF\ p5IMUDF\ ,[JFX[
38
CLAUSE 28 : Change in the constitution of firm to be notified : In the case of a tender
by partners, any change in the constitution of a firm shall be forthwith notified by the
Contractor to Engineer-in-charge for his information.
B\0 vZ( 5[-LGF A\WFZ6DF\ SM. O[ZOFZ YI[ T[GL HF6 SZJF AFAT o EFULNFZMV[ 8[g0Z EI]¶ CMI T[ S[;DF\ 5[-LGF\
A\WFZ6DF\ SM. O[ZOFZ YTF S\g8=FS8Z[ CJF,FGF .HG[ZG[ T[DGL HF6 VY[¶ T[JF OZOFZ V\U[ TZT DlCTUFZ SZJFGF ZC[X[P
CLAUSE 29 : Works to be under directions of Superintending Engineer : All works to
be executed under the contract shall be executed under the direction and subject to the
approval in all respects of Superintending Engineer of the Circle for the time being, who shall
be entitled to direct at what point or points and in what manner they are to be commenced
and from time to time carried on.
Signature of the Signature of the Executive Engineer :
contractor : SFI‰5F,S .HG[ZGL ;CL o
S\8=FS8ZGL ;CL o
39
B\0 vZ) VlW1FS .HG[ZGL SM. ;]RGF C[9/ SFDM SZJF AFAT o S\g8=FS8Z C[9/ SZJFGF AWFH SFD ;S¶,GF H[T[ JBTGF
VlW1FS .HG[ZGL ;]RGF C[9/ TDFD AFATM DF8[ T[DGL D\H]ZLG[ VFlWG ZCLG[ SZJFGF ZC[X[PVF SFD SIF :Y/[ S[ :Y/MV[ VG[ S[JL
ZLT[ X~ SZJF JBTM JBT S[JL ZLT[ VFU/ W5FJJF T[ V\U[ ;]RGF VF5JF VlW1FS .HG[Z CSSNFZ ZC[X[P
CLAUSE 30 : (1) Disputes to be referred to Tribunal : The disputes relating to this
contract, so far as they relate to any of the following matters, Whether such disputes arise
during the progress of the work or after the completion or abandonment thereof, shall be
referred to the Arbitration Tribunal, Gujarat State.
(i) The rates of payment under clause 5 for any tools, materials and stores, in or upon the
works of the site thereof or belonging to the contractor or procured by him and intended to be
used for execution of the work or any part thereof possession of which may have been
taken by the Engineer-in-charge under the said clause –
5
.
(ii) The reduction in rates made by the Engineer-in-charge under clause 9 from the items of
works not accepted as completed fully in accordance with the sanctioned specifications.
(iii) The rate of payment for any class of work which is included in the additional or altered
work carried out by the contractor in accordance with the instructions of the Engineer-in-
charge under clause 14 and the rates for which is to be determined under the said clause 14.
(iv) The rates of payment for materials already purchased or agreed to-be purchased by the
contractor before
receipt of notice given by the Engineer-in-charge under clause 15, and/or the amount of
compensation payable to the contractor under the said clause for loss in respect of such
materials.
(v) The amount of compensation which the contractor shall be liable to pay under clause 17
in the event of his failure to rectify, remove or reconstruct the work within the period specified
in the written intimation or the amount of expenses incurred by the Engineer-in-charge under
the said clause 17 in rectifying, removing or re-
executing the work or in removing and replacing the materials or articles
complained of.
(vi) The reduction of rates as may be fixed by the Engineer-in-charge under clause 17 for the
inferior work or materials as accepted or made use of.
vii) The amount of compensation payable by the contractor for damages as estimated and
assessed under clause 23.
(viii) The amount payable to the contractor for the work carried out under clause 33 in
accordance with the
instructions and the requirements of the Engineer-in-charge in a case where there are
no specifications.
(2) The provision of Section-21 of the GPWD dispute Arbi. Tribunal Act-92 & order issued by
the Govt. in connection with this Act will now apply for Arbitration (As per Government in N.
& W.R.D. letter No. SUT/ 1090/
2679/ K2 dtd.
9/2/94.
(3) The provision of Arbitration Act., shall in so far as they are inconsistent with the
provision of this act. Cease of to apply to any dispute arising from a works contract and
all arbitration proceedings in relation to such dispute before an arbitrator, court of authority
shall stand transferred to the Tribunal.
(4) The awards declared by the arbitrator should be speaking award, giving reasons and
calculations for every item of claims. The decision will have to be implemented by all the
departments of the State Government and Public Sector Enterprises of Gujarat. (Resolution
F.D.No. PB/1088/735/KT/Sachivalaya/Gandhinagar 5th October 1988.)
(5) Incase of dispute leading to the contractor or Government of Gujarat approaching to
Court of Law, It shall be within the jurisdiction where the site of work is situated.
(6) The reference to arbitration proceeding under this
clause shall not:
(i) affect the right of the Engineer-in-charge under clause 5 to take possession of all or any
tools, plants, materials and stores in or upon the works of site thereof belonging to the
contractor or procured by him and intended to be used for the execution of the work or any
part thereof.
(ii) Preclude the Engineer-in-charge from utilizing the materials purchased by the contractor
in any work or from removing such materials to other places, during the period the work is
stopped or suspended in pursuance of notice given to the contractor under clause 15.
40
(iii) Entitle the contractor to stop the progress of the work or the carrying out the additional or
altered work in accordance with the provisions of clause 14 or as the case may be, of clause
33.
CLAUSE 31 :
Deleted.
CLAUSE 32 : Lump sum in estimates : When the estimate on which a tender is
made includes lump sum in respect of part of the work, the contractor shall be
entitled to payment in respect of the items of work involved or the part of the work
in question at the same rates as are payable under this contract for such items, or
if the part of the work in question is not in the opinion of the Engineer-in-
charge capable of measurement, the Engineer-in-charge may, as his discretion,
pay the
41
lump sum amount entered in the estimate and the certificate in writing of the Engineer-in-
charge shall be final and conclusive against the contractor with regard to any sum or sums
payable to him, under the provisions of this clause.
B\0 v#Z V\NFHDFGL prRS ZSDM o H[ V\NFHGF VFWFZ[ 8[g0Z T{IFZ SZJ] CMI T[DF HM SFDGF VD]S EFUM V\U[ prRS ZSDGM
;DFJ[X YTM CMI TM VFJL AFATM DF8[ VF S\g8=FS8 C[9/ R]SJJF5F+ CMI T[H NZ[4 YI[, SFDGL AFATM DF8[ pST SFDGF SM. EFU
DF8[ R]SJ6L D[/JJF S\g8=FS8Z CSSNFZ ZC[X[P VYJF CJF,FGF .HG[ZGF DT[ pST SFDGF T[ EFUG] DF5 ,. XSFI T[D G CMI TM
CJF,FGF .HG[Z 5MTFGF :JlJJ[S VG];FZ V\NFHDF\ GM\WFI[,L prrFS ZSD R]SJL XSX[ VG[ VF B\0GL HMUJF. C[9/ S\g8=FS8ZG[
R]SJJF5F+ YTL ZSD S[ ZSDMG[ ,UT]\ CJF,FGF .HG[ZG] l,lBT 5|DF65+ T[GF DF8[ VFBZL VG[ lG6F¶IS
,[BFX[
P
CLAUSE 33 : Action where no specifications : In the case of work for which there is no
such specification, such work shall be carried out in accordance with the Divisional
Specification and in the event of there being no Divisional Specifications, then, in such case
the work shall be carried out in all respects in accordance with the instructions and
requirements of the Engineer-in-charge.
B\0 v## SM. lJUTM G VF5L CMI tIFZ[ ,[JFGF 5U,F o SM. lJUTM G CMI T[JF 5|SFZGF SFDGL AFATDF\ T[J] SFD l0lJhGGL
lJUTM VG];FZ CFY WZJFG] ZC[X[ VG[ l0lJhGGL lJUTM G CMI tIFZ[ T[J] SFD TDFD ZLT[ CJF,FGF .HG[ZGL ;]RGFVM VG[
H~ZLIFT VG];FZ CFY WZJFG] ZC[X[P
CLAUSE 34 : Definition of work : The expression “work” or “works” where used in these
conditions shall, unless, there be something in the subject or context repugnant to such
construction be construed to mean the work, or the works, contracted to be executed
under or in virtue of the contract, whether temporary or permanent and whether original,
altered, substituted or additional.
B\0 v#$ SFDGL jIFbIF o VF XZTMDF J5ZFI[, SFD VYJF XaN5|IMU lJQFIGF ;\NE¶DF\ SX] lJ~ä G CMI TM SFDR,Fp S[
SFIDL VG[ D}/ ;]WFZ[,F AN,JFDF VFJ[,F S[ JWFZFGF S\g8=FS8 C[9/ S[S\g8=FS8GL ~V[ SZJFGF YTF SFD S[ SFDM V[JM YX[P
CLAUSE 35 : Contractor’s percentage whether applied to net or gross amount of the
bill : Percentage referred to in the tender shall be deducted from/ added to the gross
amount of the bill before deducting the value of any stock issued.
B\0 v#5 SMg8=FS8ZGL 8SFJFZL lA,GF RMbBL S[ V[S\NZ ZSDG[ ,FU] 5F0JL o VF5JFDF\ VFJ[, SM. 56 DF,;FDFGGL
lS\DT AFN SZTF 5C[,F
8[g0ZDF\ NXF‰J[, 8SFJFZL lA,GL V[S\NZ ZSDDF\YL AFN SZJFDF\ VFJX[P v T[DF\
pD[ZJFDF\ VFJX[P
CLAUSE 36 : Non refund of quarry fees & Royalties : The contractor shall pay the royalty
to the competent authority/ local body as per rules. The contractor shall furnish quarterly the
statement showing quantity of quarried materials, from whom purchased (with full address of
the seller) and copies of bills for purchase to the District Officer of the Mining and Geology
Department or authority competent to levy royalty in the area of work. Contractor shall also
furnish such additional information as regards royalty payment to the Royalty authority.
The royalty charges paid shall be borne by the Contractor and shall not be reimbursed by the
Executive Engineer (Authority :- R & BD Circular No. TNC-2286 –UO -39 (19) – C, dated 23-
10-1989.)
pWMU BF6 VG[ pHF¶ lJEFU GF p5ZMST lJQFI 5ZtJ[GF TFP _!q_!q!)(* GF 9ZFJ S|DFS V[D ;L VFZ Z!&( v &&(5 K DF\
H6FjIF 5|DF6[ SFI¶JFCL SZJFGL ;]RGFP
s!f ~FP ,FB sA[ ,FBf ;]WLGL V\NFHLš ZSDGF SFDM CMI T[JF SFDM DF8[ SFI¶5F,S .HG[ZzL SFDGM JS¶ VM0¶Z VF5[ S[ T]ZT
ZP H SFDGF XL0I], ALGL
GS, H[T[ lJ:TFZ GF DNNGLX lGIFDS VYJF šVM,Mš:8 VYJF VF;L:8g8 šVM,Mš:8 VYJF E]:TZ VG[ BGLH XFBFGF š<,F
SR[ZLGL J0F H[VM S,[S8ZzLGL
SR[ZLDF\ A[;[ K[P T[DG[ VF5JFGL ,FB sA[ ,FBf YL p5ZGF S\g8F=S8ZMV[ T[VMV[ BZLN[, BGLH GM HyYM VG[ T[ SIFYL
ZC[X[sZf~FP ZP BZLN[, K[P T[
J[RGFZGL lJUTM NXF¶JTF AL,MGL GS,M TYF 5+GF ~5DF\ DFlCTL NZ +6 DF; p5Z s!f DF\ NXF¶J[, VlWSFZLG[ 5]ZL 5F0JFGL
ZC[X[P VF AL,MDF\ DF, J[RGFZG] ,[GFZG] GFD4 DF, ,[GFZG] GFD VG[ HyYM4 JU[Z[ NXF¶J[,F CMJF HM.V[ s#f H~Z 50I[ H~ZL
lS:;FDF\ p5Zs!f DF\ NXF¶J[, VlWSFZLzL TZOYL JW] DFlCTL v lJUT DF, S[ AL,GF ;A\WDF\ DF\UJFDF VFJ[ TM T[ H[ SFI¶5F,S 42
.HG[ZzL BGLH BFTFGF VlWSFZLG[ T[ lJUTM S\g8=FS8Z 5F;[YL D[/JJF DNN SZX[P HM VFJL DFlCTL ;DI ;Z VF5JFDF\ G VFJ[
T[ SM. SFI¶5F,S .HG[ZzL4 TZOYL VF V\U[ ;CSFZ G D/[ TM BGLH lJEFUGF VlWSFZL T]T¶H VF AFAT lGIFDSzLGF wIFG
p5Z D]SX[P H[VM V\U[ pWMU 4 BF6 VG[ pHF¶ lJEFU TYF H[ T[ ;A\lWT lJEFUGF ;lRJzLGF wIFG p5Z D]SX[P VG[ 5+ D?I[YL
;A\lWT lJEFUGF ;lRJzL4H[ T[ SFI¶5F,S .HG[ZzL G[ TFtSFl,S DFlCTL 5]ZL 5F0JF ;]RGF VF5X[ VF 5\YF VD,L AGTF
VF 5lZ5+GL TFZLB YL
;LSIMZL8L 0L5MhL8 5ZT SZJF DF8[ ZMI<8L EIF¶ V\U[GF 5|DF65+GM VFU|C
ZFBJFGM ZC[X[ GCLP ZFHI ;ZSFZGF AFW\SFD DF8[ J5ZFTF UF{6 BGLHGL
ZMI<8L EZJF AFTPPPP
VF SFDF HIFZ[ ;FNL DF8L sVM0L¶GZL S,[f VG[ s;MO8f D]ZD JF5ZJFDF\ VFJ[ T[GF p5Z 56 ZMI<8L R]SJJF 5F+ K[P lJQF[XDF\
UF{6 BGLH AFATDF\ U]PUMPBPlGP !)&& VG[ T[GF VG];\WFGDF\ JBTM JBT ACFZ 5F0JFDF\ VFJ[,F 9ZFJM4,FU] 50X[4 VG[ T[
D]HA ,Lh S[ 5ZDL8 ,[JFG] VG[ ZMI<8L EZJFGL
ZC[X[P spWMU4BF6 VG[ pHF¶ lJEFU 9ZFJ S|DF\S qZ_!#qK TFZLB _!q_)qZ__$
V[DPV[DPVFZPq!!Z
!vV SZFZ C[9/GF OF.G, AL,GL GS, š<<FGF ;\,uG pWMU VG[ BF6 lJEFUGF š<,FGF E]:TZ VlWSFZLG[ VF5JFGL
ZC[X[PˆsDFPDPlJPGM 5lZ5+ S|DF\S
8LPV[GP;LP Zqs!$f ; TFZLBP # TYF 5Pf
q!_qZ Z(q_$qZ Z*q_$qZ
43
CLAUSE 37 : Compensation under the workmen’s compensation Act : The contractor
shall be responsible for and shall pay compensation to his workman payable under the
Workmen’s Compensation Act. 1923 (VIII of
1923) hereinafter called the said Act) for injuries caused to the workmen. If such
compensation is paid by Government as principal under subsection 12 (1) of the said Act on
behalf of the Contractor it shall be recoverable by Government from the contractor
under sub-section 12 (2) of the said section. Such
compensation shall be recovered in the manner laid down in
clause 1 above.
B\0 v#* SFDNFZ J/TZ VlWlGID C[9/ J/TZ o SFDNFZMG[ YI[, .HFVM DF8[ !)Z# GF SFDNFZ J/TZ VlWlGID
s!)Z# GF VF9DFfsCJ[ 5KL H[G[ pST VlWlGID S›M K[ T[f C[9/ R]SJJF5F+ SM. 56 J/TZ R]SJJF S\g8=FS8Z HJFANFZ
ZC[X[ pST VlWlGIDGL S,D !Z GL 5[8F S,D s!f C[9/ S\g8=FS8Z JTL ;ZSFZ[ D]bI 51FSFZ TZLS[ VFJ] J/TZ R]SjI] CMI TM
;ZSFZ T[ ZSD pST S,DGL 5[8F S,D sZf VgjI[ S\g8=FS8Z 5F;[YL J;], SZL XSX[P VFJ] J/TZ p5ZGF B\0v ! DF\ H6FJ[,L
ZLT[ J;], SZJFDF\ VFJX[P
CLAUSE 37-A : The contractor shall be responsible for and shall pay the expenses of
providing medical aid to any workmen who may suffer a bodily injury as a result of an
accident. If such expenses are incurred by Government, the same shall be recoverable from
the contractor for with and be deducted, without prejudice to any other remedy of
Government from amount due or that may become due to the Contractor.
B\0 v#*S VS:DFTG[ 5lZ6FD[ SM. SFDNFZG[ XFZLlZS .HF YFI TM T[G[ TALAL ;CFI 5]ZL 5F0JF DF8[ S\g8=FS8Z HJFANFZ ZC[X[
VG[ T[ V\U[G] BR¶ T[D6[ R]SJJFG] ZC[X[P VFJ] BR¶ ;ZSFZ[ SI]¶ CMI TM S\g8=FS8Z 5F;[YL TZT H J;], SZJF 5F+ ZC[X[ VG[
;ZSFZGF ALHF SM. 5U,FG[ AFW G VFJ[ V[ ZLT[ S\g8=FS8ZGL ,[6L VYJF CJ[ 5KL ,[6L YGFZ ZSD DF\YL T[ SF5L ,[JFX[P
CLAUSE 37-B : The contractor shall provide all necessary-personal safety equipment and
first aid apparatus available for the use of the person employed on the site and shall maintain
the same in suitable condition for immediate use at any time and shall comply with the
following regulations in connection therewith:
(a) The workers shall be required to use the equipment so provide by the Contractor and
Contractor shall take adequate steps to ensure proper use of the equipment by those
concerned.
(h) When work is carried on in a proximity to any place where there is a risk of
drowning all necessary equipment shall be provided and kept for use and all necessary
steps shall be taken for the prompt rescue of any person, in danger.
I Adequate provision shall be made for prompt first aid treatment of all injuries to be
sustained during the course of the work.
CLAUSE 38 : The quantities shown in the tender are approximate and no claim shall be
entertained for quantities of work executed being less than those entered in the tender. In the
case of increase in the quantities by more than 10% the new rate will be paid to the
contractor for the quantities in excess of 10%. The rates for the increased quantities as
aforesaid will be fixed in the manner specified in clause -14.
CLAUSE 39 : Employment of famine or other labour : The contractor shall employ any
famine, convict or other labour or particular kind or class, if ordered in writing to do so by the
Engineer-in-charge.
B\0v#) N]QSF/U|:T lJ:TFZGF VYJF ALHF DH]ZMG[ SFD[ ZFBJF AFAT o CJF,FGF .HG[Z V[JM ,[lBT C]SD SZ[ TM
N]QSF/YL V;ZU|:T U]G[UFZ TZLS[
;HF 5FD[, VYJF VD]S RMSS; 5|SFZGF S[ JU¶GF ALHF DH]ZMG[ S\g8=FS8Z[ SFD[
ZFBJFGF ZC[X[P
CLAUSE 40 : No compensation shall be allowed for any delay caused in the starting of the
work on account of delay in making available the full site of land at a time.
CLAUSE 41 : No claim for compensation shall be allowed for any delay in execution of the
work on account of water standing in borrow pits or compartment. The rates are inclusive
of hard or cracked soil, excavation in mud, sub soil water or water standing in borrow-pits
and no claim for an extra rate shall be entertained unless otherwise expressly specified.
B\0v$! SFD SZJFDF\ YI[, l,\A DF8[ J/TZ V\U[GM CSS NFJM o RMS0LDF\ VYJF SM. EFUDF\ 5F6L HJFG[ SFZ6[ SFD
SZJFDF\ lJ,\A V\U[ SX] J.TZ V5F;[ GCLP VF NZDF\ ;BT VYJF lTZF0JF/L HDLG DF8[GF SFNJ VG[ E}U¶E H/JF/F EFUDF\
44
5F6L EZF. ZC[T] CMI TJL RMS0LGL HuIFDF\ BMNSFD DF8[GF NZGM ;DFJ[X YFI K[ VG[ T[YL VgIYF :5Q8 H6FjI] CMI T[ l;JFI4
JWFZFGF NZ DF8[ SM. CSSNFJM wIFGDF\ ,[JFX[ GCLP
CLAUSE 42 : Entering upon or commencing any portion or work : The Contractor shall not
enter upon or commence any portion or work except with the written authority and instruction
of the Engineer-in-charge or of his subordinate in charge of the work. Failing such authority,
the Contractor shall have no claim to ask measurement of or payment for work.
B\0v$Z SFDGM SM. EFU GJ[;ZYL CFY WZJF S[ X~ SZJF AFAT o CJF,FGF .HG[ZG[ VYJF TAFGF SFDGF CJF,GF
VlWSFZLGM l,lBT C]SD VG[
;]RGF l;JFI S\g8=FS8 SFDGM EFU GJ[;ZYL CFY WZL S[ X~ SZL XSX[ GCL VFJM C]SD G D?IM CMI TM SFDGF SM. DF5 ,[JF V\U[ S[
R]SJ6L DF8[ S\g8=FS8Z SXM CSSNFJM SZL XSX[ GCLP
CLAUSE 43 : Minimum age of person employed : (i) No Contractor shall employ any
person who is under the age of 15 years.
45
B\0v$# SFD[ ZBFI[, JISlTVMGL VMKFDF\ VMKL JI o S\g8=FS8Z !5 JQF¶GL GLR[GL p\DZGL SM.56 jISlT
SFD[ ZFB; XSX[ GCLP
CLAUSE 43(1)(A) : The employment of donkeys and / or other animals and the
payment of fair wages : For Asphalt work(s) as far as possible, only the adult persons
should be employed by the contractor. If the adult persons are not available, then the
children below the age of 15 (Fifteen years) should not be employed under any
circumstance.
(ii) No contractor shall employ donkeys or other animals with breaching of string or thin rope.
The breaching must be at least three inches wide and should be of tape. ( Nawar).
sZf S\g8=FS8Z UW[0F VYJF ALHF 5|F6LVMGF 5L9GF EFU 5Z hL6L NMZL 5FT/] NMZ0] AF\WLG[ T[DG[ SFD[ ,. XSX[ GCLP5L9 EFU 5Z
AF\WJF VMKFDF\ VMKL #
.\R 5CM/L OLT sGJFZfSFDDF\
,[JLP
(iii) No animal suffering from sores, lameness or emaciation or which is immature shall be
employed on the work.
S#f WFZFJF/F4BM0\UFTF VYJF S°X S[ GFGF 5|F6LG[ SFD[ ZFBL
XSFX[ GCLP
(iv) The Engineer-in-charge or his agent is tilized d to remove from the work any person or
animal found working which does not satisfy these conditions and no responsibility shall be
accepted by Government for any
delay caused in the completion work by such
removal.
S$f VF XZTM D]HA G CMI T[JL SM.56 jISlT S[ 5|F6L SFD SZTL q SZT] DF,]D 50[ TM T[G[ SFD 5ZYL N]Z SZJFGL ;flF CJF,FGF
.HG[ZG[ S[ T[DGF V[Hg8G[ K[ VG[ VFJL ZLT[ SM. jISlT S[ 5|F 6LG[ N]Z SZJFYL YI[, SM.56 lJ,\A DF8[ ;ZSFZGL SM. HJFANFZL
ZC[X[ GCLP
(v) The contractor shall pay fair and reasonable wages to the workman employed by him in
the contract undertaken by him. In the event of any dispute arising between the Contractor
and his workmen on the grounds
that the wages paid are not fair and reasonable, the dispute shall be referred without delay
to the Engineer-in-
charge who shall decide the same. The decision of the Engineer-in-charge shall be
conclusive and binding on the Contractor, but such decision shall not in any way affect
the conditions in the contract regarding the payment to be made by Government at the
sanctioned tender rates.
S5f 5MT[ CFY WZ[,F S\g8=FS8 DF8[ SFD[ ZFB[, SFDNFZMG[ S\g8=S8Z[ jIFHAL J[TG R]SJFG] ZC[X[ R]SJ[, jIFHAL G CMJFGF D]NF 5Z
S\g8=FS8Z VG[ T[DGF SFDNFZM JrR[ SM. H30M pEM YFI TM V[ h30M lJGF lJ,\A[ CJF,FGF .HG[ZG[ ;M5JFDF\ VFJX[ VG[ T[ V\U[
T[VM lG6¶I VF5X[P CJF,FGF .HG[ZGM lG6¶I S|G8=FS8Z DF8[ lG6F¶IS VG[ A\WGSTF¶ ZC[X[P 5Z\T] VF lG6¶IYL D\H]Z SZ[,F 8[g0ZGF NZ[
;ZSFZ[ SZJFGL YTL R]SJ6LG[ ,UTL S\g8=FS8 DFGL XZTMG[ SXL V;Z YX[ GCLP
(vi) The contractor shall provide drinking water facilities to the workers / labourers employed
on Government works. Amenities relating to sanitation shall also be provided to the
workers/labourers employed on works (in urban areas). If the contractor fails to comply with
these provisions, the Engineer-in-charge shall give notice in
writing and if the contractor does not provide this facility to the workers/labourers within a
period of ten days
from the date of the notice in writing, the Engineer-in-charge shall thereupon make the
arrangement for drinking water at the cost of the contractor.
S&f ;ZSFZL SFD[ ZFB[, SFDNFZM o DH]ZMG[ 5LJFGF 5F6LGL ;UJ0 S\g8=FS8Z[ 5]ZL 5F0JFGL ZC[X[P sXC[ZL lJ:TFZMDFf SFD[ ZFB[,
SFDNFZMG[ :JrKTF lJQFIS
;UJ0M 56 5]ZL 5F0JFGL ZC[X[PS\g 8=FS8Z VF HMUJF.G] 5F,G SZJFDF\ lGQO/ HX[ TM CJF,FGF .HG[Z T[G[ ,[lBT GM8L; VF5X[ VG[
S\g8=F8Z VFJL ,[lBT GM8L;GL TFZLB lNG N;GL D]NTDF\ SFDNFZM v DH]ZMG[ VF ;UJ0 GCL VF5[ TM CJF,FGF .HG[Z S\g8=F S8Z GF BR[¶
5LJFGF 5F6LGL jIJ:YF SZX[P
(vii) The contractor shall provide the amenity of proper shade and shelter to the
workers/labourers and their children on Government works as soon as. The work starts. If
the contractor fails to provide shed and shelter,
the Engineer-in-charge shall provide the same at the cost
of contractor.
S*f SFD X~ YFI S[ TZT H S\g8=FS8Z[ ;ZSFZL SFD 5ZGF SFDNFZM DH]ZM VG[ T[DGF AF/SM G[ ImuI X[0 VG[ VF`F|I VF5JFGL
;UJ0 5]ZL 5F0JFGL ZC[X[P X[0
VG[ VF`F|I:YFG 5]ZF 5F0JFDF\ S\g8=FS8Z lGQO/ HX[ TM S\g8=FS8ZGF BR[¶ CJF,FGF
.HG[Z 5]ZF 5F0X[P
46
CLAUSE 44 : Method of payment : Payment to contractor shall be made by cheque drawn
on any treasury within the division convenient to them, provided the amount exceeds Rs. 10
Amount not exceeding Rs. 10 will be paid in cash.
B\0v$$ R]SJ6LGL ZLT o R]SJ6LGL ZSD ~FP!_ SZTF JW] CMI TM S\g 8=FS8ZG[ VG]S]/ CMI T[JL l0JLhGGF lJ:TFZGL SM.56
lTHMZL 5ZGF R[S äFZF T[DG[ R]SJ6L SZFX[ ~FP !_ YL JW] G CMI T[JL ZSD ZMS0[YL R]SJJFDF\ VFJX[P
CLAUSE 44-A : Any sum of money due and payable to the Contractor
(including the security deposit returnable to the contractor) executing any
Government work or work of any District Panchayat wholly financed as grant-in-aid
under this contract shall be appropriated by any District Panchayat/ Government and shall
be set off against any claim of the Government/District Panchayat of Gujarat state by
the District Panchayat of Gujarat State/Government for the payment of a sum of money
arising out or under any other contract made by the contractor with the Government/District
Panchayat of Gujarat State for the work wholly financed as grant-in-aid by Government
of Gujarat State. When no such amount for
47
purpose of the recovery from the contractor against any claim of the Government / District
Panchayat of Gujarat state is available, such a recovery shall be made from the contractor as
arrears of land revenue.
CLAUSE 45 :
Deleted
CLAUSE 46 : Employment of scarcity labour : If Government declares a state of scarcity
or famine to exist in any village situated within 16 kilometers of the work, the Contractor
shall employ upon such parts of the work, as are suitable (or unskilled labour, any person
certified to him by the Engineer-in-charge or by any persons to whom, the Engineer-in-
charge may have delegated this duty in writing to be in need of relief and shall be bound to
pay to such persons, wages not below the minimum which Government may have fixed in
this behalf. Any disputes which may arise in connection with the imple-mentation of this
clause shall be decided by the Engineer-in-charge whose decision shall be final and
binding on the contractor.
B\0v$& V;ZU|:T lJ;TFZGF\ DH]ZM SFD[ ZFBJF AFAT oSFDGF :Y/[YL !& lS,MDL8ZGL V\NZ VFJ[,F SM.56 UFDGF
VKTGL VYJF N]QSF/GL l:YlT
5|JT¶TL CMJFG] ;ZSFZ HFC[Z SZ[4 TM H[DF S]X/ SFZLUZMGL H~Z GCMI T[JF SFDGF SM. 56 EFU p5Z S\g 8=FS8Z[4 CJF,FGF .HG[Z
VYJF T[D6[ T[ V\U[GL OZH
H[G[ ,[lBT ZLT[ ;M5L CMI T[JL jISlTV[ H[ jISlTVMG[ ZFCT GL VFJxISTF CMJFG] 5\DF65+ VF%I] CMI T[DG[ SFD[ ZMSJFGF ZC[X[
VG[ VF V\U[ ;ZSFZ[ H[ NZ GSSL SIM¶ CMI T[YL VMKF G CMI V[JF NZ[ VFJL jISlTVMG[ J[TG R]SJJF T[ A\WFI[,F ZC[X[P VF B\0GF
VD, 5ZtJ[ SM.56 TSZFZ p5l:YT YFI TM T[GM lG6¶I CJF,FGF .HG[Z SZX[ VG[ T[ lG6¶I S\g8=FS8Z DF8[ VFBZL VG[ A\WGSTF¶
ZC[X[P
CLAUSE 47 :
Deleted
CLAUSE 48 : The rate to be quoted by the Contractor must be inclusive of all taxes
prevailing on due date of bid submission.However any subsequent changes in the tax
structure by Government after due date of bid submission will be compensated (±) on
availability or submission of actual documentation. Contractor has to intimate Engineer in
charge regarding changes occurred in the tax structure after bid submission. If contractor
fails to provide such information and if any financial obligation may arise due to change in tax
structure, same will be recovered from the contractor The contractor shall apply fair means of
stock maintenance and shall adopt accounting standards as may be prescribed under GST.
For arriving at the difference in procurement prices due to introduction of GST, it will be
open for the Government to ask for original invoices, LR, weigh bridge slips, payment details
and such other documents as may be required for the purpose. If there is reduction
in overall tax burden then proportional benefit of that shall be passed on to the
Government.(R&B,Circular No.TNC-10-2017-01-C Dtd.29/8/2017)
B\0v$( S\g8=FS8Z 8F\S[ T[ EFJDF GST GM ;DFJ[X Y. UI[,M U6FX[P VF 5[8[ S\g8=FS8ZG[ SM. JWFZFGL
R]SJ6L SZJFDF\ VFJX[ GCLP
CLAUSE 49 : The Contractor should, as far as possible, obtain his requirement of labourers
skilled and unskilled, from the nearest Employment Exchange so as to tilize the local
employment potential. If there are no local Employment Exchange or such Exchanges are
not able to provide the required labour locally, suitable labourers should be tilized to the
maximum extent possible.
B\0v$) S\g8=FS8Z[ HM.TF S]X/ VG[ lAGS]X/ DH]ZM XSI CMI tIF ;]WL GšSDF\ GšSGL ZMHUFZ SR[ZLV[YL D[/JJF H[YL :YflGS
ZMHUFZ XlSTGM p5IMU Y. XSX[ :YflGS ZMHUFZ SR[ZLVM G CMI VYJF VFJL SR[ZLVM H~ZL DH]ZM :YflGS ZLT[ 5]ZF 5F0L XS[
T[D G CMI TM ImuI DH]ZMGM AG[ T[8,F JW] 5|DF6DF\ p5IMU SZJMP
CLAUSE 50 : Fair Wages : If a Contractor fails to pay within ‘7’ (Seven) days to the
labourer(s)/worker(s) the minimum wages prescribed by the Government under the Minimum
Wages Act, 1948 as in force from time to time, the Engineer-in-charge shall be at liberty to
deduct the amount payable to the labourer/workers from his (Contractors’) bills or deposit(s)
payable by the Contractor after making due inquiries and establishing the claim(s) of the
!abourer(s)/worker(s). The Contractor shall not be entitled to any payment of compensation
on account of any loss that the Contractor may have to incur on account of the action as
aforesaid. Before the action as aforesaid, is enforced, a notice in writing to the Contractor
shall be issued by the Engineer-in-charge to pay the wages as per Minimum Wages Act in
48
force at the relevant time. If Contractor does not act as afore said within seven days, then the
action contemplated as above shall be taken against him.
B\0v5_ jIFHAL J[TG o JBTMJBT VD,DF\ CMI T[D]HA !)($ GF ,3]TD J[TG VlWlGID C[9/ ;ZSFZ[ lGID SZ[,F
,3]TD J[TG DH]Z sDH]ZMf G[ SFDNFZ sSFDNFZMf G[ ;FT lNJ;DF\ S\g8=FS8 G R]SJ[ TM CJF,FGF .HG[ZG[ IMUI T5F; SZL T[D H
sDH]Zf DH]ZMG[ SFDNFZ sSFDNFZMf GM CSSNFJM :Yfl5T SZLG[sDH]Zf DH]ZMG[ SFDNFZ sSFDNFZMG[f R]SJJF5F+ ZSD S\g8=FS8ZGF
lA,M VYJF S\g8=FS8Z[ R]SJJF 5F+ VGFDTMGL ZSD DFYL SF5L ,[JFGL K]8 ZC[X[P
p5Z H6FjIF D]HA ,[JFDF VFJ[,F 5U,FG[ S\g8=FS8ZG[ SM.56 G]SXFG HFI TM T[ DF8[ SM.56 R]SJ6L VYJF J/TZ D/JF5F+
ZC[X[ GCL p5Z H6FjIF D]HAG] 5U,] VD,DF D]SJFDF VFJ[ T[ 5C[,F CJF,FGF .HG[Z T[ ;DI[ VD,DF CMI T[ ,3]TD J[TG
VLWLGID VG];FZ J[TG R]SJJFDF\ S\g8=FS8ZG[ l,lBT GM8L; VF5X[P S\g8=FS8Z p5Z H6FjIF D]HA ;FT lNJ;DF\ JT¶X[ GCL TM T[GL
;FD[ p5Z lJRFIF¶ D]HAGF 5U,F EZJFDF\ VFJX[P
CLAUSE 51 :
Deleted
CLAUSE 52 : List of Machinery : The contractors shall also give a list of machineries in his
possession and which they propose to use on the work.
B\0v5Z I\+ ;FDU|LGL IFNL o S\g8=FS8Z[ 5MTFGF SAHFDFGL VG[ SFD DF8[ p5IMUDF\ ,[JF lJRFZ[, I\+ ;FDU|LGL
IFNL 56 VF5JFGL ZC[X[P
CLAUSE 53 : (i) In case, the roller deployed by Department for the use on contract work is
kept idle by the contractor for want of adequate labour and materials, the contractor will have
to pay rental charges as per prevailing rules even though the items of rolling and watering
are to be carried out by the department.
Signature of the Signature of the Executive Engineer :
contractor : SFI‰5F,S .HG[ZGL ;CL o
S\8=FS8ZGL ;CL o
49
(ii) If the contractor does not plan his programme so as to suit the requirement of the
Department, the proportionate rental charges on roller shall be recovered from the
contractor.
CLAUSE 54 : Local labour on normal rates : The contractor shall have to engage local
labour and person seeking employment where available on normal rate.
B\0v5$ ;FDFgI NZ[ :YFLGS DH]ZM o ;FDFgI NZ[ D/L XS[ T[D CMI tIF ZMHUFZ JF\K] :YFLGS DH]ZM VG[ :YflGS jISlTVMG[
S\g8=FS8Z[ SFD[ ZFBJFGF ZC[X[P
CLAUSE 55 : Rent will be recovered from the contractor for the land given to them for stacking
materials as well as for construction of temporary hutments etc.
Land measuring Charges
1. One hectare or less Rs. 5 Per month
2. More than 1 hectare & upto 2 hectares Rs. 10 per month
3. More than 2 hectare & upto 3 hectares Rs, 15 per month
4. More than 3 hectare & upto 4 hectares Rs. 20 per month
CLAUSE 56 : The contractor shall employ only such labour who shall produce a valid certificate of
having been vaccinated against small –pox within a period of last three years.
B\0v5& S\g 8=FS8Z K[<,F # JQF¶GL D]NT NZdIFG XLT/FGL Z;L V5F. CMJF AFATG] :JLSFI¶ 5|DF65+ ZH] SZGFZ
DH]ZMG[ H SFD[ ZFBX[P
CLAUSE 57 : 1 Huts : The contractor shall build sufficient number of huts on a suitable plot of land
for the use of the laborers according to the following specifications :
(1) Huts of bamboos and grass may be constructed.
(2) A good site shall be selected. High ground removed from jungle but well provided with trees shall
be chosen wherever it is available. The neighborhood of rank jungle, grass or weeds should
particularly be avoided. Camps should not be established close to large cuttings of earth-work.
(3) The lines of huts shall have open spaces of at least 1 0 m. between rows. When a good natural site
cannot be procured, particular attention should be given to the drainage.
(4) There should be no over-crowding. Floor spaces at the rate of 2.8 Sq.m. per head shall be
provided. Care should be taken to see that the huts are kept clean and in good order.
(5) The contractor must find out his own land, if he wants Government land, he should apply for
it and pay assessment for it.
2. Drinking Water : The contractor shall as far as possible, provide an adequate supply of chlorinated pure potable
drinking water for the use of labourers. This provision shall be at the rate of not less than 4.5 liters per head. No
provision need-be made where there is a suitable nalla, river or well within 0,4 km of the camp. However
arrangement should as far as possible, be made to chlorinate water by chlorinated tablets before it is allowed for
drinking purpose.
3. The contractor shall construct semi permanent latrines for the use of Labourers on the following scale, namely;
(a) Where females are employed, there shall be at least one latrine for every 25 females
(b) Where males are employed, there shall be at least one latrine for every 25 males
Provided that where the number of males or female exceed 1 00, it shall be sufficient if there is one latrine for every
25 males or females, as the case may be up to the first 100 and one for every 50 thereafter.
4. Privacy in latrines : Every latrine shall be under cover and so partitioned off as to secure privacy, and shall have
a proper door and fastenings.
5. Notice to be displayed outside latrines and urinals : (1) Where workers of both sexes are employed there
shall be displayed outside each block of latrine and urinal a notice in the language understood by the majority of the
workers For Men Only or. For Women Only : as the case may be.
5 (2) The notice shall also bear the figures of a man or of a women, as the case may be.
6. Urinals : There shall be at least one urinal for male/female workers up to 50 employed at a time. Provided that
where the number of male or female workmen, as the case may be, exceeds 500, it shall be sufficient if there is one
urinal for every 50 males or females up to the first 500 and one for every 100 males or females or part thereof.
7. Latrines and Urinals to be accessible : (1) The latrines and urinals shall be conveniently situated and accessible
to workers at all times at the establishment. (2) (i) The latrines and urinals shall be adequately lighted and shall be
maintained in a clean and sanitary condition at all times (2) (ii) Latrines and urinals other than those connected with a
flush sewage system shall comply with the requirements of the Public Health Authorities.
8. Water for latrines and urinals : Water shall be provided by means of pipes or tanks or the otherwise, so also be conveniently
51
16. Canteen Facilities : (1) In every establishment of contract work and wherein work regarding the employment of
contract labour is likely to continue for six months and wherein contact labour numbering one hundred or more are
ordinarily employed, the adequate canteen facilities shall be provided by the contractor for the use of such contract
labour within sixty days of the commencement of the employment of contract labour.
(2) If the contractor fails to provide the canteen facilities within the time laid down the same shall be provided by the
principal employer within sixty days of the time allowed to the contractor.
(3) The Canteen shall be maintained by the contractor or principal employees as the case may be in an efficient
manner.
17. Accommodation in canteen : (1) The canteen shall consist of at least dining hall, kitchen, storeroom, pantry and
washing places separately for workers and for utensils.
2 (i) The canteen shall be sufficiently lighted at all times where any person has access to it.
(ii) The floor shall be made of smooth and impervious materials and inside walls shall be lime-washed or colour-
washed at least once in each year, provided that the inside walls of the kitchen shall be lime-washed every four
months.
3 (i) The premises of the canteen shall be maintained in clean and sanitary condition.
(ii) Waste water shall be carried away in suitable covered drains and shall not be allowed to accumulate so as cause
nuisance.
(iii) Suitable arrangements shall be made for the collection and disposal of garbage.
18. Accommodation in dining hall : (1) The dining hall shall accommodate at a time, at least 30% of the contract
labour
working at a time.
(2) The floor area of the dining hall excluding the area occupied per dinner to be accommodated shall as prescribed
in sub rule 1.
(3) (i) A portion of the dining hall and service counter shall be partitioned and reserved for women workers, in
proportion to their numbers, (ii) Washing places for women shall be separate and screened to secure privacy.
(4) Sufficient table, stools, chairs or benches shall be available for the number of diners to be accommodated as
prescribed in sub rule 1.
19. Equipment in canteen : (1) (i) There shall be provided and maintained sufficient utensils, crockery, cutlery,
furniture and any other equipment necessary for the efficient running of the canteen.
(ii).The furniture utensils and other equipment shall be maintained in a clean and hygienic condition.
(2) (i) Suitable clean-clothes for the employees serving in the canteen shall also be provided and maintained.
(ii) A service counter, if provided, shall have .a top of smooth and impervious materials.
(iii) Suitable facilities including an adequate supply of hot water shall be provided for the cleaning of utensils and
equipment.
20. Food stuff to be served : The food stuff and other items to be served in the canteen shall be in conformity with
the normal food habits of the contract labour.
21. Prices to be displayed : The charges for food stuffs, beverages and any other item served in the canteen shall
be based on “no profit, no loss” and shall be conspicuously displayed in the canteen.
22. Canteen to be run on “No profit no loss” basis : In deriving the prices of food stuffs and other articles served
in the canteen, the following items shall not be taken into consideration as expenditure, namely.
(a) the rent for the land and building.
(b) the depreciation and maintenance charges for the building and equipment provided for in the canteen.
I the cost of purchase, repairs and replacement of equipment including furniture, crockery, cutlery and utensils.
(d)The water charges and other charges incurred for lighting and ventilation.
(e) The interest on the amount spent on the provisions and maintenance of furniture and equipment provided for in
the canteen.
The local officers should check up whether, facilities as offered and which are admissible
under the existing rules and orders are made available to the workers and enforce upon the
contractors the necessity of adhering
to the instructions for promotion of welfare of the workers according to the terms
of the contract.
23. BOOKS OF ACCOUNTS AND REGISTERS I CANTEEN : The books of accounts and
registers and other documents used in connection with the running of the canteen shall be
produced on demand to an inspector.
24. AUDIT I ACCOUNTS I CANTEEN : The accounts pertaining to the canteen shall be
audited once every 12 months by registered accountants and auditors, provided that the
Labour Commissioner may approve of any other person to audit the accounts; if he is
satisfied that it is not feasible to appoint a registered accountant and auditor in view of the
site or the location of the canteen.
CLAUSE 58 : Contractor shall have to arrange for the supply of gumboots. Hand gloves,
mask etc. invariably to the labourers/ workers engaged by the contractor on asphalt work.
CLAUSE 59 : The Contractor shall not show any distinction between Harijan and other class
of labourers/workers employed to carry out the Government work.
Signature of the Signature of the Executive Engineer :
contractor : SFI‰5F,S .HG[ZGL ;CL o
S\8=FS8ZGL ;CL o 52
CLAUSE 60 : Price variation clause : Price variation : For (A) Labour (B) Materials and (C)
P.O.L. The amounts payable to the Contractor for the work done shall be adjusted for
increase or decrease in the rates of labour/materials excepting those materials supplied by
Government as per Schedule-A and P.O.L. as under:
11. . Labour : Increase or decrease in the cost due to Labour shall be calculated quarterly
in accordance with the following formula.
pl i-io
VI = 0.75 x xRx
100 io
VI = Increase or decrease in the cost of work during the quarter under consideration due
to change in rates for labour.
R = The value of work done in rupees during the quarter under consideration, after
excluding the value of extra items and after deducting the cost of.
11. . Materials supplied from the Departmental store to the Contractor at fixed rate as
specified in schedule-A
and.
(ii) Value of cement, steel and asphalt brought by the contractor valued at
star rate plus the increase/decrease for which price adjustment is done under clause
59/A below :-
io = The average consumer price index for industrial workers for the quarter in which
tenders were opened
(as published in*.............................................................................)
i=The average consumer price index for industrial workers for the quarter
under consideration. Pi = Percentage of labour components (specified in
Schedule % of the item.
*This refers to average consumer’s price-index (wholesale) for industrial workers
as applicable to
Ahmedabad/Bhavnagar as published by Government of India, Ministry of Labour Bureau.
(B) Materials other than Cement, Steel and Asphalt : The increase or decrease in cost
of materials other than cement and steel shall be calculated quarterly in accordance with
the following formula :
Pm i-io
Vm = 0.75 x xR x
100 io
Vm = Increase or decrease in the cost or work during the quarter under consideration due
to changes in the rates of material.
R =The value of work done in rupees during the quarter under consideration, after
excluding the value of extra items and after deducting the cost of.
11. . Materials supplied from the Departmental store to the Contractor at fixed rate as
specified in schedule – A and.
(ii) Value of cement, asphalt and steel brought by the contractor valued at
star rate plus the increase/decrease for which price adjustment is done under clause
59/A below :-
io = The average wholesale price index “(all commodities) for the quarter in which
tenders were opened, (as published in
I = The average wholesale price index (all commodities) for the quarter under
consideration. Pm = Percentage of material component (specified in schedule %
of item.
@ = For materials wholesale price index as published by Reserve Bank of India should be
referred to.
I P.O.L. : The increase or decrease in the cost of petrol, diesel, oil, and lubricants shall
be calculated quarterly in accordance with the following formula.
Pd D-Do
Vd = 0.75 x xRx
100 Do
Vd = Increase or decrease in cost of work during quarter of consideration due to change
in rates of petrol, oil and lubricants (POL).
R = The value of work done in rupees during the quarter under consideration, after excluding the value of extra
items and after deduction the cost of.
11. . Materials supplied from the Department store to the Contractor at fixed rate as specified in schedule-A
and.
(ii) Value of cement, steel and asphalt brought by the contractor valued at star rate plus the increase/decrease for
which price adjustment is done under sub-clause 59/A below :-
Do = The average price of high speed diesel (HSD) fixed by I.O.C.-for the district in which the work is to be
carried out for the quarter in which the tenders were opened.
D = The average price of HSD fixed by the I. O. C. for the district in which the work is to be carried out for the quarter
54
under consideration.
Pd = Percentage of P. O. L. Component (specified in schedule) % of the item.
Conditions for variation except for Cement, Steel and Asphalt :
11. . No adjustment shall be done for the work done in the first twelve months of the time limit. Adjustment
payable/
recoverable will be calculated for the remaining work done during the subsequent period.
(2) The sum total price adjustment for A, B and C will be limited to % of the estimated cost of work put to tender
less the cost of Materials supplied from the Departmental store to the Contractor at fixed rate as specified in
schedule-A and cement, steel and asphalt valued at input rates mentioned as under on which the sanctioned
estimate is based. When clause 60A (B-1) 59A (B-2) is not deleted.
Quantity Input rate per ton
Cement : M.T. Rs. Per M.T.
Mild Steel : - M.T. Rs. - per M.T.
TMT Bars (Fe 415): - M.T. Rs. - per M.T.
Asphalt 80/100 (VG-10) - M.T. Rs. - per M.T.
Asphalt 60/70 (VG-30) - M.T. Rs. - per M.T.
(3) The quarter referred to in the above formula shall mean the quarter of the calendar year January to March, April
to June, July to September and October to December. Even if the tenders are opened in the middle of a quarter,
the average index for the calendar .quarter will be considered. The same principle would apply for identifying-the
quarter when the work is completed in the middle of calendar quarter.
(4) The value of extra items will be excluded for working out the value of ‘R’ in the above formula in all these cases.
(5) Intermediate payment of escalation to be made under this clause on each occasion shall be limited in such a
manner that the total up-to-date payment of escalation will not exceed the proportionate percentage of the ceiling
of escalation as related to the proportionate value of the contract cost.
(6) Price adjustment shall be applicable only for the work that is carried out within the stipulated time or extensions
thereof as are not attributable to the contractor. No claims for price adjustment other than those provided herein
shall be entertained.
(7) This clause will be applicable in respect of works which of the estimated cost put to tender is above Rs. 25.00
lacs and the time limit involved is more than 12 months.
* Guideline for ceiling : 5 % in case where time limit of contract is 3 years, 6 % in case where time limit of contract
exceeds 3 years but is upto 4 years & 7 % where time limit is more than 4 years
CIAUSE 60A Price Variation for Cement, Steel and Asphalt brought by Contractor : The amounts payable
to the contractors for the work done involving use of cement, steel and asphalt when these materials are not supplied
by the Government as for schedule A shall be adjusted for increase or decrease in the rates of these materials as
under :-
(4) Price variation for cement, steel and asphalt brought by the contractor.
The star rates for cement, mild steel and tor steel & asphalt to be brought by the Contractor shall be considered Ex-
supply Depot/Godown as under :-
Quantity Star rate Month in which
DTP is approved
Cement 561.84 M.T. Rs. 6460.00 Per M.T.
Mild Steel M.T. Rs. Per M.T.
TMT Bars 59.590 M.T. Rs. 65000.00 Per M.T.
Asphalt 60/70 82.16 M.T. Rs. 55261.76 Per M.T.
Emulsion (RS-1) M.T. Rs. Per M.T.
[The above star rates are linked with Reserve Bank of India price index for steel and cement for the month in
which the DTPs are approved.]
The month in which DTPs are approved will be specified in the tender document. Star rates should be mentioned
in the tender copy as under :-
I. For Cement, Price of cement from authorised dealer should be obtained for the month in which the D. T P. s are
approved & mentioned as star rate before issue of tender copy.
II.(a)For steel & H. Y. S. D. bars, rate of SAIL should be obtained for the month in which the DTPs. are approved and
mentioned as star rate before issue of tender copy.
II (b)For asphalt, the star rate is based on the Koyali Refinery rate prevailing in the month in which D.T.P. is approved
and should be mentioned before issue of tender copy.
III. For basic index specific month in which the DTPs are approved should be mentioned before issue of tender
copy.] The fluctuations in rates of cement and steel shall be adjusted in the bills payable to the contractors as
under :
A=Bx C1
-1 xD
C0
57
The checking of and setting out of any line or level by the Engineer-in-charge or his representative shall not in any
way, relive the contractor of his. responsibilities for the correctness of the error. The contractor shall carefully protect
and observe all bench-marks, site-nails, page and other things used in setting out of the work(s).
CLAUSE 69 : Cement Register : A register in the prescribed form showing day-to-day receipt, consumption and
balance of cement on site of work will be maintained by. the Department, which shall invariably be signed daily by the
contractor or his authorised representative in token of its correctness.
CLAUSE 70 : (1) Materials, Works Test Register and Core cutting Machine : A register in the prescribed
proforma showing test results of materials & work tests will be maintained and day-to day receipt, consumption and
balance of cement on site of work by the Department and every entry thereof shall invariably be signed by the
Contractor or his authorised representative in token of its correctness.
(2) Contractors registered in special category-1 (Roads) will have to procure and kep available on site two core
cutting machines, similarly those registered in special category-2 (Roads) will have to procure and keep vailable on
site one core cutting amchine on ownership basis. The thickness of sub base and base layers of road will be tested
by taking cores and recording results of layer thickness in paver site register. (R&B.D. Circular No. RGN-60-2006-35-
C dated 26-5-06)
(3) In case of asphalt items (other than BSG & BBM) having total thickness of more than 50 mm, the contractor will
take two to four core samples by his core cutting machine at the interval of 250 m. distance at each cross section in
the presence of Dy. Executive Engineer. These samples will be sealed and will be sent for testing of thickness,
density & bituminous content in the approved laboratory. Five percent of the amount payable for asphalt items will be
withheld till the test results are received if the results are not satisfactory, the action as per Conditions of contract will
be taken (R&B.D. Circular No. RGN 602006 (35)-C dated 31/5/07)
CLAUSE 71 : Progress Schedule : (a) The contractor shall furnish within one month (unless extended by the
Engineer-in-charge) of the order to start the work, the progress schedule in quadruplicate indicating the date of
staring, the monthly progress expected to be achieved and the anticipated completion date of each major item of
work to be done by him, also indicating dates of procurement and setting up the materials, plants and machinery. The
schedule should include a statement of proposed general and detailed arrangements for earring out works, and of
item, order and manner in which it is proposed general and detailed arrangements for carrying out works, and of
item, order and manner in which it is proposed that these shall be executed. The schedule should be framed keeping
requirement of the clause 2 of tender form in view and be such as in practice to the achievement towards completion
of the work in the time limit and of the particular items on the dates specified in the contract and shall have the
approval of the Engineer-in-charge. Further, the dates for the progress, as in this schedule shall be adhered to.
(a) in case it is found necessary, at any stage to alter the schedule, the contractor shall submit in good, time a
revised schedule incorporating necessary modification proposed and get the same approved from the Engineer-in-
charge. No revised schedule shall be operative without such acceptance in writing. The Engineer-in-charge is further
empowered to ask for more detailed schedule or schedules, any week by week, for any item or items and the
contractor shall supply the same as and when asked for.
(b) The Engineer-in-charge shall have, at all times, the right, without in any way vitiating this contract forming grounds
for any claim, to alter the order of the work of any part there of and the contractor shall after receiving such direction,
proceed in the order directed. The contractor shall also revise the progress, schedules accordingly and submit four
copies of the revised schedule to the Engineer-in-charge within seven days of the said Engineer's direction to alter
the order of works.
(c) The contractor shall furnish sufficient patent, equipment and labour and shall work such hours and shifts as may
be necessary to maintain the progress of the work as per approved progress-schedule. The working and shift hours
shall comply with all the Government regulations in force and shall be such, as may be approved by the Engineer-in-
charge and the same not be varied without the prior approval of Engineer-in-charge.
(d) The contractor shall from time to time, as may be required by the Engineer-in-charge, furnish the Engineer-in-
charge with a statement in writing of the arrangements he proposes to adopt for the execution of this contract and the
Engineer-in-charge may, if he considers necessary at any time advise alternation in the same, which the contractor
shall adopt on notice thereof.
(e)The progress-schedule(s) shall be in the form of progress chart, forms, statements and/or reports as any be
approved by the Engineer-in-charge.
The contractor shall submit four copies showing the progress of the work in the form of a chart etc., at periodical
intervals as may be specified by Engineer-in-charge.
(f) The approval of the progress schedules by the Engineer-in-charge shall not relieve the contractor of schedule
required by the Engineer-in-charge shall not entitle the contractor to any extra payment.
CLAUSE 72 : Secured Advance To Contractor :
(1) Before any secured advance for metal is paid to the contractor, the metal shall have to be tested for its quality in
the laboratory. Contractor's request for such secured advance will be considered only after test results of metals are
received
and results are satisfactory. (As per Government circular No. SSR 1070-1 B-191-22-S of 5-3-92 )
(2) Advance on security of materials brought to site will not exceed 75% of the value (as assessed by the Executive
Engineer) of such material provided that they are of imperishable nature.
(3) Recovery of advances will not be postponed until the whole of the work entrusted is completed. Secured advance
will be recovered within 3 months from the month in which secured advance is given even if material is not utilized in
the work.
Signature of the Signature of the Executive Engineer :
contractor : SFI"5F,S .HG[ZGL ;CL o
S\8=FS8ZGL ;CL o
58
(4) Secured advance is permissible on materials which are all actually brought on site and are required by the
contractor for use on items of works for which rates for finished work have been agreed upon.
(5) Secured advance will be given only on materials for which the full value is paid by the contractor to the seller.
s&f HIFZ[ l;SIM0¶ V[0JFg; VF5[, ;SZL DF,;FDFGDF\ SFDGL ;F.8 p5Z 38 DF,]D 50[ tIFZ[ T[GM VC[JF, SZJFGL HJFANFZL .HFZNFZGL ZC[X[P VFJL 38GL
HF6 .HFZNFZ äFZF CJF,FGF .HG[ZG[ TFtSFl,S HF6 SZJFGL ZC[X[P VG[ HM VFJL HF6 .HFZNFZ äFZF CJF,FGF .HG[ZG[ TFtSFl,S GCL SZJFDF\ VFJ[ TM SFDGL
;F.8 p5Z DF,]D 50[, 38 S[ RMZLGF AGFJDF\ .HFZNFZ 5MT[ 56 51FSFZ K[ T[D U6L T[GL ;FD[ 5U,F ,[JFDF\ VFJX[P VG[ p5ZF\T SFD p5ZGF TF\l+S SD¶RFZL
H[JF S[ SFZS]G4 JS¶ VF;L:8g8 H[VMGL 56 ZL5M8¶ SZJFGL HJFANFZL K[PT[VMV[ DF,;FDFG SFDGL ;F.8 p5ZYL p50L G HFI T[ HMJFG] ZC[X[ T[DGL HF6 ACFZ HM
VF DF,;FDFG p50L HFI TM T[JM AGFJ AgI[ +6 lNJ;DF\ ZL5M8¶ SZJFDF\ lGQO/ HX[ TM T[VM ;FD[ 56 HJFANFZL GSSL SZJF 5U,F ,[JFDF\ VFJX[ sDFPDP lJEFU
9ZFJ S|DF\S 5LP0A<I]P V[D !_)_ v I]PVMP !# s5f TFP Z$ v !_v!))_P
s*f HIFZ[ S\g8=FS8Z TFZ6JF/L 5[XUL ,[JF .rKTM CMI tIFZ[ T[G[ VZš SZL GD]GF v #! DF\ ULZMBT SZJFGM ZC[X[ VF VZš HM0[ DF,;FDFGGL BZLNLG] lA,
VYJF .gJM.; q0L,LJZL R,6 VZš ;FY[ ZH] SZJFG] ZC[X[ VFJF ULZM BTYL ;ZSFZG[ TFZ6JF/F DF,;FDFG p5Z ˜,LVG¯5|F%T YX[ VG[ S\g 8=FS8Z SFD BMZ\E[
5F0[4 DF,;FDFGDF 384N]~5IMU S[ RMSLNFZ TYF ;,FDTLGL jIJ:YFGF VEFJ[ BM8 S[BR¶ YFI T[ ;FD[ ;ZSFZG[ Z1F6 D/X[P
s(f ~l5IF 5_4_ YL JW] ZSDG] l;SIM0¶ V[0JFg; VF5JFG] CMI tIFZ[ VF JF DF,;FDFGGL 5]Z[5]ZL RSF;6L SFI¶5F,S .HG[ZzLV[ SZJFGL ZC[X[P
(R&B.D.G.R.No. P.W.M. – 1090 -40-13 (5)-C,dated 24/04/19 92) Clause-71, 72, 73 &
s)f l;SIM0¶ V[0JFg; GL ZSD H[8,L A[\S U[Zg8L .HFZNFZ[ ZH] SIF¶ AFN H l;SIF[0¶ V[0JFg; R]S74 JJFDF VFJX[ sDFPDPlJPGM TFZLBP _$v!_v!))* GM 9ZFJ
D\ eleted
S|DF\S 5LP0A<I]PV[DP !_)_q I]PVMP v !# s5f v;
CLAUSE 73 : Advance Payment : Advance payment for the work done, but not measured, may be made up to
80% of the approximate value of the work done as shown in the progress reports of approximate measurement
Sheets with location furnished by the sub-Divisional Officer subject to the following conditions :-
(1) That in the case of advance payment on the item of earth-work payment should be made on the basis of detailed
measurements except during the monsoon period (June to September).
(2) That the detailed measurements should be recorded within the month from the date of payment of the bill
incorporating
the advance payment. However in the case of sectional measurements of earth work, detailed measurement should be
recorded within three months instead of one month stipulated above.
(3) If, on recording of the detailed measurements, it is found that the advance payment was made for more amount than
the value of work now measured, excess payment shall be refunded forthwith by the contractor on demand, if it
cannot be
adjusted from the bill in which the item/s on which advance payment was given are recorded by measurements.
CLAUSE-74 : Advance Against Machineries :
1. Secured advance on plants and machineries brought to the site of work is admissible for the contracts estimated to cost
more than Rs. Ten Lacs.
2. Simple interest in such advances granted to contractor against plants and machineries brought to work sites be charged
at the rate of ......................................................................... % per annum.
3. The recovery of the advance shall be effected from the second month from the month in which advance is given and full
recovery will be completed by the time seventy five percent of scheduled time is completed.
4. Such advance will be limited to 5 percent of the estimated amount put to tender.
5. The advance will be granted for the plant and machinery actually brought to the site of work.
6. The machinery and equipment on which the advance is granted shall be of full undisputed ownership of the contractor,
and they shall be hypothecated to Government and also comprehensively insured till the advance granted is fully
recovered. The hypothecation deed shall be executed separately before the advance is actually given.
7. The advance will be granted as 75 percent of the cost of new equipment for which the contractor is able to produce
purchase-vouchers and other documents. This will not be applicable in the case of second-hand equipment purchased the
contractor
8. In the case of used or second-hand equipment brought by the contractor, advance will be allowed at 50 percent of the
value of the equipment arrived at in the following manner :-
(a) For used equipment, for which the records of original purchase price and past utilisation are available, depreciated
value, so worked out will be subject to the confirmation by Mechanical wing of the Department.
(b) For used equipment, for which proper records of purchase price and past utilisation are not available, the value will be
assessed by a committee of Executive Engineers of Civil and Mechanical Wings. The value assessed will be based on the
probable age of the equipment, its present condition and its probable depreciated value. In working out depreciation age of
the equipment, its present condition and its probable department of spares, repair, reconditioning of the equipments shall
not be taken into account towards the capital cost. The value arrived at by the committee will be final.
9. No advance may be allowed for equipment which is more than 8 years old or which has already worked for more than 80
percent of its life.
10. No advance shall be given on transport-vehicles like jeeps, station-wagons, estate-car and such other vehicle ordinarily
required for transport purposes.
11 .The recovery will have to be completed within the stipulated period of completion of work i.e. .... ............... months.
[Specified advance on Plant and machinery brought on site of work can be given to contractor only after prior approval of
the Government [G.P.W. Vol. - I Para 344-C(i)]
CLAUSE 75 : Mobilisation Advance : 1. Mobilisation advance to the extent of 5% of the estimated cost may be granted at
the commencement of the work after the contractor has set up camp on site has brought machineries, equipment and
centering etc., for well-sinking and has completed the work of service road, water-supply and lighting arrangements on the
site of works which are estimated to cost over Rs. 40 lacs.
2. The advance will carry a simple interest at the rate of .............................. % per annum.
3. The recovery of advance shall commence from the sixth month from the month in which the advance is paid, and full
recovery of advance and interest shall be completed by the end of..................................... month from the date of issue of
Signature of the contractor : Signature of the Executive Engineer :
S\8=FS8ZGL ;CL o SFI"5F,S .HG[ZGL ;CL o
59
work order, In other words, the recovery of advance and interest will spread over a spell of................... months or less as
above in equal installments.
4. A bank guarantee from a scheduled commercial bank shall have to be produced for the amount of advance applied for,
The bank guarantee can be scaled down to the extent of recovery of advance.
5. mobilisation advance will be treated as interest bearing refundable loan for the purpose. The responsibility of
the
Contractor for the refund of Mobilisation Advance is absolute and not dependent upon the completion of the work. The
contractor will have to refund the advance with accrued interest irrespective of the fact whether the contract is breached by
either party or abandoned or finalised prematurely. (Govt R&B Dept. Reso. No. TCF-1382/(8)J dated 22-4-1985)
CLAUSE 76 : Before starting the work, the contractor will have to obtain the license from the District Assistant Labour
Commissioner under the Contract Labour (Regulation and Abolition) Act, 1970 and contract Labour (regulation and
Abolition) Gujarat Rules 1972 after paying necessary fees and deposit on the basis of the number of labourers to be
employed on the work and will have to supply two true copies of the said license to the Deputy Executive Engineer before
the work is started.
CLAUSE 77 :
The contractor registered in special category of Roads Bridge and Building are required their companies by
establishing test laboratories as under. Road
Special Category -1 : Three Field laboratories with all road materials testing and asphalt testing.
Special Category -2 : Two field laboraies with road materials testing and asphalt testing.
Special Category -3 : One Field laboratory with all road materials testing and asphalt testing.
For Asphalt testing the contractor will construct pucca strucutr minimum 25 squre meter area duly connected with
water and electric supply to house site testing laboratory and install the instruments as per following I.S. standard to
carryout the test prescribed therein.
1. Penetration test as per I.S. 1 203 2. Softening point test as per I.S. 1 204
3. Ductility test as per I.S. 1208 4. Viscosity test as per I.S. 1206. Specification gravity test as per I.S. 1202. The
instruments provided should be as per I.S. Standard, so certified and be regularly and periodically calibrated.
Frequency of tests will be as indicated in specifications and as referred in R. & B. D. G.R. No. SSR-1099-IB/91 (9)-c
dated 26-7-1999Bridges :
Special category 1 and 2 One field laboratory with testing of all materials to be used in work and concrete testing
instruments.Building:
Special category 1 and 2 One field(Copy as above ) (R & B Circular No. RGN-40-2017-01-C dated 23/3/2017 when
the contractor is awarded contract for such works as contractor registered in special category he will have to shift one
such laboratory on this site of work will have to provide mobile laboratory.
Works other than Roads, Briges and Building :
In respect of works other than Roads, Bridges and B the contractor will have to establish site laboratory equipped
with instrument and facilities for testing of all materials and workmanship of items to be execured under this contract.
This will include facilities of testing of (A) Aggregates (B) Murrum- soil (C) Sand (D) Briks (E) Concrete including non
destructive tests like ultrasonic test (F) Bituminous mix if these are relevant items to be executed (Part-1 of R & B
Circular prh-10-2007-28-s Dt.16/2/2009)
77.2 The schedule showing number and type of lists to be carried out under this contract is attached with this tender.
Out of total number of such tests. 80 % tests will be carried out in site laboratory 10 % in Government approved
laboratories and 10 % in GERI laboratories. However minimum one test of all types of tests shall have to be carried
out in GERI laboratories only.
77.3 Site laboratory tests will be arried out by qualified Enginner of the contractor to whom I card is given by the
Executive Engineer and in the presence of Section officer/ Dy. Executive Engiof Executive neer in charge of thee
work.
77.4 80 % of site tests w not be carried out at one time but will be related to be related to the progrof work and
consumption of materials.
77.5 Prescribed Regters for recording and results of testswill be tained on site of work.
77.6 The Tests which are not done in GERI laboratories e.g. electmatic bearing etc. will be carried
out in the laboratory consented by the Executive Engineer *R & B Circular No. PARCH-102007-28-C
Dt. 31/12/2009)
77.7 One percentage of estimated cost of work pto tender for this work after deducting theof
materials as per schedule A valued at basic rates in the sanctioned estimated will be deducted from
the Runn Account Bills of contractors for testing of materials and workmanship. (GR B & No. TNC-
1085(4)C Dt.10/5/85 read with R & B . Circular No. U]lGHGq5lZ5+qZ_!5qU]lGq TFP$q!Zq!5f
CLAUSE 78 :Deleted
CLAUSE 79 : R]SJ6FGF AL,DF\YL YI[, SFDGL lS\DTGF !sV[Sf 8SF ,[B[ ccAL<0L\Ucc V[g0 VWZ Sg:8=SXG JS;" J[<O[Z ;[; V[S8cc VG[ T[ C[9/ W8FI[, U]HZFTGF\
!))( GF\ lGIDMGF\ lGID 5GL HMUJF. D]HA pST ;[;GM OF/M J;], SZJFDF\ VFJX[P szD VG[ ZMHUFZ lJEFUGL TFZLB #!v!v_5GL VlW;}RGF S|DF\S
HLPV[RPVFZq
Z 5q _$q ;LP0A<I]PV[q $q ($!q Dv# VG[ T[ lJEFUGM TFZLB )v!Zv_5 GM 9ZFJS|DF\S o ;LP0A<I]PV[Pq $q !(#!q Dv#f TYF DFPDP lJEFUGM
Z Z
TFPZv!Zv_& GF 5lZ5+ S|DF\S V[;PV[;PVFZPv!_Z__$vVF.PALPv$!sZ$f;
60
B\0v*) o R]SJ6FGF AL,DF\YL YI[, SFDGL lS\DTGF !sV[Sf 8SF ,[B[ ccAL<0L\Ucc V[g0 VWZ Sg:8=SXG JS;" J[<O[Z ;[; V[S8cc VG[ T[ C[9/ W8FI[, U]HZFTGF\ !))( GF\
lGIDMGF\ lGID 5GL HMUJF. D]HA pST ;[;GM OF/M J;], SZJFDF\ VFJX[P szD VG[ ZMHUFZ lJEFUGL TFZLB #!v!v_5GL VlW;}RGF S|DF\S HLPV[RPVFZq
Z 5q _$q ;LP0A<I]PV[q $q ($!q Dv# VG[ T[ lJEFUGM TFZLB )v!Zv_5 GM 9ZFJS|DF\S o ;LP0A<I]PV[Pq $q !(#!q Dv#f TYF DFPDP lJEFUGM
Z Z
TFPZv!Zv_& GF 5lZ5+ S|DF\S
V[;PV[;PVFZPv!_Z__$vVF.PALPv$!sZ$f;
61
ANNEXURE - 1
(Referred to in Condition No.-2 General Rules and Direction for the guidance of Contractors. )
To
The Executive Engineer PLACE :
------------------------------- Division : DATE :
Details regarding my our partners our Company (in the case of limited Company ) Names, address(es) , telephone
numbers(s) income tax etc. are as under :
Sr. Name(s) of Full address Telephone Residentia Telephone Full address of
income tax office
no. Person/Part of the place No.(s) l No.(s) ward where income
ner Director of business (office) address(es tax return is filed
of the (with pin )
company code) (Resi)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
I/We hereby agree to intimate to you about change if any, in the above-mentioned address(es) and telephone No. (s) within Fifteen days of its
occurrence till may/our deposit, for the said work paid by me/us is not returned to me/us.
V[SZFZ 5+
p5ZMST 5lZlXQ8MDF\ VF5[, 8[g0ZDF\ EZ[, EFJMGL RSF;6L V\U[ CM. T[ BFTFG[ A\WGSTF" ZC[X[ GCLP T[DH T[GF\ NXF"J[, BF6 DYS[YL :5L;LOLS[XG D]HAGM DF,;FDFG GCL D/[ TM T[
:5LXLOLS[XG 5|DF6[GFM DF,;FDFG BFT] DFgI SZ[ T[ VgI HuIFV[YL ,FJL VF5LX] H[ DF8[ SM. J/TZGM S,[.D D]SJFDF VFJX[ GlCP
ANNEXURE - 3
PERFORMANCE BOND
(See clause no. 1)
(The date of this bond must not be prior to the date of the instrument in connection with which it is given )
Principal (Contractor)
Surety (Bank)
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENT, THAT WE, THE PRINCIPALS AND SURETY : Above
named are held firmly bound unto the ……………………………….. hereinafter called the Employer in
the amount stated for payment of which sum, well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs,
executors. administrators and successors jointly and severally, firmly by these presents subject to the
provisions of which the aforesaid Contractor on demand and without demand on a claim being made by the
Employer.
THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH : That whereas the principals have entered in to a
contract with the Employer numbered and dates as shown above and hereto attached for the execution of
work ………………………………………………………………………………………
83
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………..
NOW THEREFORE, if the Principal shall well and truly perform and fulfill at the undertakings, covenants,
terms, conditions and agreements of said contract during the original terms of the said Contract and any
extensions thereof that may be granted by the Employer with or without notice to the surety and during the
life or any guarantee required under the contract and shall also well and truly perform and fulfill all the
Undertakings, covenants terms, conditions and agreements of any all duty and unduly authorised
modifications of said Contract that may hereafter be made, notice of which modifications to the surety being
hereby waived or shall pay over, make good and reimburse to the Employer all loss and damages which the
employer may sustain by reason of failure or default on the part of said Principal so to do.
We ………………………………………………. further agree that the guarantee herein contained shall
remain in full force and effect during the period that would be taken for the validity of the said Contract,
and that it shall continue to be enforceable till all the dues of the employer under or by virtue of the Contract
have been fully paid and its claims satisfied or discharge or till the Employer certifies that the terms and
conditions and accordingly discharges the guarantee. Unless a demand or claim under this guarantee is
made on us in writing on or before the ……………………………………………… we shall be discharged
from all liability under this guarantee thereafter.
IN WITNESS WHERE OF, the above bounded parties have executed this instrument under their several
seals on the date indicated above the name and corporate seal of each corporate partly being hereto affixed
and these presents duly signed by its undersigned representatives, pursuant to authority of its governing
body.
Principal
1……………………………………………as to ………………………………………..(seal)
2……………………………………………as to ………………………………………..(seal)
3……………………………………………as to ………………………………………..(seal)
4……………………………………………as to ………………………………………..(seal)
by…………………………………………. affix Corporate Seal
84
ANNEXURE - 4
1 2(a) 2(b) 3 4 5
Note : Necessary certificate from office concerned shall be attached with the tender
;A\lWT VlWSFZLG]\ H~ZL 5|DF65+ 8[g0Z ;FY[ ZFBJ]\P
ANNEXURE - 5
1 2(a) 2(b) 3 4 5 6 7
85
ANNEXURE - 6
Sr. Name of work Place Estimate Date of Stipulat Amount Brief Remark
No. SFDG]\ GFD :Y/ d Cost issue of ed of work details lJX[QF
S|DF\S V\NFHL work period done on of delay GM\W
lS\DT order of date of if any
SFD X~ completi filling -L, HM
SZJFGF on tender YI[, CMI
C]SDGL SFD 5]Z] 8[g0Z TM T[GF
TFZLB SZJFGL EIF¶ 8}\SDF\
lGIT TFZLB SFZ6M
D]NT
1 2(a) 2(b) 3 4 5 6 7 8
Note 1 : Amount of work in column 6 should be given up to the month previous to the month in which tenders are invited.
GM\W ov VF;G & DF\ H[ DF;DF\ 8[g0Z DF\UJFDF\ VFjI] CMI T[ 5C[,FGF DF;GF V\T ;]WL SZ[, SFDMGL ZSD NXF¶JJLP
Note 2 : Necessary certificate from the officer concerned shall be attached with the tender.
86
SCHEDULE – A VG];]lRvS
Schedule showing ( approximately ) the materials to be supplied from the Public works store for work contracted to
executed and the rates at which they are to be charged for
H[ SFD CFY WZJF DF8[ SMg8=FS8 SZFIM CMI T[ SFDDF\ AF\WSFD lJEFUGF :8MZDF\YL 5}ZM 5F0JFGM DF,;FDFG s VFXZ[ f VG[ T[ V\U[ J;],
,[JFGF NZ NXF¶JTL VG];}lR
Particulars Approximate Rate at which the materials will be Place of delivery
lJUT quantity charged to the contractor 0L,LJZLG]\ :Y/
V\NFHL HyYM SMg8=FS8Z 5F;[YL DF,;FDFG DF8[ ,[JFGM YTM
NZ
! Z # $ 5
Unit V[SD Rate in Rupees
EFJ ~l5IFDF\
GM\W ! ov ~l5IF 5 ,FBYL JW] S[ VMKL lS\DTGF SFDDF\ JF5ZJF ;LD[g8 VG[ VYJF :8L, TYF SM.56 SFDDF\ 0FDZ SFDDF\ lJEFU TZOYL 5]ZL 5F0JFDF\
VFJX[ GCLP sDFPDPlJP 9ZFJ S|DF\S 8LPV[GP;LP q !_(5 q $ q V[; TFPZ_v!Zv)! TYF V[;P8LPVFZPq!_)* q (Z q C TFPZ*v!!v)* TYF
8LPV[GP;LPv!_(( v VF.AL q ZZ_v!(v ; TFP #!v#v_5 f 5Z\T] GD¶NF 4 H/;\5ltT VG[ 5F6L 5]ZJ9F lJEFU wJFZF SFDDF\ JF5ZJF H~ZL
:8L, lJEFU wJFZF 5]~ 5F0JFGL HMUJF. TFPZ#v&v)* GF lJEFUGF 9ZFJ S|DF\S V[;P8LPV[,Pq !_) q S[ q 5( q EFU sCf wJFZF RF,] ZFBJFDF\ VFJ[
K[P VF V\U[ X[0I], vV[ DF\ H[ HMUJF. SZJFDF\ VFJ[ T[ VFBZL U6FX[P
GM\WvZ ov ;LD[g8 ov HIFZ[ ;LD[g8 .HFZNFZ wJFZF SFDDF\ JF5ZJF ,FJJFDF\ VFJ[ tIFZ[ VFJM ;LD[g8 .HFZNFZ VF.PV[;P5|DF65+JF/F TYF D}/
pt5FNS S\5GLDF\YL ;LWL ZLT[ D[/JJFGM ZC[ K[P VG[ T[GL BZF. DF8[ T[GF R]SJ6FGF AL,M SFP.PzLG[ ZH] SZJFGF ZC[X[P VFJM ;LD[g8 S\5GLGF VlWST
lJS|[TF 5F;[YL BZLNL XSFX[[ GCL 5Z\T] EFJ JWFZFGF :8FZ Z[.8 D]HA R]SJ6] SZJF V\U[GL U6TZLDF\ ,[JFGF ;LD[g8GF EFJM VlWST lJS|[TF 5F;[YL
D[/JL XSFI4 5Z\T] VlWST lJS|[TF 5F;[YL BZLN SZL XSFI GCLP s TFP&v$v)( GF[ DFPDPlJP5lZ5+ 8LV[G;L q !_((q VF.AL q s!(f q ; f
GM\W ov# ov ,MB\0 ov HIFZ[ ,MB\0 .HFZNFZ wJFZF ,FJJFDF\ VFJ[ tIFZ[ T[ V\U[G]\ AL, V;,DF\ SFP.PG[ ZH] SZJFG]\ ZC[X[PVG[ VFJF :8L,G]\ U[ZL
,[AMZ[8ZL S[ .HG[ZL SM,[H S[ 5M,L8LSGLSDF\ 8[:8L\U SZFjIF AFN H :8L, SFDDF\ JF5ZJF N[JFDF\ VFJX[P
GM\W $ ov 0FDZ ov HIFZ[ SFDDF\ JF5ZJF 0FDZ .HFZNFZ wJFZF ,FJJFGM CMI tIFZ[ T[ 0FDZ .HFZNFZ[ VM., ZLOF.GZLDF\YL 5{;F EZL tIF\YL H
;LWM BZLNJFGM ZC[X[PVF V\U[ .HFZNFZ[ 5]ZL SZJFGL XZTM GLR[ D]HA ZC[X[P s!f .HFZNFZ 0FDZ SIF\YL ,FjIF T[ V\U[G]\ AL, V;,DF\ SFP.P G[ ZH]
SZJFG]\ ZC[X[P sZf ZLOF.GZLGF U[85F; 56 AL, ;FY[ ;FD[, SZJFGF ZC[X[P s#f 0FDZ H[ 8[gSZDF\ ,FJJFDF\ VFJ[ T[ 8[gSZGM JFCG G\AZ ATFJJFGM
ZC[X[P s$f 0FDZ p5Z .HFZNFZzLG[ V[0JFg; 5[D[g8 VYJF ;LSIM0¶ V[0JFg; D/L XSX[ GCLP s5f .HFZNFZ[ ZH] SZ[, V;, AL,DF\ 0FDZGM U|[0 s
SJM,L8L V\U[ f p<,[B CMJM HM.V[P VF V\U[ .HFZNFZ[ 0FDZGF U|[0 V\U[G]\ 8[:8 ZLh<8 q U|[0 V\U[G]\ 5|DF65+ ZH] SZJFG]\ ZC[X[P s&f .HFZNFZ[
0FDZGL VFJS qJ5ZFX q ART V\U[G]\ ZHL:8Z %,Fg8 q ;F.8 p5Z lGEFJJFG]\ ZC[X[P s DFPDPlJP5lZ5+ S|DF\S V[;P8LPVFZ q!_)* q (Z q C
TFPZ*v!!v)* VG[ Z!v!!v)( f
Note 5 : The person or firm submitting the tender should see that the rates in the above schedule are filled up by the
Engineer-in-charge the issue of the form prior to the submission of the tender.
8[g0Z ZH] SZGFZ jIlST S[ 5[-LV[ 8[g0Z ZH] SZTF\ 5C[,F\ T[G[ VF5JFDF\ VFJTF\ OMD¶DF\ CJF,FGF .HG[Z[ p5ZGL VG];]lRDF\ NZ EZL
VF%IF CMI T[GL BFTZL ,[JL
Note 6 : Empty cement bags of cement if supplied by the Government will be the property of the contractor and no
recovery for non-return will be made
SM. SFD DF8[ SMg8=FS8ZG[ lJGF D]<I[ 5]ZM 5F0JFGM DF,;FDFG VG];]lRvB T[DH SMg8=F S8ZGF SZFZ ;FY[ HM0[,L lJUTMGL IFNL p5ZF\T
VG];]lR vS DF\ H6FJJ]\P
Notes 7 : Store to be supplied to contractors for a work free of cost should be mentioned in Schedule 'A' in addition to
schedule 'B' and the specification attached to the contract agreement form.
87
SCHEDULE ' B'
Notes 1 - All work shall be carried out as per Public Works Department Handbook and other specifications of
Division or as directed.
GM\W v! ov AW]\ H SFD AF\WSFD lJEFUGL 5]l:TSF VG[ l0lJhGGL ALHL BF; lJUT D]HA VYJF ;}RGF 5|DF6[ SZL VF5JFG]\ ZC[X[P
Notes 2 - All the columns is Schedule should be filled in ink and the total of the entries in the last column should be
struck by the contractor under his signature.
GM\W vZ ov VG];}lRDF\ AWF BFGFGL lJUTM ;CLYL EZJL VG[ K[<,F BFGFGL GM\WMGM ;ZJF/M SZL SMg8=FS8Z[ 5MTFGL ;CL SZJL
Notes 3 - Rates quoted include clearance of site (prior commencement of work and at its close ) in all respects and
hold good for work under all conditions, site, moisture, weather etc.
GM\W v# ov 8F\S[,F NZDF\4 :Y/GL s SFDGF VFZ\E[ VG[ 5}~ YFI T[ JBT[ f NZ[S ZLT[ ;FO;}OL SZJFGM ;DFJ[X YFI K[P VG[ T[ NZ TDFD 5lZl:YlT 4
:Y/4 E[H4 CJFDFG JU[Z[ C[9/ SFD DF8[ VD,DF\ ZC[X[P
Note 4 - To be continued on additional sheets, if found necessary.
GM\W v$ ov H~Z H6FI JWFZFGF SFU/M HM0L RF,] ZFBJ]P
Signature of the Contractor
Executive Engineer
R & B Panchayat Division,
Ahmedabad
88
SCHEDULE – C
(See clause No. 2 )
Time schedule, for fompletion of different designated parts of the work and rate of
liquidated damages to be paid by the Contractor, if the fails of complete the part of work
within stipulated time limit is as detailed below.
Time Schedule of Completion
(As Corrected vide B & CD GR. No. TNC - 1091 - IB - 10/(11) - C, Dated 29/6/92)
89
SPECIAL
CONDITIONS
&
GENERAL
RESOULATION
90
SPECIAL ATTENTION
SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT
1. For eachwork,waterbound macadam and bituminious items the compactions shall be done with
Vibratotry roller only.The vibratotry roller shall be of standard make and suitable to impart desired
degree of compaction. The compaction with the help of static roller shall not be permitted and no claim
what so ever shall be entertain on this account. Whereever use of the Road Roller is mentioned in
specification, clause or in item description etc. in this documents it shall be teated as use of Vibratory
Roller only.
2. Amount to be withheld till miscellaneous items are completed:
2 % of the amount eligible for the payment of bituminous items shall be withheld till the miscellaneous
items like earthwork in embankment/ cutting for side shoulders, side gutters, kilometer/ hectometer stone,
sign boards etc. are completed in all respect as per contract by the contractor. After completion of all the
miscellaneous items the above said 10% withheld amount shall be released.
3.STARTING OF WORK
The agency will have to pay the security deposit within stipulated time of 10 days from date of acceptance
letter. No extension will be granted. In case, agency fails to pay the deposit the Department will have right
to forfeit the E.M.I. and proceed further as per rules.
The work will have to be commenced within 10 days after the work order. In case, the agency fails to do
so, the amount of security deposit alongwith E.M.D. will be forfeited and action as per rules to award the
work to next agency will be started.
4. 1.00% of Construction Cost of shall be deducted from Bill. Amount of contract, as per the Building and
other Construction Worker's Welfare Cess
Act, 1996. (Labour & Employment Department Letter No. CWA-2004- 1831-M (3), Dt. 9/12/05, Notification
of Labour & Employment Department, Dt. 3/1/05 and Labour & Employment Department letter
No.CWA/2004/841/M(3), Dt. 14.12.05).
91
SPECIAL CONDITIONS
NEW CONDITIONS
All the provisions of Contract Labour Regulation and Abolition Act, 1970 a Contract Labour
Regulation and Abolition Gujarat Rules 1982 shall be abiding to the Contractor's (Govt. Circular No.
CLA/1984/C-3010/G-2 Dated 30.7.1984).
The contractor shall not be eligible to get the blank tender form and if issue concurring
Division/Circle (as per Govt. of Gujarat R&B Resol. No. TNC/1083(4) Dated 27.7.1984).
All the provisions of minimum wages act shall be applicable to the contractor and the contractor
shall be responsible for the implementation of all the provision of said Act.
1% (one percent) of estimated amount put to tender as per deducting the cost of materials as per
schedule shall be recovered from the contractors towards testing charges of the materials (vide Govt. of
Gujarat Ver. Resolution No. TNC/1085/(4) Dated 10.5.1985 & TNC/1085/4-C/ Dated 20.12.1993.
The contractor shall pay royalty charge of minor minerals like rubble metal, earth, murrum, sand
etc. used in the work and products on due certificate from the concerned department before refund of
security deposit.
The payment for the work exceed will be paid of Grant and letter of credit under the specific major
head.
92
SPECIAL CONDITION
The unit rates of controlled cement concrete items for R.C.C Works of Mix 150,Mix
200,Mix250,Mix 300 included in tender are taken considering Cement consumption as shown
below in table A
TABLE A
• Sr.No • Grade of • Cement Consumption • Remarks
Controlled cement as per SOR in
Concrete • Kg • Bags/Cum
/Cum
• 1 • M-150 • 290 • 5.80 •
• 2 • M-200 • 360 • 7.20 •
• 3 • M-250 • 880 • 7.60 •
• 4 • M-300 • 410 • 8.20 •
• • • •
The contractor has to submit the mix design for different grades of Cement Concrete at his
own cost before execution as directed and to be approved from the Executive Engineer in
Charge. Reduction in rates of R.C.C items put in to the tenders by the contractor shall be given according
to the cement consumption of the approved mix design of cement concrete for that items.If the cement
consumption of the mix design is less than as prescribed in Table A,the recovery shall be carried out as per
the input rate of Cement mentioned in clause 59-A. The condition is also applicable to the
(i) excess quantity for RCC Items and (ii)Extra Items Rate Lists. The condition is to be followed in addition
to Clause 14.
93
માલસામાન પર ણ ગે ટ ટની સં યા અને વી ૃતીના ધોરણો દશાવ ુ પ"ક $ુણવ%ા
િનયમન માગ અને મકાન િવભાગ
.
• • (અ) સીZટક-ટટ • ૧૫૦ ઘન મી. એક ટ ટ (એક સે8 પલ ૧૦ • ૩% \ુધી પેસીફ કશન િનયત કરલા ધોરણ
• • (બ) ફાઈનેનેશ Sક.Qા) Jુજબ સામા-ય ર તે ચોથા ઝોન માંથી આવતી
ુ સ
મોડ^ લ રતી વા૫રવી નહ .
• ૩ • Qીટ ક૫ચી • બી_ુ મીનસ મેકાડમ, Qીટ અને ક૫ચીના • પેફ કશનના િનયત કરલા ધોરણો Jુજબ.
(ડામરકામ માટ) અલગ \્૫શીફ કશન િનયત કરલા ધોરણો
Jુજબ બે તેમજ મી એQીગેટ ના દરરોજ બે
ટ ટ એક જ aલા-ટ ઉ૫રથી લેવાના રહશે.
(અલગ અલગ બે અને bાયરમાંથી બે)
• • (ક) Qેડ શન ટ ટ • Oિત ર૦૦ ઘન મીટર એક ટ ટ • ડામર સપાટ માટ ૧૨% થી વFુ નહ .
• ડબલ^ુ બી.એમ. સપાટ માટ ૧૫% થી વFુ નહ
• • (ખ) ફલેક નેશ ટ ટ • Oિત ૨૦૦ ઘન મીટર એક ટ ટ • ૩૦ % થી વFુ નહ0.
• • (ગ) ઇમેeટ ટ ટ • Oિત ૨૦૦ ઘન મીટર એક ટ ટ • ૩૫ % થી વFુ નહ0.
• • (ઘ) એfે શન ટ ટ • Oિત ૨૦૦ ઘન મીટર એક ટ ટ • eવોલીટ e-[ોલ મે-^ુઅલ Wુgઠ ૨૬ Jુજબ
• • (ચ) કપચીનો • દર ૫૦ થી ૧૦૦ ઘન મીટર એક ટ ટ • ર૫ % થી વF ુ નહ0.
[ પ0ગ ટ ટ દરરોજ
94
• • ીટ ક૫ચી • •
• • (૧) Qેડ શન ટ ટ • ૧૦૦ ઘ.મી • ૧ •
• • (૨) ફલેક નેશ ટ ટ • ૧૦૧ થી ૫૦૦ ઘ.મી • ૩ •
• • (૩) ઇમેeટ ટ ટ • ૫૦૧ થી ૧૫૦૦ ઘ.મી • ૫ •
• • (૪) એfે શન ટ ટ • ૧૫૦૧ થી ૫૦૦૦ ઘ.મી • ૩ •
• • (૫)(શ0ગ ટ ટ • • •
• • (૬) [ પ0ગ ટ ટ • • ઓછામા ઓછો એક ટ ટ એક કામ માટ
• • (૭) Qેડ શન ટ ટ • દર ૧૦૦ મે.ટને એક ટ ટ,રોજના ઓછામા • કોઇ \ુધારો નSહ.
એટ aલાં-ટ સાઇટ ઓછા બે ટ ટ ફરhયાત
• • (૮) બાiડર કં -ટj -ટ • દર ૧૦૦ મે.ટને એક ટ ટ,રોજના ઓછામા • કોઇ \ુધારો નSહ.
ઓછા બે ટ ટ ફરhયાત
• • (૯) ડામરની • ટ-કરની • ૫ર ણની સં યા •
જkર યાત Oમાણે સં યા
$ુણવ%ાlુ ં પSર ણ
• • • ૫ થી ૧૦ • ૧ •
• • • ૧૧ થી • ર •
ર૦
• • • ર૧ થી • ૩ •
૫૦
• • • ૫૧ થી • ૪ •
૧૦૦
• • • ૧૦૧ થી • ૫ •
૧૫૦
• • • ૧૫૧ થી • ૮ •
૫૦૦
• • • બાક દરક • ૧ •
૫૦ ટ-કર
દઠ
• • (અ) ડામર • બે ટ ટ એક જ aલા-ટ માટ લેવાના રહશે • ૦.૩ % (િનયત ધોરણોના)
એક [શન ટ ટ • દર ૧૦૦ ટને એક ટ ટ અથવા જkSરયાત • ૦.૮૦ ૪%
• (બ) ડામરની Jુજબ. • ૮૦-રર૫ ૫%
$ુણવ%ાનો ટ ટ • રર૫ થી ઉ૫ર ૦%
(પેની[શન ટ ટ)
• ૪ • mટો • •
• (ક) એnલોરશન ટ ટ • ર૦૦૦ mટોના જoથામાંથી ર૦ ઈટો લેવાની • મોડરટ
• (ખ) વોટર રહ છે . • ર૦ % થી વF ુ નહ0.
એબસોfેશન ટ ટ • ૩૫૦૦૦ mટોના જoથામાંથી ૩ર mટો લેવાની ર
• એવરજ ૩૫ ક .Qા./ સે.મી. થી ઓ@ નહ0. અને
• (ગ) કોOેશ ીવ [-થ રહ છે .
દરક ર ઝZટ િનયત ધોરણોના ર૦ થી ઓ@ હોGુ
ટટ • અને દરક ૫૦૦૦૦ mટોના જoથામાંથી ૫૦
જોઈએ.
mટો લેવાની રહ છે .
• ૫ • સી.સી. ફલોર0ગ • •
ટાઈZસ • ૮૦૦૦ ટાઈZસમાંથી ૬ ટાઈZસ લેવાની રહ • વFુમાં વFુ ૧૦ %
• (ક) વોટર અબસોશન છે . • ભીની \ુક
ટટ • ૮૦૦૦ ટાઈZસમાંથી ૧ર ટાઈZસ લેવાની રહ ર ર
• ૮૦ ક .Qા./સેમી ૧ર૦ ક .Qા./સેમી
• (ખ) [ા-સવર [-સ છે .
• (ઓછામાં ઓછ )
ટટ •
• એવરજ ધસારો ૩.૫ મી.મી. થી વF ુ નહ0.
• •
• • ૮૦૦૦ ટાઈZસમાંથી ૬ ટાઈZસ લેવાની રહ
• (ગ) એfે શન ટ ટ છે .
•
• ૬ • પાણી • •
• કમીકલ એનાલીસીસ • એક સોસ માટ એક જ વખત ટ ટ લેવાનો • ટ ડ એસ (મી. Qા/લીટર-૩૦૦૦ )
95
રહશે. ૫છ જો શંકા થાય તો જ. સZફટ (મી.Qા./લીટર-૫૦૦)
• પી.એચ.વેZ^ ુ ૬ થી ૮
• કલોરાઈડ મી.Qા./ લીટર-ર૦૦૦ (પી.પી.સી.)
• ૧૦૦૦ (આર.સી.સી.)
• કાબનીક ૫દાથ ર૦૦
• અકાબનીક ૫દાથ ૩૦૦૦
• ૭ • સીમે-ટ કો(0ટના • (અ) ઓડ નર અને કં[ ોલ કp( ટ માટ • (બ) uુ દા uુ દા Qેડ ના કો(0ટ માટ િનયત કરલ
ુ ટ ટ
ક^બ આઈ.એસ.૪૫-૧૯૭૮ મજvુતાઈ મેળવાની જkર છે .
• જoથો સે8 પલની સં યા • ૭ Sદવસ ર૮ Sદવસ
• ૧ થી ૫ ઘન મીટર ૧ ર ર
• ક .Qા/સે.મી. ક .Qા/સે.મી.
• ર થી ૧૫ ઘન મીટર ર
• એમ.૧૦૦- ૭૦ ૧૦૦
• ૧૬ થી ર૦ ઘન મીટર ૩
• એમ.૧૫૦- ૧૦૫ ૧૫૦
• ૩૧ થી ૫૦ ઘન મીટર ૪
• એમ.ર૦૦- ૧૩૫ ર૦૦
• ૫૧ થી ઉ૫રના ૪ +દરક
• એમ.ર૫૦- ૧૭૦ ર૫૦
• જoથા માટ ૫૦ ઘન મીટર અથવા તેના
• એમ.૩૦૦- ર૦૦ ૩૦૦
ભાગ માટ એક સે8પલ
• આ ઉ૫રાંત આઈ.એસ.આર-૧૯૭૮ ના કો. Jુજબ
• (૧ સે8પલ - ૬ ક^ુબ)
િવિશgટ મજvુતાઈ (કરકટર ટ ક સ[-થ ની
•
ગણ"ી કર ને મેળવવાની હોય છે .
• (બ) ઓડ નર અને કં [ ોZડ કો(0ટ rુલોના
• (બ) દરરોજ ટ ટ કરલા ક^ુબની સરરાસ
કામ માટ આઈ.આર.સી. ર-૧૯૬૬ Jુજબ
કોમOેસીવ [-થ િનયત ધોરણોથી ઓછ ના
ુ
ગિત ૫૦ ઘન મી.ના જoથા માટ ૧૦ ક^ બ
ુ ના ૨૦ %
હોવી જોઈએ. દરરોજ ટ ટ કરલા ક^ બ
લેવાના L પૈક ૫ ક^ુબ ૭ Sદવસના તે
ક^ુબની [-થ િનયત ધોરણોની [-થ ના ૮૫ટકા
અને ૫ ક^ુબ ર૮ Sદવસના તે ટ ટ
થી ઓછ ના હોવી જોઈએ.
કરાવવાના રહ છે .
• કો(0ટ કામ દર8યાન ૫હલા ૬ Sદવસ માટ
કાયમ ઉ૫ર Jુજબ ક^બ
ુ લેવાના અને tયાર
ુ ભરવાના રહ
૫છ "ણ Sદવસે એકવાર ક^બ
છે .
• (ક) સીમે-ટ કp( ટ બીમના કામ માટ Oિત
૩૦ ઘન મી.ના જoથા માટ ૧૦ ક^ુબ
ભરવાના L પૈક ૫ ક^ુબ ૭ Sદવસ અને
બાક ના ૫ ક^ુબ ૮ Sદવસે ટ ટ કરાવવાના
રહશે.
•
• ૮ • લોખંડ • •
• • (ક) માઈZડ ટ લ • ૪૦ ટને ઓછામાં આ@ં એક ટ ટ લેવાના રહ • Pડાઈ • અZટ મેટ • ઇZડ[સ • ઈલોગે
(આર.સી.સી.) છે . મીમી ટ-સાઈલ • (ક .Qા/સે શન ના
• • [-થ ૨ ટકા
મી )
• • • (ક .Qા/સે
• • ૨
મી )
• •
• ૦-ર૦ • ૪ર • રર • ર૩
• •
• ર૦-૪૦ • ૪ર • ર૪ • ર૩
• (ખ)xવી ટડ ટ લ •
• ૪૦ થી ૪૨ ૨૪ ૨૩
બાર • ૪૦ ટને ઓછામાં આ@ં એક ટ ટ લેવાના રહ
વF ુ
• છે .
•
• • • બધી • ૪૯.૫ • ૪ર.૫ • ૧૪.૫
• (ગ) Oી [ ડ કો(0ટ • સાઈઝ
માટ ટ લના તાર • ૪૦ ટને ઓછામાં આ@ં એક ટ ટ લેવાના રહ માટ
છે . •
• • ૮.૦ • ૧૪૦ • આવેલ • ૪ Qોજ
માગ અને મકાન િવભાગ દવારા રાજયના ર તાઓlુ બાંધકામ અને તેની મરામત અને Pળવણી ની કામગીર માટ તા. ૧/૧ર/૯૭ થી અમલમા
આવે તે ર તે L કોઈ કામના ટ-ડરો િવભાગ દવારા બહાર પાડવામા આવે તેમા ડામર િવભાગ દવારા rુરો ન પાડતા કો-[ાકટર દવારા બારોબાર
L તે ઓઈલ કં૫ની મા ડામર ના પૈસા ભર લાવવાનો રહશે તે Oમાણે \્૫gટ \ુચના અzુક આ૫વી એટલે ક તા. ૧/૧ર/૯૭ બાદ માગવામા
આવતા કોઈ૫ણ ટ-ડરોમા શીડ^ુલ એ મા િવભાગ દવારા ડામર rુરો પાડવાની આઈટમો નો સમાવેશ કરવાના રહશે નહ . ૧. ઇPરદાર ડામર
કયાથી લા{યા તે ગેl ુ બીલ અસલમા િવભાગને રuુ કરવાlુ રહશે.
ર. ર ફાઈનર ના ગેટપાસ ૫ણ બીલ સાથે સામેલ કરવાના રહશે. ૩. ડામર L ટ-કરમા લાવવામા આવે છે તે ટ-કરનો વાહન નંબર બતાવવાનો
રહશે. ૪. ડામર ઉ૫ર ઇPરદાર |ી ને એડવા-સ પેમે-ટ અથવા સીકયોર એડવા-સ મળ શકશે નહ .
૫. ઇPરદાર રuુ કરલ ડામરના અસલ બીલમા ડામરનો Qડ કોલીટ ગેનો ઉZલેખ હોવો જોઈએ આ ગે ઇPરદાર ડામરના Qેડ ગેl ુ ટ ટ
ર ઝZટ / Qેડ ગેl ુ Oમાણ૫" રuુ કરવાlુ રહશે.
૬. ઇPરદાર ડામરની આવક / વ૫રાશ / બચત ગેl ુ રh ટર aલા-ટ સાઈટ ઉ૫ર િનભાવવાlુ રહશે.
ઉ૫રોકત અlુસધ
ં ાનમા જણાવેલ તા. ર૭/૧૧/૯૭ ના ૫ર ૫"ની \ુચના (માક ૭ રદ ગણી તેના બદલે નીચે Jુજ બની \ુચ નાઓ Jુજબ
કાયવાહ કરવાની રહશે. (૧) \ુચના (માક (૭) (અ) k. ૫.૦૦ લાખ \ુધીનો દાh રકમના કામોના ડામર કામોના ટ-ડરોમા ડામરનો ભાવ
દશાવવાlુ રહશે. નહ તેમજ તેવા કામો માંટ ડામરનો ભાવ તફાવત ૫ણ zુકવવાનો / વ\ુલ કરવાનો રહશે નહ . (બ) k. ૫.૦૦ લાખથી વFુ
દાhત ક મતના ડામર ભાવ તફાવતની જોગવાઈ નીચે દશાવેલ િવગતે કરવાની રહશે. (૧) ડામર નો જkર ટાર રટ L માસમા ડ ટ પી મંuુર
થાય તે માસના ર ફાઈનર ના ભાવ ટ-ડરમા જoથા સામે દશાવવાના રહશે. (ર) ર ઝવ બે-કના vુલટ
ે નમા ડામર ના હોઈ ઇ-ડ નો હોવાથી
ઠકદાર વક ઓડર આaયા બાદ L ડામર ખર દ તે ર ફાઈનર ના Jુળ બીલો રuુ કર અને ખર દલ જoથો વક ઓડર Jુજબ કામમા વા૫ર tયાર
અને ટ-ડર Jુજબની સમય મયાદામા કામ rુણ કર tયાર બીલો ખર દ ભાવ સાથે ઉ૫રોકત (૧) મા જણાવેલ ટાર રટ વ}ચે તફાવત જણાય તો
zુકવ~ુ / ર કવર (એડL ટમે-ટ) કરવાની રહશે. (૩)k. ૫.૦૦ લાખથી વFુ દાhત રકમના કામો મા આ જોગવાઈ કર વક ઓડરની
તાર ખથી zુકવ~ુ ર કવર કરવાની રહશે. (૪) ઠકદાર ખર દલ ડામરના ટ ટ0ગના જkર Oમા૫ણ"ો ઠકદાર સાદર કરવાના રહશે. (૫) L કામની
દાhત Sક•મ ત k.. ર૫.૦૦ લાખ ક તેથી વFુ હોય અને સમય મયાદા બાર માસ ક તેથી વFુ હોય તેવા Sક સામા Oાઈઝ વેર ફ કશન (લેબર
મટ€ર યલ પી.ઓ.એલ.) ગણવાની થતી કામની રકમ ખચ માંથી ડામરની ક0મત તથા ઉ૫ર Jુજબનો ડામરનો તફાવત ૫ણ બાદ કરવાનો રહશે.
મહ%મ મયાદા ગણતી વખતે ૫ણ ડામરની દાજ માં લેવ ાયેલ બેઝીક ભાવથી થતી Sક•મ ત ગણી દાhત રકમ માંથી બાદ કર બાક રહલ
રકમ ૫ર હાલની Oવતમાન જોગવાઈ અlુસાર મહ%મ મયાદા ગણવાની રહશે.
(ર) કો-[ાકટર ખર દલ ડામર સાથે િવભાગીય કચેર એ પી ફોમ rુ•ુ પાડવાlુ રહશે નહ . ડામરના ૫ર ણો ની ર કવ-સી તથા ડામર ના સાઈટ
ઉ૫ર ૫ર ણ બાબત દV ણ $ુજ રાત તાં"ીક અિધકાર ઓ / કમચાર ઓ ને થળ ૫ર ૫ડતી Jુ‚કલી ની રuુ આત ના અlુસધ
ં ાને હોટમી aલા-ટ
અને પેવરથી કરવાના ડામરના કામમાં ડામરના ટ ટ ગ મા ૫ડતી Jુ‚કલીઓ અને તે ગેના \ુચનો બાબત સરકાર|ીની િવચારણા આથી સવƒ
હોટમી aલા-ટ થી કરવાના ડામર કામમાં ડામર ના ૫ર ણ કરવા થળ ઉ૫ર યોXય માળખાક ય સવલતો તથા સાધનો ઉ૫લnધ કરવામા આવે
તો ડામર ૫ર ણની કામગીર ૧◌ો"ીક કમચાર માં aલા-ટ સાઈટ ઉ૫ર થઈ શક તે માંટ િવચારણા હાથ ધરવામાં આવેલ છે.
Oવતમાન ૫Uધતી Jુજબ ડામર કામના ટ-ડરો મા ઇPરદાર aલા-ટ ઉતર ડામર લાવીને કામો કરવાની જોગવાઈ થઈ હોય નવા ડામર
કામનો ટ ટ થયા બાદજ ઉ૫યોગ કરવો જkર હોય દરક aલા-ટ સાઈટ ઉ૫ર ડામર ૫ર ણ માટની માળખીય સવલતો તથા સાધનો ઇPરદાર
દવારા ઉ૫લnધ હોવા જkર બને છે. આથી સવƒ સંબધીતો \ુચનાઓ પાઠવવામાં આવે છે ક aલા-ટ સાઈટ ઉ૫ર ૫ર ણની જોગવાઈ હવે ૫છ થી
ડામર કામના ટ ટમા અવ‚યરાખવાની રહશે. વFુમા થળ ઉ૫ર ની ટ ટ કામગીર માટlુ Xનાન દરક તા"ીક કમચાર ને રહ તે માટ ડામર ના
૫ર ણની તાલીમ ગેર ને uુ દ uુ દ Oયોગશાળા તરફથી િવભાગના દરક મદદનીશ ઇજનેર / અિધક મદદનીશ ઇજનેર / નાયબ કાયપાલક
ઇજનેર / કાયપાલક ઇજનેરને મેળવવાની રહશે. aલા-ટ સાઈટ ઉ૫ર ડામરના ૫ર ણો lુ રh ટર "
ે ીય અિધકાર |ી એ િનભાવવાlુ રહશે.
aલા-ટ સાઈટ ઉ૫ર ૫ર ણની ૫Uધતી માંટ નીચે Oમાણેની ટ-ડરમાં જોગવાઈ રાખવાની રહશે.
(૧) માળખાક ય સવલત થળ ઉ૫ર આશર ર૫ ચો.મી. ના "
ે ફળની પાકા બાંધકામ વાળ લેબ ોરટર જkર પાણી તથા લાઈટની \ુિવધા
સહ ત રાખવાની રહશે. (ર) સાધનો ની સવલત ડામર કામના નીચે દશાવેલ uુ દા uુ દા ૫ર ણો માટની તેની સામે દશાવેલ આઈ.એસ. Jુજબના
સાધનો ઉ૫લnધ કરવાના રહશે.
(૧) પેની[સન ટ ટ : આઈ.એસ.૧ર૦૩ (ર) સોફન0ગ પોઈ-ટ ટ ટ : આઈ.એસ. ૧ર૦૪ (૩) ડકટ લીટ ટ ટ :- આઈ.એસ. ૧ર૦૮ (૩)
વી કો સીટ ટ ટ :- ૧ર૦૬ (૫) પેસીફ કશન Qેવ ીટ ટ ટ :- આઈ.એસ. ૧ર૦૪ ઉ૫રોકત સાધનો આઈ.એસ. Oમાણીત હોવા જોઈએ તેમજ તેને
િનયિમત ર તે સેલીfેટ કરાવી કાયરત હાલતમા રાખવાના રહશે. ૫ર ણની સં યા : એમ.ઓ. એ ટ પેસીફ કશન સેકશન ૯૦૦ Jુજબ ડામર
97
કામોના કોલીટ ઓફ બાયંડરના ટ ટની સં યા બેઝ ર કવરટડ દશાવેલ છે. તે જોતા દર બે ટ-કર દ ઠ નJુના "ણ ૫ર ૫ણો aલા-ટ સાઈટ ઉ૫ર
કરવાના રહશે. તદ ઉ૫રાંત હવે ૫છ થી નીચે ટબલના તંબ ૩ અને ૪ માં દશા{યા Oમાણેના ૫ર ણો ગેર મા૫ણ કરવાના રહશે.
આઈ.એસ. ૧ર૦૧ / ૧૯૭૮ Jુજબ ૫ર ણોની સં યા ૫ર ણ કરવાની \ુધારલ સં યા
ટ-કરની સં યા ૫ર ણની સં યા ટ-કરની સં યા ૫ર ણની સં યા
૧ ૫ થી ૧૦ ૧
રથી ૧૫ ર ૧૧ થી ર૦ ર
૧૬ થી ૫૦ ૩ ર૦ થી ૫૦ ૩
૫૧ થી ૧૫૦૦ ૫ ૫૧ થી ૫૦૦ ૪
બાક ના દર ૫૦ ટ-કર દ ઠ ૧
ઉ૫ર Jુજબના ડામરના સાઈટ ઉ૫ર તેમજ ગેર મા ૫ર ણો કરવાની જોગવાઈઓ હવે ૫છ ના દરક ડામર કામના ટ-ડરો માં અવ‚ય રાખવાની
રહશે. આ \ુચનાઓનો અમલ zુ ત ૫ણ થાય તેG ુ દરક ૧◌ો"ીય અિધકાર ઓ અવ‚ય Uયાન રાખGુ ૫ર ૫" (માક એસ.એસ.આર. ૧૦૯૯ -
આઈ.પી. ૯૧ (૯ ) સ તા. ર૬/૭/૯૯
ટ ડ એસ ગે જોગવાઈ કરવાનો ુ ારો (ઠરાવ (માક વેવઅ
ધ ે / ગાંધી / વવટ / ટ ડ એસ ૯૭.૯૮ / Pઃ ૪૪૫૧ તા. ૧૯/૭/૯૭ તા. ૧/૪/૦૭
થી વેચાણવેરા કાયદામા કરલ જોગવાઈ Jુજબ k. ૧૦.૦૦ લાખથી વFુ Sક•મત ના વકસ / કો-[ાકટ સંબધે રકમની zુકવણી વખતે zુકનાર
zુકવાની રકમ ના બે ટકા લેખે રકમ વેરા પેટ Jુળ થળે થી કપાત કર ને ટ ડ એસ ૧૦ Sદવસ સરકાર ભરણા માંટના સાદા ચલનથી વેચાણવેરા
સદર જમા કરાવવાના રહશે તા. ૧/૪/ર૦૦ર ૫છ zુકવવા પા" થતી વકસ કો-[ાકટ વધે તેવા સંજોગો મા બે ટકાની ટ ડ એસ ની કપાત
કરવાની રહશે.
તા. રર/૪/ર૦૦ર વેચાણવેરા કિમ‡ર $ુ.રા. અમદાવાદ
રાજય માં G ૃ ારો૫ણને Oો તાહન મળે તે ગેના સવƒ Oયtનો રાજય સરકાર દવારા કરવામા આવે છે. વષ‰ વષ G ૃ રો૫વાના કાય(મ lુ
આયોજન ૫ણ મોટા પાયે કરવામાં આવે છે. આ Oયtનને વેગ આ૫વા બંધાઈ રહલ / નવા બંધાતા મકાનોનીકામગીર ગે નીચે Jુજબની
\ુચનાઓ આ૫વા મા આવે છે. (૧) નવા મકાનો માં દાજો ના ભાગ kપે G ૃ રો૫ણ માવજત અને ઉછેરની કામગીર નો સમાવેશ દાજમા
અવ‚ય કરવો (ર) મકાનના કંપાઉ-ડમા ૬.૬ મીટરના તર G ૃ ો રો૫વાની જોગવાઈ કરવી (૩) ઝડ૫થી ઉગી શક લાંv ુ ટક રક અને લીલોતર
આપે તેવા G ૃ ોની ૫સંદગી વાવેતર માંટ કરવી (૪) G ૃ ોની માવજત પાણી પાGુ તથા ખાતર વગેર સઘળ બાબતો નો આઈટમમાં સમાવેશ
કરવો મકાન બાંધકામ નો પાયો ખોદાણની સાથે G ૃ ો રો૫વા Lથી મકાન rુણ થાય tયાર સંબધીત ખાતાને મકાનની સાથેસાથ ઉછેરલા G ૃ ો ૫ણ
સોપી સકાય આ માટ જkર જણાય તો કંપાઉ-ડ વોલ lુ બાંધકામ શkઆત માં હાથ ધરGુ શકય હોય તો મકાન ના કંપાઉ-ડ ની સાથોસાથ
આસપાસ ના િવ તારમાં વન િવભાગના સહકાર થી વધારાના G ૃ ોનો વાવેતર ૫ણ કરGુ આ \ુચનાઓlુ zુ ત ૫ણે અમલ કરવા તથા તેન ી
સમાંતર સમી ા કરવા સવƒ કાયપાલક ઇજનરર|ી ઓ / અિધ ક ઇજનેર|ી ઓ ને આથી \ુચના આ૫વા મા આવે છે .
98
બાનાની રકમની અવે માં બક ગે રંટ ર ુ કરવાની !થામાં ફ$રફાર કરવા બાબત
$ુજ રાત સરકાર,માગ અને મકાન િવભાગ,ઠરાવ (માંક: ટ .એનસી-૧૦૯૦/૧૦૦/૪/સ
સVચવાલય, ગાંધ ીનગર,તાર ખઃ ૪-૧૧-૨૦૦૦
સંદભ:
૧) સરકાર|ી ના ઠરાવ (માંક: ટ ઓસી-૧૩૬૧/૯૫૩૬૬/૨૦/સ તા. ૨૪-૨-૯૬
આ(ુખ: સરકાર|ી ના તા. ૪-૧૨-૯૧ ના ઠરાવ અ-વયે બાનાની રકમ રોકડથી/ફ e ડ ડ પોઝીટની k. ૫૦૦૦૦/- હPર ભરવાlુ અને બાક ની
રકમ બyક ગyરંટ વkપે વીકારવાlુ ઠરાવવામાં આવેલ છે .
ઠરાવ : rુ ત િવચારણાના તે સરકાર|ી આથી ઠરાવે છે ક k. ૫૦લાખ ની ટj-ડર દાhરકમ \ુધી ૧%લેખ ે k.૫૦૦૦૦/- \ુધીની અનƒ ટમની
ભરવાની હોય tયાં \ુધી રોકડ થી અથવા રાg[ ય ૃત બyક અથવા શીડŠ ુલ બyક અથવા નમદા/|ીિનિધની એફડ આરથી તથા બાક ની રકમ બyક
ગyરંટ વkપે ભરવાની રહશે અને ટj-ડર ફોમ બી-૧/બી-૨ ના પાના -૮ મના (માંક-૪ અને નોSટસ i-વાયટ0ગ ટj-ડરના અન(મ-૧૪ માં
એફડ આરની જXયાએ “રાg[ ય ૃત બyક અથવા શીડŠુલ બyક અથવા નમદા/|ીિનિધની એફડ આર” દશાવીને જ કોરા ટj-ડર ફોમ ઇ ^ુ કરવાના
રહશે. તા. ૨૭-૭-૯૯ ના સરખા (માંક ના ઠરાવથી ઠરાવેલ બાનાJુ‹eત OમાણO"ની જોગવાઇ યથાવત રહશે. આ Œુકમો આ િવભાગ ના દરખા
(માંeની ફ• અલ પર નાણા સલાહકારા|ી,માં. મ.ની તા. ૨૯-૭-૨૦૦૦ તથા સVચવ|ી (જ.સ) ની તા.૨૫-૯-૨૦૦૦ની નpધથી મળે લ સંમિતથી બહાર
પાડવામા આવેલ છે. $ુજરાતના રાજયપાલ|ીના Œુકમથી અને તેમના નામે. સહ /-
(આર. બી. પંSડત)
ઉ૫ સVચવ
માગ અને મકાન િવભાગ
Oિત,
૧) માન. Jુ યમં"ી|ીના ગત સVચવ|ી, સVચવાલય,ગાંધીનગર
૨) નમદા જળસંપિત અને પાણીrુરવઠા િવભાગ, સVચવાલય,ગાંધીનગર
૩) આરોXય અને પSરવાર કZયાણ િવભાગ, સVચવાલય,ગાંધીનગર
૪) પંચાયત Qામ $ ૃહ િનમાણં અને Qામ િવકાસ િવભાગ, સVચવાલય,ગાંધીનગર
૫) શહર $ૃહ િવભાગ અને શહર િવકાસ િવભાગ, સVચવાલય,ગાંધીનગર
૬) ઉધોગ અને ખાણ િવભાગ, સVચવાલય,ગાંધ ીનગર
૭) નાણા િવભાગ, સVચવાલય,ગાંધીનગર
૮) Žિષ અને સહકાર િવભાગ, સVચવાલય,ગાંધીનગર
૯) એ.h.(ઓSડટ),અમદાવાદ
૧૦) એ.h.(ઓSડટ-૨), $ુજરાત,રાજકોટ
૧૧) સVચવ|ી,તકદાર આયોગ,uુ ના સVચવાલય,ગાંધીનગર
૧૨) સવƒ અિધ ક ઈજનેર|ીઓ,રા.ધો. મા.મ.વ ળ,એeસOે
ુ સ-વે.વ ળ/મા.મ.વ
ુ ળ,પં
ુ ચાયત/મા.મ.વ ળ/Qા.મા.વ
ુ ળ/
ુ
પા.યો..વ ળ/િવ•^ુ
ુ ત.વ ળ
ુ (સSહત)
99
૧૩) સવƒ કાયપાલક ઈજનેર|ીઓ, ઉ૫રોકત વ ળો
ુ હ તકના સવƒ િવભાગો
૧૪) િનયામક|ી,$ુજરાત ઇ•નેર સંશોધન સં થા, વડોદરા
૧૫) િનયામક|ી, ઇ•નેર ટાફ કોલેજ ગાંધીનગર
૧૬) મેનેજ0ગ ડ રeટર|ી, $ુજરાત રા•ય બાંધકામ િનગમલી. સેeટર ૩૦ , ગાંધીનગર
૧૭) મેનેજ0ગ ડ રeટર|ી, $ુજરાત રા•ય ર તા િવકાસ િનગમલી.,િનમાણ ભવન, સેeટર ૧૦ એ , ગાંધ ીનગર
૧૮) સવƒ OોLeટશાખાઓ, સVચવાલય,ગાંધીનગર
૧૯) સીલેકટ ફાઈલ-ર૦૦૦
L તે િવભાગે આ ઠરાવની તેમના િવભાગ હઠળના થાિનક અિધકાર |ીઓને Pણ માટ તથા માગદશન માટ મોકલી આપવા િવનંતી છે.
$ુજરાત સરકાર
સVચવાલય, ગાંધીનગર
તાર ખ : 1-SEP-2004
વંચાણે લીધા :-
(૫) માન. Jુ યમં" ી|ીના અUય ૫ણા હઠળ યોPયેલ એ8પાવડ કમીટ ની તા. ૧૮/૬/ર૦૦૪ ની બેઠકની
કાયવાહ નpધ.ઠ રા વ :-
ઉ’ોગ, ખાણ અને ઉP િવભાગના સંદભ-(૩) હઠળના ઠરાવથી એવી જોગવાઈ કરવામાં આવેલ ક રાજય
સરકારના, પંચાયતોના અને સરદાર સરોવર નમદા િનગમના બાંધવામાં આવતાં ર તાઓનાં ક િસ•ચાઈ
વગેરના કામો માટ જયાર સાદ મા_ૃ (ઓડ€નર કલે-અથ) અને (સોફટ) Jુરમ વા૫રવામાં આવે tયાર $ુજરાત
ગૌણ ખિનજ િનયમ, ૧૯૬૬ Jુજબ રોયZટ લેવાના િનયમો લા$ુ ૫ડશે નહ0. એટલે ક આ કામો માટ
કો-[ાકટરો પાસે સાદ માટ (ઓડ€નર કલે-અથ) અને (સોફટ) Jુરમ માટ રોટZટ લેવાની થશે નહ0 તથા
સંદભ-(૪) હઠળના િવભાગના તા. ૬/૧૧/૯૭ ના ઠરાવથી $ુજરાત િવ“ુતબોડ Uવારા હાથ ધરવામાં આવતાં
કામો માટ ૫ણ ઉ૫ર Jુજબ રોટZટ JુSકતનો લાભ આ૫વામાં આવેલ. ઉ૫^ુકત જોગવાઈના કારણે રાજયમાં
ગેરકાયદસર ર તે આ ખિનજોનો વ૫રાશ થતો હોવાlું જણાયેલ છે . Lના ૫Sરણામે રાજય સરકાર રોટZટ ની
આવક $ુમાવવી ૫ડ છે માટ ઉ૫રોકત Œુકમોની જોગવાઈની સમી ા કર તે ”ૂર કરવાની બાબત સરકાર|ીની
િવચારણા હઠળ હતી. તા. ૧૮/૬/ર૦૦૪ ના રોજ માન. Jુ યમં" ી|ીના અUય ૫ણા હઠળ યોPયેલ એ8પાવડ
કમીટ ની બેઠકમાં નકક થયા Jુજબ સંદભ-૩ તથા સંદભ-૪ હઠળના િવભાગના તા. ર૫/૧/૯૧ તથા તા.
૬/૧૧/૯૭ ના ઠરાવો આથી રદ કરવામાં આવે છે .
10
0
$ુજરાતના રાજયપાલ|ીના Œુકમથી અને તેમના નામે. સહ /-
ઉ૫ર Jુજબનાં ડામરનાં સાઈટ ઉ૫ર તેમજ ગેર માં ૫Sર ણો કરાવવાની જોગવાઈ હવે ૫છ નાં દરક ડામર કામનાં ટ-ડરોમાં અવ‚ય
રાખવાની રહશે.
આ \ુચનાઓનો અમલ zુ ત૫ણે થાય તેl ુ ં દરક િે "ય અિધકાર ઓએ અવ‚ય Uયાન રાખGું
સહ /-
( સી.એમ.ભટ )
નાયબ સVચવ,
માગ અને મકાન િવભાગ
સરકાર|ીનાં માગ અને મકાન િવભાગનાં ૫Sર૫" (માંક - એસટ આર/૧૦૯૭/૮ર/હ, તા.ર૭.૧૧.૧૯૯૭
તેમજ સરખા (માંકના તા. ર૧.૧૧.૧૯૯૮ નાં ૫Sર૫"માં જણા{યા Jુજબ ર તાના કામો માટ ઈPરદારોએ rુરો
પાડવાનો થતો ડામર ઈPરદાર નીચેની શરતોએ rુરો પાડવાનો રહશે.
(૧) ઈPરદાર બZક ડામર કયાંથી લા{યા તે ગેl ું બીલ અસલમાં િવભાગને રuુ કરવાlું રહશે.
(ર) ર ફાઈનર નાં ગેટપાસ ૫ણ બીલ સાથે સામેલ કરવાનાં રહશે.
(૩) ડામર L ટ-કરમાં લાવવામાં આવે છે તે ટ-કરનો વાહન નંબર બતાવવાનો રહશે.
(૪) ડામર ઉ૫ર ઈPરદાર|ીને એડવા-સ પેમે-ટ અથવા સીકયોટ એડવા-સ મળ શકશે નહ .
(૫) ઈPરદાર રuુ કરલ ડામરના અસલ બીલમાં ડામરનો Qેડ (કવોલીટ ગે) નો ઉZલેખ હોવો જોઈએ. આ
ગે ઈPરદાર ડામરનાં Qેડ ગેl ું ટ ટ ર ઝZટ (Qેડ ગેl ું Oમાણ૫") રuુ કરવાlું રહશે.
(૬) ઈPરદાર ડામરની આવક/વ૫રાશ/િસલક ગેl ું રh ટર aલાન/સાઈટ ઉ૫ર િનભાવવાlું રહશે.
(૭-૧):અ : k.૫.૦૦ લાખ \ુધીનાં દાh Sક•મતના કામમાં ડામરનો ભાવ તફાવત zુકવવાનો/ વ\ુલ
કરવાનો રહશે નહ .
બ : k.૫.૦૦ લાખથી વFુ દાh Sક•મતના કામમાં ડામરનો ભાવ તફાવત નીચે Jુજબ zુકવવામાં/વ\ુલ
કરવામાં આવશે.
ર : ડામરનો જoથો ખર દવામાં આવે, આ કામમાં વા૫રવામાં આવે, ડામરનાં અસલ બીલ રuુ કરવામાં આવે,
તેમજ Jુળ સમય મયાદામાં કામ rુk કરવામાં આવે tયાર ર ફાઈનર ના અસલ બીલમાં દશાવેલ ખર દ ભાવ
અને ઉ૫રોકત ૭:બઃ૧ માં જણાવેલ ટાર રટ વ}ચેનો તફાવત zુકવવામાં/ વ\ુલ કરવામાં આવશે.
૩ : આGું zુકવ~ું / વ\ુલાત વક - ઓડરની તાર ખથી જ અસરકતા થશે.
10
2
કો-[કટરો Uવારા ડામર rુરો પાડવાં બાબત...
$ુજરાત સરકાર
સVચવાલય, ગાંધીનગર
તાર ખ : ર૧.૧૧.૯૮
અlુસધ
ં ાન : આ િવભાગનાં સરખા (માંકનો ૫Sર૫" તા. ર૭.૧૧.૯૭.
૫Sર૫" :માગ અને મકાન િવભાગ Uવારા રાજય ર તાઓlું બાંધકામ અને તેની મરામત અને Pળવણીની કામગીર માટ ઉ૫યોગમાં
લેવાનો ડામર િવભાગ તરફથી rુરો ન પાડતાં કp-[કટર Uવારા બાબોબાર L તે ઓઈલ કં૫નીમાં ડામરનાં પૈસા ભર લાવવામાં આવે
એવો િનણય લેવામાં આવેલ અને તે બાબતે જ•ુ ર \ુચનાઓ ઉ૫રોકત અlુસધ
ં ાનમાં જણાવેલ ૫Sર૫"થી બહાર પાડવામાં આવેલ
છે. ઉ૫રોકત અlુસધ
ં ાનમાં જણાવેલ તા. ર૭.૧૧.૯૭ ના ૫Sર૫"ની \ુચનાં (માંકઃ ૭ રદ ગણી તેનાં બદલે નીચે Jુજબની \ુચનાઓ Jુજબ
કાયવાહ કરવાની રહશે.(૧) \ુચના (માંક : (૭).(અ) k.૧૫.૦૦ લાખ \ુધીનો દાhત રકમનાં કામોનાં ડામર કામોમાં ડામરનો ભાવ
દશાવવાનો રહશે નહ , તેમજ તેવા કામો માટ ડામરનો ભાવ તફાવત ૫ણ zુકવવાનો/વ\ુલ કરવાનો રહશે નહ .(બ) k.૧૫.૦૦ લાખથી
વFુ દાhત Sક•મ તના ડામર કામોમાં ડામરનાં ભાવ તફાવતની જોગવાઈ નીચે દશાવેલ િવગતે કરવાની રહશે.(૧) ડામરનો જ•ુ ર રઈટ
L માસમાં ડ .ટ .પી. મંuુર થાય તે માસના ર ફાઈનર ના ભાવ ટ-ડરમાં જoથા સાથે દશાવવાનો રહશે.(ર) ર ઝવ બે-કમાં vુલેટ નમાં
10
3
કોઈ ઈ-ડ ન હોવાથી ઠકદાર વક ઓડર આaયા બાદ L ડામર ખર દ તે ર ફાઈનર નાં Jુળ બીલો રuુ કર અને ખર દલ જoથો વક ઓડર
Jુજબનાં કામોમાં વા૫ર tયાર અને ટ-ડર Jુજબની Jુળ સમય મયાદામાં કામ rુણ કર tયાર બીલોના ખર દ ભાવ સાથે ઉ૫રોકત (૧) માં
જણાવેલ ટાર રટ વ}ચે તફાવત જણાય તો zુકવ~ુ/ ર કવર (એડL ટમે-ટ) કરવાની રહશે.(૩) k.૧૫.૦૦ લાખથી વFુ દાhત
રકમનાં કામોમાં આ જોગવાઈ કર વક ઓડરની તાર ખથી zુકવ~ુ/
ં ર કવર કરવાની રહશે.(૪) ઠકદાર ખર દલ ડામરનાં ટ ટ0ગના
જ•ુ ર Oમાણ૫"ો ઠકદાર સાદર કરવાનાં રહશે.(૫) L કામનાં દાhત Sક•મત k.ર૫.૦૦ લાખ ક તેથી વFુ હોય અને સમય મયાદા ૧ર
માસ ક તેથી વFુ હોય તેવા Sક સામાં Oાઈઝ વેર યેશન (લેબર મટ ર યલ પી.ઓ.એલ.) માં ગણવાની થતી કામની રકમ ૫ર માંથી
ડામરની Sક•મત તથા ઉ૫ર Jુજબનો ડામરનો તફાવત ૫ણ બાદ કરવાનો રહશે. અને મહ%મ મયાદા ગણતી વખતે ૫ણ ડામરનો
દાજમાં લેવાયેલ બેઝીક ભાવથી થતી Sક•મત ગણી દાhત રકમમાંથી બાદ કર બાક રહલ રકમ ૫ર હાલની Oવતમાન જોગવાઈ
અlુસાર મહ%મ મયાદા ગણવાની રહશે.(૬) કો-[ાકટર ખર દલ ડામર સામે િવભાગીય કચેર એ “પી” ફોમ rુ•ુ પાડવાlું રહશે
નહ .$ુજરાત રાજય નાં રાજયપાલ|ીના Œુ ુ મથી અને તેમના નામે
સહ /-
(ડ . આર. માલી)
ુ સSહત).
Oિત,માગ અને મકાન િવભાગ હઠળનાં સવƒ અિધ ક ઈજનેર|ીઓ (પંચાયત મા.મ. વ ળ
નકલ રવાના :- સવƒ કાયપાલક ઈજનેર|ીઓ (પંચાયત મા.મ. િવભાગ સSહત), િવભાગના દરક તાંિ"ક અિધકાર |ીઓ, િવભાગની દરક
તાંિ"ક શાખાઓ ,નાણાં શાખા માગ અને મકાન િવભાગ, સVચવાલય, ગાંધીનગર, સીલેકટ ફાઈલ.
(માંકઃ૫રચ-૧૦૯૩-^ુઓ-૫૩-(૪૦)-સ,
સVચવાલય, ગાંધીનગર.
તાર ખ : ૧૬.૬.ર૦૦૧
ુ
Oિત,અિધ ક ઈજનેર|ી, માગ અને મકાન વ ળ-૧, અમદાવાદ.
ુ
અિધ ક ઈજનેર|ી, માગ અને મકાન વ ળ-ર, અમદાવાદ.
10
4
ુ વડોદરા.
અિધ ક ઈજનેર|ી, માગ અને મકાન વ ળ,
ુ \ુરત.
અિધ ક ઈજનેર|ી, માગ અને મકાન વ ળ,
ુ
અિધ ક ઈજનેર|ી, માગ અને મકાન વ ળ-૧, રાજકોટ.
ુ
અિધ ક ઈજનેર|ી, માગ અને મકાન વ ળ-ર, રાજકોટ.
ુ ગાંધીનગર.
અિધ ક ઈજનેર|ી, માગ અને મકાન વ ળ,
િવષય : ર તાના ડામરના કામોમાં ડામરનો ભાવ ર ફાઈનર નો ઈ ^ુ રટ દાજોમાં લેવા બાબત.
ુ ધ
ઉ૫રોકત િવષયના અlસ ં ાને આ—ાlુસાર જણાવવાlું ક, સંદVભšત ૫"થી ખાસ મરામતના કામોનાં દાજોમાં
ડામરનો ભાવ એસ.ઓ.આર. ને બદલે ઈ ^ુ રટ લઈને જ દાજો બનાવવા \ુચના આ૫વામાં આવેલ હતી અને તે
Jુજબ નકશા દાજોમાં ઈ ^ુ રટ લેવામાં આવેલ હતો, tયાર ડામર ખાતા તરફથી શીડ^ુઅલ-એ માં ઈPરદારને rુર ો
પાડવામાં આવતો હતો.હવે જયાર ડામર ઈPરદાર પોતે લાવવાનો હોવાથી દાજોમાં ડામરનો ભાવ એસ.ઓ.આર.
Jુજબ લેવામાં આવે છે અને ટ-ડરમાં L કામોની ટ-ડરની દાh રકમ •ુિપયા ૧૫ - પંદર લાખ થી વFુ હોય તેમાં
ટાર રઈટ અને એસ.ઓ.આર. ના ભાવનો તફાવત ગણીને ટ-ડરlું ઈવેZ^ુએશન કરવામાં આવે છે . કટલાક Sક સામાં
ડામરના કામ સાથે જળબUધ સપાટ , માટ કામ, નાળા/rુલોની કામગીર નો ૫ણ ટ-ડરમાં સમાવેશ થતો હોય છે .Lથી
આવા Sક સામાં ડામરના ટાર રઈટને Uયાને લઈને ટ-ડર ભરતાં હોઈ તેની અસર ડામર િસવાયની આઈટમોમાં ૫ણ
થતી હોય છે . અને ટ-ડરના ઈવેZ^ુએશનમાં એક \ુ"તા જળવાતી નથી.
આથી સવƒ સંબિધતોને જણાવવામાં આવે છે ક, ર તાના બLટડ/ખાસ મરામત તથા સી.આર.એફ/નાબાડના
બધાજ ડામર કામના દાજોમાં ડામરનો ભાવ એસ.ઓ.આર.ને બદલે દાજો બનાવતી વખતનો ર ફાઈનર નો ઈ ^ુ
રટ લેવામાં આવે અને તેજ રટ ટ-ડરના ટાર રઈટ તર ક લેવામાં આવે તેની ખાસ તકદાર દરક દરક સંબિધતોએ
લેવી, Lથી ટ-ડરના ઈવેZ^ુએશનમાં એક \ુ"તા જળવાઈ રહ.આ \ુચનાઓનો અમલ zુ ત૫ણે થાય તેl ું દરક
સંબિધતોએ અવ‚ય Uયાન રાખGુ.ં
સહ /-
ઉ૫ સVચવ
10
6
$ુજરાત સરકાર
સVચવાલય, ગાંધીનગર
તાર ખ : ર૧.૧૦.૨૦૦૫
પSરપ":-
િવષય: કો-[ાકટરો ને સરકાર કામના ટ-ડરોમાં શેડŠુલ-એ હઠળ સરકાર િવભાગો žારા િસમy-ટ તથા લોખંડ rુરાપાડવાની Oથા રદ
કરવાને કારણે Oાઇસ એ કલેશનના Œુકમોમાં સંબિં ધત \ુધારો કરવા બાબત (eલોઝ ૫૯-૫૯-એ-(બી-૨)અને eલોઝ ૬૦-૬૦એ(બી-૧)
સંદભ: (૧) સરકાર ઠરાવ(માંકઃસીસીએ-૧૫૭૪-સી-૧૭૪૧-(૩૬)-સ,તા:૩૧-૮-૮૧
(૨) સરકાર ઠરાવ(માંકઃસીસીએ-૧૫૭૪-સી-૧૭૪૧-(૩૬)-સ,તા:૭-૪-૮૩
(૩) સરકાર ઠરાવ(માંકઃટ એનસી-૧૦૮૯- (૪)-સ,તા:૩૧-૮-૮૧
(૪) સરકાર ઠરાવ(માંકઃટ એનસી-૧૦૮૯- (૪)-સ,તા:૫-૧૦-૯૧
(૫) સરકાર ઠરાવ(માંકઃટ એનસી-૧૦૮૯- (૪)-સ,તા:૭-૪-૯૨
(૬) સરકાર ઠરાવ(માંકઃટ એનસી-૧૦૮૮-આઇબી-૨૨૦- (૧૮)-સ,તા:૩૧-૩-૦૫
સરકાર|ીના ઉપર સંદભ(૩) માં દશાવેલ તા.૩૧-૮-૯૧ના ઠરાવથી ટj-ડર ફોમના eલોઝ ૫૯-૫૯-એ-(બી-૨)અને eલોઝ ૬૦-૬૦એ(બી-૧) માં
\ુધારો કરવામાં આવેલ. ઉપર સંદભ(૬)મા દશાવેલ તા:૩૧-૩-૦૫ ના પSરપ"થી સરકાર કામ ના ટj-ડરોમાં શેડŠુલ-એ હઠળ સરકાર િવભાગો
žારા કો-[ાકટરો ને િસમy-ટ તથા લોખંડ rુરા પાડવાની જોગવાઇ રદ કરવામા આવેલ છે . ઉપરોeત સંદભ(૩) માં દશાવેલ તા.૩૧-૮-૯૧ના
ઠરાવથી કરલ ફરફાર ફeત k.૧૫.૦૦ લાખ થી વFુ રકમન કામો માટ હતા.O ુત બાબતમા rુ ત િવચારણાને તે હવે k.૧૫.૦૦ લાખ થી નીચે
ની કોઇપણ રકમના કામોમા પણ ટારરટની જોગવાઇ રાખવાનો િનણય થયેલ છે.આ ૫Sર૫"નો અમલ તે રવાના થયાની તાર ખથી કરવાનો રહશે
આ Œુકમો આ િવભાગના ફાઇઅલ (માંક ટ એનસી -૧૦૮૮-આઇબી-૨૨૦- (૧૮)-સ, પર સરકાર |ીની તા.૧ર-૭-ર૦૦૪ ના રોજ મળેલ સંમિતથી
બહાર પાડવામાં આવે છે$જ
ુ રાતના રાજયપાલ|ીના Œુકમથી અને તેમના નામે,
(અશોક પંડયા)
ઉપસVચવ
Oિત,
નમદા જળસંપિ%,પાણી rુરવઠા અને કZપસર િવભાગ, સVચવાલય, ગાંધીનગર
સવƒ અિધ ક ઈજનેર|ીઓ.(મા.મ.વ ળ
ુ ,પંચ ાયત, મા.મ.વ ળ,/રા.ધો.મા./રા•ય
ુ માગ યો.વ ળ/એeસOે
ુ સ વે વ ળ/
ુ પાટનગર યોજના વ ળ
ુ
સSહત)સવƒ કાયપાલક ઈજનેર|ીઓ(ઉપરોeત વ ળ
ુ હઠળના તમામ િવભાગો)સવƒ તાંિ"ક અિધકાર ઓ,માગ અને મકાન િવભાગ, સVચવાલય
ગાંધીનગરસવƒ OોLeટ શાખાઓ,માગ અને મકાન િવભાગ, સVચવાલય ગાંધીનગર િસલેકટ ફાઈલ
10
7
$ુજરાત સરકાર
પSરપ"(માંક એસએસઆર-૧0૨૦૦૪-આઇબી-૪૧(૨૪)-સ
સVચવાલય ગાંધીનગર
તા.૨/૧૨/૨૦૦૬
િવષય : મકાનો અને અ-ય બાંધકામના કામદારો ના eZયાણ સેસ.એeટ ૧૯૯૬ હઠળ ૧% સેસ “$ુજરાત VબZડ0ગ •-ડ
સંદભ: (૧) |મ અને રોજગાર િવભાગ, સVચવાલય ગાંધીનગર નો ઠરાવ (માંક : સીડબZ^ુએ-૨૦૦૪/૮૪૧-એમ-૩,
તા: ૩૦-૦૧-૨૦૦૬
તા: ૯-૧૨-૨૦૦૫
પSરપ":
ઉપરોકત િવષયના સંદભ માં દશાવેલ |મ અને રોજગાર િવભાગ, સVચવાલય ગાંધીનગરના તા: ૩૦-૦૧-૨૦૦૬ અને
તા: ૯-૧૨-૨૦૦૫ ના ઠરાવો(નકલ સામેલ છે) તરફ સવƒ સંબિં ધતોlુ •યાન દોરતા આથી જણાવવામાં આવેછે ક મંuુર કરાતા bા¡ટ
ટj-ડર પેપસમાં “સેસ” ગે જોગવાઇ કર ને ઇPરદારોના દર મSહને કરલ કામના Vબલના zુકવણામાથી ૧(એક) ટકો સેસ કાપીને
તે રકમ “$ુજરાત VબZડ0ગ •-ડ અધર e- ્ કશન વકસ વેલફર બોડ”ના સંદભ: (૨) હઠળ ના ઠરાવથીિનયત કરલ હડ-સબહડ
ખાતે સંબ ંિધત કાયપાલક ઇજનેર|ી žારા જમા કરાવવાની રહશે.હવે પછ થી L -વા દાજો મંuુર કરવામાં આવે તેવા દાજ ની
દરક આઇટમના ભાવોમાં ૧% વધારો કર ને વધારલ ભાવ Jુજબ દાજો મંuુર કરવાના રહશે. તથા bા¡ટ ટj -ડર પેપસમાં તે Jુજબ
રકમ Jુકવાની રહશે. મોટા અને \ુવા}ય અ ર ITB માં બીલ માંથી કપાત થનાર બધાજ Oકારના ટ /સેસ િવગેરનો ઉઅZલેખ
કરવાનો રહશે.
આ \ુચના નો અમલ zુ તપણે થાય તેની સંબિં ધતો એ નોધ લઇ તે Jુજબ કાયવાહ અz ૂક ર તે હાથ ધરવાની રહશે.
(અશોક પંડયા)
ઉપસVચવ
Oિત,
સવƒ અિધ ક ુ
ઈજનેર|ીઓ.(મા.મ.વ ળ/પં ુ
ચાયત,મા.મ.વ ળ,/ને ુ
.હા.વ ળ./એeસOે ુ
સવેવ ળ/રા.મા. ુ
યો.વ ળ/
ુ તથા ઇલેક[ કલ મા.મ. એeસOેસ વે વ ળ
પાટનગર યોજના વ ળ ુ સSહત)
ુ
સવƒ કાયપાલક ઈજનેર|ીઓ(ઉપરોeત વ ળો હ તકના સવƒ િવભાગો)
સવƒ તાંિ"ક અિધકાર ઓ,ના.કા.ઇ.|ીઓ સહ ત,માગ અને મકાન િવભાગ, સVચવાલય ગાંધીનગર
10
8
સવƒ OોLeટ શાખાઓ,માગ અને મકાન િવભાગ, સVચવાલય ગાંધીનગર
Government of Gujarat
Labour and Employment Department
No: CWA-2004-1831-M(3)
Sachivalaya, Gandhinagar
Dated: 09/12/2005
Read:
(1) Commissioner of Labour(Factory Wing),Ahmedabad,Letter No; CL-DISH-A-LAW-2004-
1748,Dated:3-6-2004
(2)Finance Department,Gandhinagar,LetterNo: ONS-102005-5435(133)-K Dated :01-12-
2005
RESOLUTION
Under the Gujarat Building and other Construction Worker’s(Regulation of Employment
and Condition of Service) Rules 2003, the proposal to meet with the expenditure inccured for the
various welfare activities for the benefficiairies of Gujarat Building and Other Construction
Workers’ Welfare Board and payment of salaries to his establishment of the said board,has been
received from Commissioneer of Labour,vide his letter reffered to in the permeable. The said
proposal was under active consideration for some time. After careful consideration,the
government is pleased to open a New Sub-Head of Account as under:-
• Demand No:- • -
• Major Head:- • 0230-Labour and Employment
• Sub Major • -
Head:-
• Minor Head:- • 106-Fees under Contract Labour(Regulation and Abolition) Rules
• Sub Minor • (03)-Contribution frombeneficiaries building workers under
Head:- Gujarat Building & Other Construction Workers’ Welfare Cess Act
1996
• Demand No:- • - 10
9
• Major Head:- • 0230-Labour and Employment
• Sub Major • -
Head:-
• Minor Head:- • 106-Fees under Contract Labour(Regulation and Abolition) Rules
• Sub Minor • (04)-Income from cess levied under Gujarat Building & Other
Head:- Construction Workers’ Welfare Cess Act 1996
•Demand No:- • 57
•Major Head:- • 2230-Labour and Employment
•Sub Major • 01-Labour
Head:-
• Minor Head:- • 111-Social Security of Labour
• Sub Minor • (05)-Activities of the Gujarat Building & Other Construction
Head:- Workers’ Welfare Cess Act 1996
2.0 The Competent Authority(Registering Officer or the Appellate Officer as the case may be)
shall arrange to deposit the amount in the said head by challan in the respective treasury
or in the bank specified by the State Government,accordingly.
3.0 This order is issued in corporate with Finance Department’s letter Dated 01-12-
2005,reffered to in preamble.
By order and in the name of the Governor of Gujarat.
Sd/-
(S.K.Bamaniya)
Under Secretary to Govt. of Gujarat,
Labour and Employment Department
To:
1. The Principal Secretary and Chairman,Gujarat Building and Other construction Workers’
Welfare Board,Sachivalaya,Gandhinagar
2. The Commissioner of Labour,Gujarat State,O-3,New Mental Hospi.
Compound,Meghaninagar, Ahmedabad
3. The Director,Industrial Safety & Health,O-9, New Mental Hospi. Compound,Meghaninagar,
Ahmedabad
4. The Accountant General,Gujarat,Ahmdabad
5. The Accountant General,Gujarat,Rajkot
6. All District Treasury Officers
7. The Deputy Commissioner of Labour,C/0 the Commissioner of Labour,Gujarat State,
Meghaninagar, Ahmedabad
8. The Member Secretary, Gujarat Building and Other construction Workers’ Welfare Board,
C/0 Office of the Commissioner of Labour,Gujarat State, Meghaninagar, Ahmedabad-16
9. The Finance Department(K-Branch) sachivalaya,Gandhinagar
10. The Section Officer,M-1 Br. Labour and Employment department,sachivalaya,Gandhinagar
11. The Branch select file
12. The Dy. S.O. select file.
Instruction on implementation of the Building
and other Construction Workers(ROE & COS)
Act,1996
and Building and Other Construction workers
Wefare Cess Act,1996
Government of Gujarat
Labour and Employment Department
No: CWA-2004-1831-M(3)
Sachivalaya, Gandhinagar
11
0
Dated: 30-Jan-2006
Read: Labour & Employment Department,Gandhinagar GR No:CWA-2004-1831-M(3) dated 9-12-
2005
RESOLUTION
Building and other constructions workers are one of the largest and most vulnerable
segments of unorganized labour. Their work is characterized byb inherent risk to life and limb of
the workers and also by casual nature,temporary relationship between employer and
employee,uncertain working hours,lack of basic amenities and inadequate welfare facilities.
Government of India has decided to constitute Welfare Boards for such workers in every
state and accordingly,the Building and other Construction workers (Regulation of Employment &
Conditons of Service) Act 1996 was enacted by Parliament and brought into force from 19th
August,1996.Implementation of the Act including cess collection has already commenced in
Kerala,Kernataka,TamilNadu and Delhi. Under the said Act,Govermment of Gujarat has
constituted a Board under section 18. The State Govermment has been given powers to make
rules for carrying out the provisions of this Act.
Accordingly,Govermment of Gujarat made Gujaret Building and other Construction Workers
(Regulation of Employment and Condition of Service) Rules,2003 and published these Rules Vide
Notification No:GHR 2003- CWA-2000-1869-M(3),dated 18 th August 2003.Govermment of
Gujarat has also constituted the Gujarat building and other Construction Workers welfare Board
vide Notification No:GHR/2004/163/ CWA /2004 /3743-M3,dated 18th December 2004.
Secretary(labour) has been appointed as Chairman.
Govermment of India has also enacted the Building and other Construction Workers
Welfare Cess Act (hereinafter called as Cess Act) and brought it in force from 19th August 1996.
The Cess Act Provides for the levy and collection of cess on the cost of construction incurred by
the employers,for increasing the resources of the Welfare Board. Section 3 of the Cess Act
provides that Cess shall be levied and collected at a rate not less than 1% of the cost of
Construction incurred by an employer. Rule 5 of the Building and Other Construction Workers’
Welfare Cess Rules,1998 reads as follows:
(1) The proceeds of the cess collected under Rule 4 shall be transferred by such
Govermment Office,Public Sector Undertakings, Local authority or cess collector, to
the Board along with the form of challan prescribed(and in the head of account of the
Board) under the accounting procedures of the state,by whatever name they are
known.
(2) Such Govrmment Office or Public Sector Undertaking may deduct from the cess
collected or claim from the Board, as the case may be, actual collection expenses not
exceeding one Percent of the total amount collected.
(3) The amount collected shall be transferred to the Board within thirty days of its
collection.
Moreover under Rule 6 every employer within thirty days of commencement of his work
or payment of cess, as the case may be has to furnish information in Form 1 to the Assessing
Officer . Under Rule 12, the Assessing Officer in cases where the employer has not pay the cess
or has paid less cess, can impose a penalty upto the amount of cess payable.
By Govermment of Gujarat Notification No: GHR/2005/04/CWA/2004/841/M3 dated 3rd
January 2005, all Heads of Departments of the Govermment of Gujarat, all Exexutive Heads of
Public Sector Undertakings and all Executive Heads of Local Authority(except Gram panchayat and
Nagar Panchayat) are declared as Cess Collectors and Assessing Officer.
The Building and other Construcion workers Welfare Board has passed the necessary
resolution to collect the cess with effect from 13thy December 2004.
11
1
Accordingly the cess is payable by Govermment Officers, Public Sector Undertakings and
Local Authority or Cess Collector to the Board in Challan prescribed in the following Head/Sub
Head:
Approval of the Finance Department,Govermment of Gujarat has been taken for meeting
the expenditure to be incurred for the various welfare activities by the Gujarat Building and Other
Construction Workers Welfare Board and the opening of the Accounting Head/SubHead in file No:
CWA – 2004-1831-M3 on 1st December 2005(Copy of Resolution dated 9/12/2005is encloed)
All Govermment Departments Public Sector Undertakings and Local Authority are
instructed to pay the above cess as per the Act.All departments, Public Sector Undertakings and
Local Authority are also advised to incorporate the 1% Cess in their estimates for all new works.
By order and in the name of the Governor of Gujarat.
Sd/-
(Vinod Babbar)
Principal Secretary to Govermment,
Labour and Employment Department
Principal Secretary to Chief Minister,Sachivalaya,Gandhinagar
Ps to all Ministers
Ps to all Minister of state
PS to Chief secretary
Accountant General,Gujarat,Rajkot/Ahmdabad
All Department of sachivalaya with a request to circulate to all HODS/Boards/Corporations
under their administrative control
Pay & Account Office,Ahmedabad/Gandhinagar
Resident Audit Office. Ahmedabad/Gandhinagar
All heads of Departments under Local & Employment Department
All District Panchayat
All Municipal Corporations
Branch Select File
Dy.S.O.Select File
11
2
હોટમી aલાનટ અને પેવરથી થતાં ડામર કામો ગે
$ુજરાત સરકાર
માગ અને મકાન િવભાગ
પSરપ"(માંક એસએસઆર-૧૫૮૬-અ-ઇબી-૧૭૯(૬)-સ
(અશોક પંડયા)
ઉપસVચવ
11
3
માગ અને મકાન િવભાગ
Oિત,
ુ
સવƒ અિધ ક ઇજનેર|ીઓ,રા•ય તથા પંચાયત (મા.મ)વ ળ
સવƒ કાયપાલક ઇજનેર|ીઓ, રા•ય તથા પંચાયત (મા.મ)િવભાગો
અlુસધ
ં ાન :
(૧) આ િવભાગનાં (૧) ૫Sર૫" (માંકઃએસટ આરઃ૧૦૯૭-૮ર-હ, તા.ર૭-૧૧-૯૭
(ર) ૫Sર૫" (માંકઃએસટ આરઃ૧૦૯૭-મં.૮ર-હ, તા.ર૧-૧૧-૯૮
(૩) ૫Sર૫" (માંકઃએસટ આરઃ૧૦૯૭-મં.૩૪-ર૯-હ, તા.૪-૧૦-૦૫.
૫Sર૫" :
માગ અને મકાન િવભાગ Uવારા હાથ ધરવામાં આવતા કામોમાં સીમે-ટ, ટ લ અને ડામર ઈPરદાર
Uવારા rુરો પાડવામાં આવે છે . Lમાં ઈPરદારને ભાવ તફાવત zુકવવા/ વ\ુલ કરવાની જોગવાઈ છે .
11
4
સીમે-ટ અને ટ લનાં ભાવ તફાવત zુકવવા/વ\ુલ કરવાની જોગવાઈ કામ શk કયાથી rુk ં કરવાની
Jુળ સમય મયાદા અને વધારલી સમય મયાદા \ુધી લા$ુ ૫ડ છે . જયાર ડામરના Sક સામાં કામ rુk
કરવાની વધારલ સમય મયાદામાં ભાવ તફાવતની રકમ આ૫વા ગે િવસંગતતા હોઈ $ુજરાત કો-[ાકટસ
એસોશીએશન-અમદાવાદની રuુ આત થયેલ L Uયાને લઈ rુ ત િવચારણાના તે ઉ૫રોકત અlુસધ
ં ાન-ર
માં દશાવેલ તા.ર૧-૧૧-૯૮ ના ૫Sર૫"ની \ુચના (માંકઃર રદ ગણી, તેની જXયાએ નીચે Jુજબ \ુધારો
કરવામાં આવે.
ર ઝવ બે-કના vુલટ
ે નમાં ડામરના કોઈ ઈ-ડ ન હોવાથી ઈPરદાર વક ઓડર આaયા બાદ L
ડામર ખર દ તેના ર ફાઈનર ના અસલ બીલો રuુ કર અને ખર દલ ડામરનો જoથો વક ઓડર Jુજબનાં
કામમાં ટ-ડર Jુજબની Jુળ સમય મયાદા અને સરકાર કારણોના લીધે વધારલી સમય મયાદા દર8યાન
વા૫ર તેના બીલના ખર દ ભાવ અને ટ-ડરમાં દશાવેલ ટાર રટ વ}ચેના તફાવતની રકમlું zુકવ~ું /
વ\ુલાત (ર કવર ) કરવાની રહશે.
L Sક સામાં કામ r ૂણ કરવામાં ઈPરદારના કારણોના લીધે L િવલંબ થયેલ હોય તે સમય ગાળાની
સમય મયાદા વધારવામાં આવે તે દર8યાનનો ભાવ તફાવત મળવાપા" થશે નSહ•. ૫રં ુ કરારની Jુળ સમય
મયાદામાં વા૫રલ જoથાનો ભાવ તફાવત મળવાપા" થશે.
કામની Jુદત વધારવા ગેની દરખા તમાં rુરતી ચકાસણી કર િવલંબના કારણો ખાતાની ¤ુલના
કારણે ક ઈPરદારની ¤ુલના કારણે હોય તે અલગ દશાવવાના રહશે.
આમ સીમે-ટ અને ટ લના ભાવફર આ૫વાની L જોગવાઈ છે તે Jુજબ જ ડામર માટ ૫ણ ઉ૫ર
જણા{યા અlુસાર Jુળ સમય મયાદા અને વધારલ સમય મયાદામાં ભાવ તફાવતlું zુકવ~ુ / વ\ુલાત
(ર કવર ) કામના zુકવણાના ચાMુ બીલોમાં કરવાની રહશે.
અlુસધ
ં ાનમાં દશાવેલ ૫Sર૫"ોની અ-ય \ુચનાઓ યથાવત રહશે.
આ \ુધારો િવભાગના નાણાંક ય સલાહકાર|ીની તા.રર-૧-ર૦૦૭ની નpધથી મળે લ સંમિત અ-વયે બહાર
પાડવામાં આવે છે . આ ૫Sર૫"નો અમલ ૫Sર૫"ની તાર ખથી નવા bાફટ ટ-ડરમાં કરવાનો રહશે.
$ુજરાતના રાજયપાલ|ીના Œુકમથી અને તેમના નામે,
( પી.બી.શાહ )
ઉ૫સVચવ (યં અને ઓ)
માગ અને મકાન િવભાગ
Oિત,
સવƒ અિધ ક ઈજનેર|ીઓ.
ુ
માગ અને મકાન િવભાગ હઠળના તમામ (પંચાયત, મા.મ.વ ળ,/રા.ધો.મા./રા.ર ુ
તા વ ળ)
નકલ રવાના :-
૧. સવƒ કાયપાલક ઈજનેર|ીઓ (પંચાયત મા.મ. િવભાગ, સSહત)
ર. િવભાગના દરક તાંિ"ક અિધકાર ઓ
૩. િવભાગની દરક તાંિ"ક શાખાઓ.
૪. નાણા શાખા, મા.મ.િવભાગ, સVચવાલય, ગાંધીનગર.
૫ િસલેકટ ફાઈલ ર૦૦૭
11
5
૬. ના.સ.અ.|ી, િસલેકટ ફાઈલ ર૦૦૭
૭. $ુજરાત કો-[ાકટસ એસોશીએશન, અમદાવાદ
તા.૧૩/૫/૨૦૦૭
પ Sર પ " :-
ડામરકામની $ુણવ%ા Pળવાવ કોર સે8પલ લેવા માટ કોરકટ0ગ મશીન ઇPરદારોએ
વસાવવાlું ઉપરોકત સંદભ (ર) ના પSરપ"થી ફર˜જયાત ઠરાવી નવી નpધણી તથા ર -^ુઅલ કરતી વખતે
ચકાસણી કરવા િનણય કરલ છે . ે"ીય ક ાએ કામો પર સે8પલ લેવાય તથા યોય ર તે ચકાસણી થાય તે
માટ $ુણવ%ા િનયમનને પણ િવનંતી કરાયેલ છે . અlુભવે જણાયેલ છે ક ઇPરદાર|ી •વારા આ મશીનનો
{યાપક Oમાણમાં ઉપયોગ કરવામાં આવતો નથી. Lના કારણે ડામર કામની $ુણવ%ાની ચકાસણી {યાપક
Oમાણમાં થઇ શકતી નથી.
સધન િવચારણાના તે હવે પછ મંuુર થનાર ભાવJુસ¦ા પ"કમાં નીચે દશાવેલ ખાસ શરતો
દાખલ કરવાlું આથી નકક કરવામાં આવે છે .
(૧) કોરકટ0ગ મશીનનો {યાપક ર તે ઉપયોગ થઇ શક તથા ર તાઓના ડામરકામની $ુણવ%ાની ચકાસણી
ુ ર નીચે દશાવેલ શરત દાખલ કરવાlું નકક કરવામાં આવે છે .
િવિધવત ર તે થઇ શક તે હ સ
ુ ત Pડાઇ(બીએસh.બી.બીએમ િસવાય) હોય તેવા ર તના કામમાં
૫૦ મી.મી. થી વFુ ડામર કામની સં^ક
દર ૨૫૦ મીટર દ ઠ એક (ોસ સેકશન પર ડામર કામની પહોળાઇ અlુસાર બે થી ચાર કોરસે8 પલ ઇPરદાર
પોતાના કોરકટ0ગ મશીન વડ સંબિં ધત નાયબ કાયપાલક ઇજનેર|ીની હાજર માં મેળવી આપવાના રહશે
અને આ સૈ8પલ સીલ કર મા-ય લેબોરટર મારફત થીકનેશ, ડ-સીટ તથા બીટ^ુમીનસ કો-ટ-ટના પSર ણ
કરાવી પSરણામો મેળવવાના રહશે. સંતોષકારક પSરણામો આ{યા \ુધી ડામર કામની zુકવવાપા" રકમના પ
ટકા રકમ વીથ હZડ રાખવામાં આવશે L રકમ સંતોષકારક પSરણામો મ§યા બાદ જ @ટ કરાશે. પરં ુ
સંતોષકારક પSરણામ નહ મેળવવાના Sક સાઓમાં કરારની અ-ય શરતો અlુસાર કાયવાહ થઇ શકશે.
(ર) બી.૧ તથા બી. ર કરાર ફોમમાં કામ પર ઇPરદાર એ-hનીયર રાખવાની જોગવાઇને અસરકારક
બનાવવા kા.૧૦૦ લાખ ક તેથી વFુ રકમની ટ-ડરમાં Jુકલ દાh રકમના કામો માટ નીચે દશાવેલ શરત
દાખલ કરવાlું આથી નકક કરવામાં આવેછે. કરાર હઠળના કામ પર ઇPરદાર ¥લટાઇમ કવોલીફાઇડ
એ-hનીયર િન^ુકત કરવાનો રહશે. L ગે કામનો વકઓડર મ§યે Sદન-૧૫ માં કાયપાલક ઇજનેર|ીની
Pણ હઠળ, નાયબ કાયપાલક ઇજનેર|ીને િન^ુકત ઇજનેરના નામ, કવોલીફ કશન, માકશીટ, સટ€ફ કટ,
કલરફોટોQાફ, િન^ુSકતનો Œુકમ વગેર િવગત રuુ કરવાની રહશે તથા કામ પર હાજર થયા ગેનો ર પોટ
આપવાનો રહશે. L અlુસાર કરાર હઠળના કામ પર કવોલીફાઇડ ઇજનેરની ઉપરોકત શરત Jુજબ િન^ુકતી
થાય તથા થળ પર ખરખર કામગીર ન સંભાળે tયાં \ુધીના સમયગાળા તેમજ કામ ચાMુ રહ તે સમય
દર8યાન િન^ુકત કરલ ઇજનેર કામગીર સંભાળશે નહ તો તે સમયગાળા માટ k. ૧૫૦૦૦ Oિત માસ લેખે
Vબલમાંથી કપાત કરવામાં આવશે. L નોનર ફંડબલ રહશે.
11
7
ઉપરોકત જોગવાઇઓનો હવે પછ મંuુર કરાનાર ભાવJુસ”ૃા પ"કમાં તાtકાVલક અસરથી સામેલ
કરવાની આથી \ુચના આપવામાં આવે છે . Lની zુ તપણે અમલ થાય તેની સંબિં ધત અિધકાર એ તકદાર
રાખવાની રહશે.
(અશોક પંડયા)
ઉપસVચવ
11
8
કp-[ાકટરોને આયાતી ડામર નો ઉપયોગ
કરવાની પરવાનગી આપવા બાબત
$ુજરાત સરકાર
(એસ.ક.પરમાર) ઉપસVચવ
માગ અને મકાન િવભાગ
Oિત, ુ સSહત)
માગ અને મકાન િવભાગ હઠળનાસવƒ અિધ ક ઇજનેર|ીઓ,(પંચાયત ,મા.મ વ ળ
નકલરવાના:---સવƒ કાયપાલક ઇજનેર|ીઓ, પંચાયત અને મા.મ િવભાગો સSહત
---િવભાગના સવƒ તાંિ"ક અિધકાર |ીઓ---િવભાગનીસવƒ તાંિ"ક શાખાઓ---નાણા શાખા,માગ અને મકાન
િવભાગ, સVચવાલય ગાંધીનગર---સીલેકટ ફાઇલ
$ુજરાત સરકાર
સVચવાલય ગાંધીનગર
તા.૮/૧૨/૨૦૦૮
(એસ.ક.પરમાર)
Oિત,
ુ અને પંચાયત સSહત)
માગ અને મકાન િવભાગ હઠળનાસવƒ અિધ ક ઇજનેર|ીઓ,( મા.મ વ ળ
નકલરવાના:
---સીલેકટ ફાઇલ
4 ુ કચેર
વ3ળ હ7તકમના 8.૧ કરોડથી વ;ુ રકમના
વાઇડનીગ અને 7=>?ધનીગના કામોમા કો@પેકશનની
કામગીર અગેની ુ નાઓ
ચ
પSરપ"(માંક એસએસઆર-૧0૨૦૦૮-૧૮-સી
માગ અને મકાન િવભાગ
સVચવાલય ગાંધીનગર
તા.૧૩/૧૦/૨૦૦૮
પ-રપ. :
ુ કચેર હ તકના k.૧ કરોડથી વFુરકમના વાઇડનીગ અને [j-ધનીગના કામોમા કો8પેકશનની
વ ળ
L કામગીર કરવામા આવેછે, તેમાં દરક તરlુ કો8પેકશન {¨વ‹ થત થાયતે જkર છે . આ કામગીર ની
ચકાસણી દરક લેયર ફરhયાત પણે ડj-સીટોમીટર થી Qીડ Oમાણે ઇPરદાર|ી પાસેથી તૈયાર કરાવીને
મેળવવાની રહશે. Lની ચકાસણી સંબિં ધત નાયબ કાયપાલક ઇજનેર અને મદદનીશ / અિધક મદદનીશ
12
1
ઇજનેર|ીએ પણ કરવાની રહશે. ઇજરદાર|ીએ કરલ કામની ડj-સીટ rુરrુર મ§યાબાદજ Sકલયરં નસ
અપાય અને tયારબાદજ બીP લેયરની કામગીર હાથ ધરાય તે જોવાની આથી \ુચના આપવામા આવે છે .
ઇPરદાર|ીને તેમણે કરલ કામગીર ગે •યાર પણ Vબલની zુકવણી કરવાની થાય tયાર
ઉપરોeત \ુચવેલ પ•ધિત Oમાણે L કામ કરવામાં આવેલ છે (ક કમ?) તેની ખરાઇ દરક અિધ ક ઇજનેર|ી
પાસે કરા{યાબાદજ Vબલlુ zુકવ~ુ કરવાlુ રહશે.
k.૧ કરોડથી ઉપરના દરક કામોમાં સાઇટ ઉપર ઇPરદાર|ીનો •-hનીયર ફરhયાત પણે હોવો
જોઇએ અને આ ઇજનેરlુ ઓળખપ" પણ ઇPરદાર|ીએ આપવાlુ રહશે અને આ ઓળખપ"ની એક નકલ
સંબિં ધત અિધ ક ઇજનેર|ીની કચેર માં રાખવાની રહશે.જો ઇPરદા|¢નો ઇજનેર સાઇટઉપર હાજર ન રહતો
હોયતો ઇPરદાર|ીને જkર નોટ સ પાઠવવાની રહશે. અને આમ છતાં પણ ઇPરદાર|ી સાઇટ ઉપર તેમનો
ઇજનેર ન Jુકતો તેમlુ રh [શન ૩ વષ માટ રદ કરવા િનયમાlુસારની દરખા ત કરવી.•યાર મા"
વાઇડનીગની કામગીર ઇPરદાર કરવાની હોય અને હયાત કરજવેની [j-ધનીગ ની કામગીર કરવાની હોય
tયાર ઇPરદાર વાઇડનીગની પહોળાઇમાં ધારાધોરણ Jુજબના કો8પેકશન માટ બેબી રોલર લાવGુ ફરhયાત
રહશે અને ઉપર જણા{યા Oમાણેની ચકાસણી પણ કરવાની રહશે.
નવા ડ ટ પી મંuુર થાય તેમ ાં ઉપર Jુજબની શરત ખાસ Jુકવા તેમજ હાલ L કામો Oગિત હઠળછે
તેમાં પણ ઉપરોeત \ુચનાઓ Jુજબ ફર˜જયાતપણે કાયવાહ કરવા \ુચના આપવાનમાં આવે છે .
(એસ.ક.ચૌહાણ)
ખાસ ફરજ પરના અિધકાર ( એસ.પી)
માગ અને મકાન િવભાગ
સવƒ Jુ ય ઇજનેર અને અિધક સVચવ|ીઓ, માગ અને મકાન િવભાગ સVચવાલય ગાંધીનગર સવƒ ઉપ
સVચવ|ીઓ, માગ અને મકાન િવભાગ સVચવાલય ગાંધીનગર સવƒ અિધ ક ઇજનેર |ીઓ, માગ અને મકાન
ુ
વ ળ/ ુ િવભાગ/નેશનલહાઇવે વ ળ/
પંચાયત મા.મ વ ળ ુ ુ
પાટનગરયોજના (માગ અને મકાન) વ ળ
ુ /રા•ય માગ યોજના વ ળ
/આલેખન (માગ અને મકાન)વ ળ ુ સSહત સવƒ કાયપાલક ઇજનેર |ીઓ, માગ
ુ
અને મકાન વ ળ/ ુ િવભાગ/નેશનલ હાઇવે વ ળ/
પંચાયત મા.મ વ ળ ુ પાટનગરયોજના (માગ અને
ુ
મકાન) વ ળ
માગ અને મકાન િવભાગમાં હાલ k. ૫૦ લાખથી વFુ રકમના ટ-ડરો ઈ-ટ-ડર ૫Uધિતથી મેળવવામાં આવે છે. Oવતતી ૫Uધિત
Jુજબ ટ-ડર ફ તથા અનƒ ટ ડ પોઝીટ િવભાગીય કચેર એ •ુ બ•ુ ચોકકસ સમયમયાદા માં મેળ{યા બાદ એજ-સીના ટ-ડર ખોલવામાં આવે છે.
આ ૫Uધિતમાં મળે લ ફર યાદ Uયાનમાં લેત ા ઈ ટ-ડર ૫Uધિતમાં નીચે Jુજબ ફરફાર કરવા િનણય લેવ ામાં આવે છે. આ શરતનો સમાવેશ દરક
ટ-ડર નોટ સ - ટ-ડરના Jુસદામાં કરવાનો રહશે.
Demand Draft for E.M.D. & Tender fee shall be submitted in electronic format only through
online (by scanning) while uploading the bid. This submission shall mean that E.M.D. & tender fee
are received for purpose of opening the bid. Accordingly offer of those shall be opened whose
E.M.D. & tender fee is received electronically. However for the purpose of realization of D.D.
bidder shall send the D.D. in original through R.P.A.D. so as to reach to Executive Engineer
Division ………… within 7 days from the last date of uploading penaltative action for not
submitting D.D. in Original to E.E. by bidder shall be initiated. D.D. for Exemption Certificate is
not necessary. However Exemption Certificate shall have to be submitted Electronically through
online.
Any documents in supporting of tender bid shall be submitted in electronic format only
through online (by scanning etc) & hard copy will not accepted separately.
ટ-ડર માટ બાનાની રકમ (ઈ.એમ.ડ .)તથા ટ-ડર ફ ના ડ મા-ડ bાફટ ઓન લાઈન કન કર ઈલેક[ોનીક ફોરમેટમાં ટ-ડર અ૫લોડ
કરવાનો રહશે. આ Oકાર uુ થયેલ િવગતે બાનાની રકમ અને ટનડર ફ મળે લ ગણવાની રહશે અને તદઅlુસાર ટ-ડર ખોવામાં આવશે તે
અlુસાર ઈલેક[ોનીક ફોરમેટમાં બાનાની રકમ અને ટ-ડર ફ મળે લ હોય તેની જ ઓફર ખોલવામા આવશે. ખરખર zુકવણા માટ ટ-ડર ભરનાર
ડ મા-ડ bાફટ અસલમાં રh ટડ પો ટ એ.ડ . ને કાયપાલક ઈજનેર|ી, ........................િવભાગ ................ ને અ૫લોડ ગની છેZલી તાર ખથી
Sદન-૭ માં મળે તે અlુસાર રuુ કરવાના રહશે. અસલમાં ડ મા-ડ bાફટ નહ મોકલનાર સામે િશ ાtમક ૫ગલા શ•ુ કરવામાં આવશે. બાના
JુSકત માટ ડ મા-ડ bાફટ જ•ુર બનશે નહ . ૫રં ુ JુSકતના Oમાણ૫" ઈલેક[ોનીક ઓન લાઈન રuુ કરવાlુ ં રહશે.
ટ-ડર બીડના માટ જ•ુર આધાર માટના કોઈ ૫ણ ડોક^ુમે-ટ ઓન લાઈન ઈલેક[ોનીક ફોરમેટમાં કન કર મોકલવાના રહશે. અને હાડ
કોપી અલાયદ ર તે વીકારવામાં આવશે નહ .
$ુજ રાત રાજયપાલ|ીના Œુકમથી અને તેમના નામે,
ઉ૫સVચવ
માગ અને મકાન િવભાગ
Oિત
સવ અિધ ક ઈજનેર|ીઓ
રાજય િવભાગ - પંચાયત મા.મ. વ ળ-
ુ ને.હા. વ ળ-
ુ પા.યો.વ ળ
ુ
રા.મા.યો. વ ળ
ુ ગાધીનગર સહ ત
સવ શાખાઓ મા.મ. િવભાગ સVચવાલય ગાંધીનગર
12
3
$ુજ રાત સરકાર
માગ અને મકાન િવભાગ
૫Sર૫" (માક ૫રચ-૧૦ર૦૦૮-૫-સ (પાટ ફાઇલ)
સVચવાલય ગાંધીનગર
તા. ૨૭-૧૧-ર૦૦૮
૫Sર૫"
માગ અને મકાન િવભાગમાં હાલ માં ટ-ડરો ઈ-ટ-ડર ૫Uધિતથી મેળવવામાં આવે છે. તે -વયે સમાન (માંકના તા.૧૮/૧/૦૮ ના
પSરપ" માં ટ-ડર ફ અને બાનાની રકમ L તે કાયપાલક ઈજનેર|ી ને ખરખર zુકવવા માટ Sદન-૭ મં અસલમાં રh ટડ પો ટ એ.ડ થી
મોકલવાની તેમજ અસલમાં ડ મા-ડ bાફટ નSહ મોકલનાર સામે િશ ાtમક પગલા લેવાની જોગવાઇ હતી. ઉપરોકત પSરપ"માં નીચે Jુજબ
શ:ત \ુધારો કર આ શરત નો સમાવેશ ટ-ડર નોટ સ/ ટ-ડર Jુસ¦ામાં Through R.P.A.D. so as to reach to Executive
Engineer Division ………… within 7 days from the last date of uploading ને બદલે “ to S.E at the
time of tender opening or Send the same through R.P.A.D. so as to reach to Executive Engineer
Division ………… within 7 days from the last date of opening.” \ુધારો કરવામા આવે છે .તેમજ ખરખર
ટ-ડર ફ તેમજ બાનાની રકમ િનયત સમયમાં ઇPરદાર ન ભર તો ઇPરદારની નોધણી એક વષ માટ એબy-સ માં રાખવાની કાયવાહ કર ઇ-
ટj-ડર ગ નો કોડ એક વષ માટ રદ કરાશે.
(આર.ક. ચૌહાણ)
ખાસ ફરજ પર ના અિધકાર
માગ અને મકાન િવભાગ
Oિત
સવƒ Jુ ય ઇજનેર અન અિધક સVચવ|ી, માગ અને મકાન િવભાગ સVચવાલય ગાંધીનગર
સવƒ ઉપસVચવ|ી, માગ અને મકાન િવભાગ સVચવાલય ગાંધીનગર
સવ અિધ ક ઈજનેર|ીઓ ,રાજય િવભાગ - પંચાયત મા.મ. વ ળ-
ુ ને.હા. વ ળ-
ુ પા.યો.વ ળરા.મા.યો.
ુ વ ળ
ુ ગાધીનગર સહ ત
સવ કાયપાલક ઈજનેર|ીઓ , માગ અને મકાન વ ળ
ુ - પંચાયત મા.મ. વ ળ-
ુ ને.હા. વ ળ-
ુ પા.યો.વ ળરા.મા.યો.
ુ વ ળ
ુ
ગાધીનગર સહ ત
સવ શાખાઓ મા.મ. િવભાગ સVચવાલય ગાંધીનગર
સીલેકટ ફાઈલ
12
4
ટj-ડર માં ભરલ અસામા-ય ઊચા ભાવોના સંદભƒ કામ પર પડતા ખચ પર િનયં"ણ રાખવા તથા
કામની નાણાક ય Oગિત ભૌિતક Oગિત સાથે \ુમેળમાં રહ તે માટ જkર જોગવાઇ કરવા બાબત
$ુજ રાત સરકાર
માગ અને મકાન િવભાગ
૫Sર૫" (માક ૫રચ-૧૦ર૦૦૮-૬૧-સ
સVચવાલય ગાંધીનગર
તા. ૨૭-૧૧-ર૦૦૮
૫-ર૫.:ટj-ડર માં અસામા-ય ઊચા ક નીચા ભાવો ઇPરદાર|ીઓ žારા ઘણી વાર ભરાતા હોવાlુ સરકાર|ીના •યાન પર આવેલછે. આવા
Sક સાઓ માં કામની નાણાક ય અને ભૌિતક Oગિત નો \ુમેળ ન રહવાની સંભાવના રહલી છે. .આથી કામની ભૌિતક Oગિત Oમાણે નાણાક ય
Oગિત રહ ક Lથી સરકાર|ી પર સમય પહલા અયોXય નાણાક ય બોજ ન પડ તે માટ નીચી Jુજબની જોગવાઇ ટj-ડર મા કરવાનો િનણય
કરવામાં આવેલછે.આ જોગવાઇ તમામ કામો ના આ પSરપ"ની તાર ખ પછ મંuુર થતા ડ .ટ .પી માં અzુક કરવાની રહશે.
જોગવાઇ: L કોઇ આઇટમનો ભરલ ભાવ, તે આઇટમ ના ટj-ડર માં Jુકલ દાhભાવ કરતાં ટj-ડર માં Jુકલ દાh રકમથી સમQ ટ-ડર LટMુ
ઊzુ ક નીzુ મંuુર થ^ુ હોય તે ટકાવાર થી ૧૦% થી વFુ «ચો રહતો હોય તેવી આઇટમlુ zુક વ~ુ રનીગ બીલ વખતે તે આઇટમના દાગhત
ભાવ + / - મંuુર ટj-ડરની ટકાવાર + તે આઇટમના દાh ભાવ ના ૫% ની મયાદામાં કરવામા આવશે. આ ર તે વીથહZડ કરલ રકમ કામ
સંતોષકારક r ૂણ થયે ફાઇનલબીલ મંuૂર કરતી વખતે {યાજભારણ વગર ¬ટ કરવામાં આવશે.
ઉદાહરણ: ઉeત જોગવાઇની પgટ સમજણ માટ આ સાથે આપેલ ઉદાહરણ •યાને લેG.ું
• ૧ • ટ-ડરમાં Jુકલ દાh રકમ • k. • ૧૦૦/-
• ૨ • મંuૂર થયેલ ટ-ડર ની રકમ • k. • ૧૧૦/-
• ૩ • ટ-ડરમાં Jુકલ દાh રકમ સામે ખરખર મંuૂર થયેલ ટ-ડર ની ટકાવાર • • ૧૦%
• ૪ • ટ-ડરમાં એક આઇટમનો ટ-ડર મા Jુકલ દાh ભાવ • k. • ૧૦/-
• ૫ • તે આઇટમનો ભરલ ભાવ • k. • ૧૪/-
• ૬ • તે આઇટમનો ભરલ ઉચા ભાવની ટકાવાર • • ૪૦%
• ૭ • તે આઇટમ માટ રિન•ગ બીલ વખતે zુકવવાપા" ભાવ • k. • ૧૦ + કોલમ 3 Oમાણે ૧૦%
«ચા + દાh ભાવના ૫% =
k.૧૧.૫૦
• ૮ • ફાઇનલ Vબલ વખતે {યાજભારણ વગર zુકવવાપા" અને વીથહZડ રાખેલ • k. • ૧૪.૦૦ – ૧૧.૫૦ = k. ૨.૫૦
ભાવ
જો સદર આઇટમના ભાવ k.૧૨.૦૦ ક તેથી નીચા ભરલ હોય તો રિનગબીલ માં ભાવ કપાત આ જોગવાઇ Jુજ બ કરવાની રહત
નSહ.
(આર.ક. ચૌહાણ)
ખાસ ફરજ પર ના અિધકાર
માગ અને મકાન િવભાગ
Oિત:
તમામ અિધ ક ઈજનેર|ીઓ, માગ અને મકાન િવભાગ
તમામ કાયપાલક ઈજનેર|ીઓ , માગ અને મકાન િવભાગ
નકલ રવાના: ૧) સVચવ|ીના ગતમદદનીશ,મા.મ.િવભાગ ૨) તમામ Jુ ય ઇજનેર|ી અને અ.સ.|ી,મા.મ.િવભાગ
૩) તમામ તાિ"ક ઉપસVચવ|ીઓ, મા.મ.િવભાગ ૪) ના.કા.ઇ.|ીઓ, મા.મ.િવભાગ Oોપર
૫) નાણાશાખા , મા.મ.િવભાગ૬) ના.િસ.અ. િસલેeટ ફાઇલ ૭) શાખા સીલેકટ
12
5
AF\WSFDGF D8LZL8<; T[DH SMd5MG[g8; ;[d5,GL U]6JtTF DF8[GF 5ZL1F6 5{SLGF (_@ 5ZL1F6 :Y/ 5Z TYF !_@ 5ZL1F6
;ZSFZ DFgI ,[AMZ[8ZL q U[ZL wJFZF TYF !_@ U[ZL ,[AMZ[8ZLDF\ SZFJJF AFATP
U]HZFT ;ZSFZ
DFU" VG[ DSFG lJEFU4
5lZ5+ S|DF\S 5ZRq!_Zq*qZ(q;
;lRJF,I4 UF\WLGUZ
TFP #!q!ZqZ__)
5lZ5+ AF\WSFDGF D8LZLI<; T[DH SMd5MG[g8;GF ;[d5,GL U]6JtTF DF8[GF 5lZ1F6 CF, U[ZL S[ ;ZSFZ DFgI ;\:YF s,[AMZ[8ZLf
DFZOT[ SZJFDF\ VFJ[ K[4 SFDMGL 5|UlTGL ;DL1FF NZdIFG 1F[+LI VlWSFZLVM TZOYL HF6JF D/[, K[ S[ pST CIFT 5|lS|IFDF\
8[:8L\UGF 5lZ6FDM lJ,\AYL D/[ K[4 H[DF\ ;DI 56 B}A jIlTT YFI K[P >HFZNFZ V[;M;LI[XG TZOYL VFJL ZH]VFTM D/[ K[4
VFYL VF D]xS[,L wIFG[ ,[TF\ .HFZNFZzL wJFZF H[ T[ SFD DF8[ :YF5JFDF\ VFJTL
,[AMZ[8ZLDF\ :Y/ 5Z H 5lZ1F6 SZJFDF\ VFJ[ TM lJ,\A lGJFZL XSFI T[ AFAT lJRFZ6F C[9/GL CTL4 5]bT
lJRFZ6FGF V\T[ GLR[ D]HAGL GLlT CF,GF TASS[ VG];ZJF GSSL SZJFDF\ VFjI]\ K[P GLR[ H6FJ[, 5ZL1F6MDF\ 5|JT"DFG 5wWlTDF\
O[ZOFZ SZL O|LSJgXL VG];FZ H~ZL 5lZ1F6M 5{SL !_@ ;ZSFZ DFgI,[AMZ[8ZLq U[ZL TYF !_@ U[ZL ,[AMZ[8ZL VG[ (_@ OL<0
,[AMZ[8ZL wJFZF SZFJJFGF ZC[X[P 5Z\T] U[ZLDF\ GLR[GF NZ[S 5{SL VMKDF\ VMK]\ ! sV[Sf 5ZL1F6 U[ZL ,[AMZ[8ZLDF\ SZJFG]\ ZC[X[
TYF VMKFDF\ VMK]\ V[S 5ZL1F6 U[ZLq ;ZSFZ DFgI
,[AMZ[8ZLDF\ SZFJJFGM ZC[X[P H[DF\ GLR[ NXF"J[, 5ZL1F6M :Y/ 5Z SZJFGF ZC[ K[P
XZTM ov
!P .HFZNFZ[ SFDGL U]6JtTF DF8[ WFZF WMZ6 5|DF6[GL VG[ p5Z H6FJ[, 5lZ1F6M DF8[ 5|DFl6T YI[, H~ZL TDFD
;FWGM ;lCTGL lO<0 8[:8L\U ,[AMZ[8ZL :J BR[" SFDGF :Y/[ IMuI HuIF p5Z :YF5JFGL ZC[X[P Z:TFGF SFD DF8[
,FU] 50TF %,Fg8GF :Y/G[ SFDG]\ :Y/ U6L XSFIP 5Z\T] SFDG]\ :Y/ ,[AMZ[8ZLYL N}Z CMI TM .HFZNFZzL wJFZF
DMAF., ,[AMZ[8ZLGL H~ZL jIJ:YF ZFBJFGL ZC[X[P 12
6
ZP SFP.PzL HIFZ[ :Y/ 5Z T[VMG]\ R[SL\U SZJF HFI tIFZ[ 8[:8L\U T[VMV[ T[DGL ~A~DF\ 56 SZJFG]\ ZC[X[P
#P WFZF WMZ6 5|DF6[GF 5ZL1F6MGL ;\bIF 5{SL (_@ 5ZL1F6 lO<0 ,[AMZ[8ZLDF\ .HFZNFZGF VlWS'T SJM,LOF.0
.HG[Z S[ H[VMG[ ;\A\lWT SFI"5F,S .HG[ZzL V[ I-CARD VF5[, CMI T[DGF wJFZF BFTFGF GFPSFP.Pq DP.Pq
VPDP.P GL CFHZLDF\ H SZJFGF ZC[X[ VG[ 5ZL6FDMDF\ ;\I]ST ;CLVM SZJFGL ZC[X[ HIFZ[ !_@ 5ZL1F6
U[ZLq;ZSFZ DFgI ,[AMZ[8ZL sVMKFDF\ VMK]\ V[S 5ZL1F6f VG[ !_@ U[ZL ,[AMZ[8ZL sVMKFDF\ VMK]\ V[S 5ZL1F6f
DFZOT[ SZFJJFGF ZC[X[P
$P S], 5ZL1F6MGF (_@ 5ZL1F6 V[S H :Y/[ V[SH ;DI[ V[SH TASSFDF\ GCL SZTF\ SFDGL 5|UlT D]HA H[ TASSFV[ T[
SFDULZLG[ VG]~5 H[ D8LZLI<; JF5ZJFG]\ YT]\ CMI T–VG];FZ X~VFTGF TASSFDF\ ZFBJ]\ JrR[GF TASSFDF\ T[DH
VFBZL TASSFDF\ SZFJJFG]\ ZC[X[P VFD KTF\ VF AFAT[ :YFlGS S1FFV[YL GFPSFP.PzL V[ H~ZLIFT D]HA TASSFJFZ
5ZL1F6M GSSL SZJFGF ZC[X[P
5P U]6JtTF lGIDG WFZF WMZ6 5|DF6[GF AWFH ZHL:8Z lGIlDT ZLT[ lGEFJJFGF ZC[X[4 VG[ T[ H[ T[ :Y/[
,[AMZ[8ZLDF\ p5,aW ZC[ T[D ZFBJFGF ZC[X[P
&P HM SM. SFZ6;Z 8[:8L\UGF ;FWG V5|F%I CMI VYJF J;FJJFDF\ ;DI HFI T[D CMI S[ jIJCF~ G CMI s H[D S[
.,[S8=MD[l8S A[ZL\U f TM VFJF 5ZL1F6M U[ZLq;ZSFZ DFgI ;\:YFVMDF\ SZFJL XSFX[P VG[ VF AFATGM lG6"I
;\A\lWT SFP.PzLq GFPSFP.PzL V[ SZJFGM ZC[X[P U[ZLDF\ G Y. XS[ T[JF 8[:8 ;ZSFZ DFgI ,[AMZ[8ZLDF\ SZFJL XSFIP
*P lJEFUGF 1F[l+I TF\l+S :8FO[ GFPSFP.Pq DP.Pq VPDP.P V[ T[DH .HFZNFZGF TF\l+S :8FO wJFZF U[ZLDF\ 5ZL1F6
HFT[ SZJFGM ;\TMQFSFZS VG]EJ D[/JL VF AFATG]\ U[ZLG]\ 5|DF65+ 56 D[/JJFG]\ ZC[X[P H[ T[ lH<,Fq5|FN[lXS
:TZ[ U[ZLGL ,[AMZ[8ZLDF\ SMQF" Sg0S8 SZJF DF8[ H~ZL OL H[ T[ lJEFUGF SFP.PzL V[ R]SJJFGL ZC[X[ VG[ SFI"JFCL
;DIAwW 5}6" YFI T[ DF8[ ;\A\lWT VP.PzL V[ VF SFDULZLGL JBTMJBT ;DL1FF SZJFGL ZC[X[P
(P VF 5lZ5+YL p5Z H6FJ[, 5ZL1F6M 5{SL (_@ 5ZL1F6 1F[l+I ,[AMZ[8ZLDF\ SZJFGM ;DI TFP!q!qZ_!_ YL
SZJFGM ZC[X[P
)P U[ZLDF\ 8[:8L\U SZFJTF\ ;DI[ U[ZLGM 8[:8L\U RFH" tJZLT EZJFGM ZC[X[P H[YL 5ZL1F6GF 5ZL6FDM ;DI;Z D[/JL
XSFIP
sVFZPS[PRF{CF6f
BF; OZH 5ZGF VlWSFZL slJPIMPf
DFU" VG[ DSFG lJEFUP
5|lT4
!P DFGPD\+LzL sDFPDPf lJEFUGF V\UT ;lRJzLGL HF6 ;F~P
ZP D]P.PzL sDFPDPf VG[ VP;PzL4 DFU" VG[ DSFG lJEFU4 ;lRJF,I4 UF\WLGUZP
#P D]P.PzL s5\RFPf VG[ VP;PzL4 DFU" VG[ DSFG lJEFU4 ;lRJF,I4 UF\WLGUZP
$P D]P.PzL sG[PCFPf VG[ VP;PzL4 DFU" VG[ DSFG lJEFU4 ;lRJF,I4 UF\WLGUZP
5P D]P.PzL s5FPIMPf VG[ VP;PzL4 DFU" VG[ DSFG lJEFU4 ;lRJF,I4 UF\WLGUZP
&P D]P.PzL sU]PlGPf VG[ VP;PzL4 DFU" VG[ DSFG lJEFU4 ;lRJF,I4 UF\WLGUZP
*P lGIFDSzL sV[;8L;Lf :8FO 8=[GL\U SM,[H4 UF\WLGUZP
(P D]P.PzL s5LV[G5Lf DFU" VG[ DSFG lJEFU4 ;lRJF,I4 UF\WLGUZP
)P GF6F\SLI ;,FCSFZzL sDFPDPlJPf4 GF6F\ lJEFU4 ;lRJF,I4 UF\WLGUZP
!_P ;J[" VP.PzLVM DFPDP JT]"/4 5[8FqDFPDP JT]"/qG[PCFP JT]"/q V[S;5|[;vJ[vJT]"/q 5F8GUZ IMHGF JT]"/P
!!P ;J[" SFP.PzLVM p5I]"ST JT]"/M C:TSGF ;J[" lJEFUMP
!ZP ;J[" 5|MH[S8 XFBFVM sZ:TFG[ ,UTLf DFU" VG[ DSFG lJEFU4 ;lRJF,I4 UF\WLGUZP
!$P ;L,[S8 OF.,P
12
7
As per Govt R & B Deptt. Letter No. C.E. (R & B) Office 46/2007 Dated 25/7/2007
Demand draft for EMD Pre qualification bid & Tender fee shall be submitted in electronic format
only through on line (by scanning) while uploading the bid, This submission shall mean that EMD &
tender fee is received electronically. However for the purpose of realization of demand draft. bidder
shall send the Demand Draft in original through R.P.A.D. so as to reach to Executive Engineer, R &
B Division Ahmedabad. During dt.3/12/2016 to 9/12/2016 . Penaltative action for not submitting
Demand Draft in original to EE by bidder shall be initiated Demand Draft for Exemption Certificate is
not necessary. However Exemption Certificate shall have to be submitted electronically through
online.
Any documents in supporting of bid shall be submitted in electronic format only through online
(by scanning etc) & hard copy will not accepted separately.
12
8
ÖëIÀëìáÀ/çÜÝÜÝëýØëÑ ÃðÉßëÖ çßÀëß
¿Üë_ÀÑÕßÇ-2010-171322/(21)Í.1 ÜëÃý ±Þõ ÜÀëÞ ìäÛëÃ
14/3, çßØëß ÛäÞ
çìÇäëáÝ, Ãë_ÔíÞÃß
Öë. 18/3/2012
−ìÖ,
±ìÔZëÀ ³ÉÞõßlí
Õ_ÇëÝÖ (Üë.Ü)äÖðýâ-1,2
ßëÉÀùË/±ÜØëäëØ
ìäWëÝ Ñ- ËõLÍß 20 ËÀë ×í äÔð ÞíÇë ±ëäÖë CëËëÍëÞí ßÀÜÜë_ Õ ËÀë áõÂõ
äÔëßëÞí çíÀÝðßíËí ÍíÕù{íË áõäë ±_Ãõ.
çõÀåÞ ±ìÔÀëßí
ÜëÃý ±Þõ ÜÀëÞ ìäÛëà 12
9
U]6JtTF lGIDGT\+ ,UT ZN SZJFGF YTF 5lZ5+q9ZFJ AFATP
ÃðÉßëÖ çßÀëß
ÜëÃý ±Þõ ÜÀëÞ ìäÛëÃ
ÕìßÕhë ¿Üë_ÀÑ U]lGHGq5lZ5+qZ_!5qU]Lg
;ZNFZEJG a,MS G\P!$
çìÇäëáÝ, Ãë_ÔíÞÃß
ÖëßíÂ Ñ 4/12/2015
;\NE"ov VlWS D]bI ;lRJzL ;FDFgI JCLJ8 lJEFUGM TFPZ$q*q!5 GM 5+S|DF\S V[;;LALv!_Z_!5
sZ$fs5$!*#_f s5F8"!f ;LPI]P
VFD]Bov
JCLJ8L 5\+DF\ ;Z/TF T[DH V[S;]+TF ZC[ T[ DF8[ H[ T[ lJQFIGL ;]RGFVM4 5lZ5+4 ;ZSFZL
9ZFJ :J~5[ JBTMJBT 5|l;wW SZJFDF\ VFJ[, CMI T[DH H[ 5lZ5+ S[ 9ZFJ CJ[ VD,DF\ ZC[TF G CMI T[JF
5lZ5+MG[ ;\Sl,T SZL VWTG ;\Sl,T ACFZ 5F0JFG] S[ ZN SZJF5F+ 5lZ5+MG[ ZN SZJF V\U[GL AFAT
;ZSFZzLGL lJRFZ6 C[9/ CTLP
9ZFJov
5]bT lJRFZ6F V\T[ ;ZSFZzL wJFZF pST AFAT[ VF ;FY[ GLR[ H6FJ[, 5lZ5+q9ZFJ VD,JFZL
SZJFGL ZN SZJFG] VFYL 9ZFJJFDF\ VFJ[ K[ SFZ6 S[ T[DG] VD,LSZ6 VD]S ;DIDIF"NFDF\ H SZJFG] YT]\ CT]
VG[ T[ ;DIDIF"NF 5]6" Y. UI[, CMI VF 5lZ5+q9ZFJ G[ CF, VD,DF] GYL VG[ ElJQIDF\ 56 T[GF 5Z
VD,JFZL SZJFGL ZC[TL GYLP T[YL VF 5lZ5+q9ZFJ G[ ZN U6JFGM ZC[X[P
sVFZPS[PRF{CF6f
BF; OZH 5ZGF VlWSFZLzLslJPIMf
DFU" VG[ DSFG lJEFU
UF\WLGUZ
U]HZFT ;ZSFZ
DFU" VG[ DSFG lJEFU4
9ZFJ S|DF\S ov 8LV[G;L q!_ qZ_!&qS,Mhv!* V[q ;]WFZMqs!f q ;
;ZNFZ EJG4 a,MS G\P !$
;lRJF,I4 UF\WLGUZ
TFP !Zq5qZ_!&
;\NE" ov DFU" VG[ DSFG lJEFUGF SFDM DF8[ lGIT SZ[, 8[g0Z OMD" ALv! VG] ALvZ GF S,MHv!* V[
DF\GL HMUJF.
VFD]B ov
U]HZFT ;ZSFZ DFU" VG[ DSFG lJEFU £FZF CFY WZJFDF\ VFJTF SFDM DF8[ lGIT SZ[, 8[g0Z OMD"
ALv! VG[ ALvZ GM p5IMU SZJFDF\ VFJ[ K[P VF SFDMDF\ 0LO[S8 ,FI[AL,L8L 5LZLI0 DF8[ lGIT SZ[,
8[g0Z OMD" ALv! VG[ ALvZ GF S,Mhv!* V[ D]HAGL SFI"JFCL SZJFDF\ VFJ[ K[P VF 0LO[S8 ,FI[AL,L8L
5LZLI0GL HMUJF.VMDF\ O[ZOFZ SZJFGL AFAT ;ZSFZzLGL ;lS|I lJRFZ6F C[9/ CTLP
9ZFJov
p5ZMST AFAT[ 5]bT lJRFZ6FGF V\T[ DFU" VG[ DSFG lJEFUGF SFDM DF8[ lGIT SZ[, 8[g0Z OMD"
ALv! VG[ ALvZ DF\GF 0LO[S8 ,FI[AL,L8L 5LZLI0 V\U[GF S,Mhv!* V[ DF\\GL HMUJF.VMDF\ GLR[
D]HAGM O[ZOFZ SZJFDF\ VFJ[ K[P
Clause Existing Provision Modified Provision
17 A (b) For all works costing more than Rs. For all works costing more than Rs.
50000/- and up to Rs. 1 crore (amount put 50000/- and up to Rs. 1 crore (amount
to tender), period shall be 6 months from put to tender), period shall be 12 months
the certified date of completion or one from the certified date of completion or
monsoon, whichever is later one monsoon, whichever is later
13
1
17 A (c) For major projects costing more than Rs. For major projects costing more than Rs.
1 crore, period shall be 12 months from 1 crore, (amount put to tender) period
the certified date of completion which shall be 36 months (thirty six) from the
should include one monsoon certified date of completion or three
monsoons whichever is later.
p5ZMST 9ZFJ ;ZBF S|DF\SGL OF., 5ZGL GM\WDF\ DFGGLI D\+LzL sDFPDPf GL TFP !_q_5qZ_!&
GF ZMH D\H]ZL D[/JL ACFZ 5F0JFDF\ VFJ[, K[P VF 9ZFJGF .:I] TFZLBYL p5ZMST ;]WFZ[, HMUJF.VMGM
R]:T56[ VD, SZJFGM ZC[X[P
U]HZFTGF ZFHI5F,zLGF C]SDYL VG[ T[DGF GFD[P
sVFZP S[P RF{CF6f
BF; OZH 5ZGF VlWSFZL slJPIMPf
DFU" VG[ DSFG lJEFU UF\WLGUZ
13
2
H[ .HFZNFZM ZHL:8=[XG WZFJTF CMI T[DGF H 8[g0Z
BM,JF AFAT
U]HZFT ;ZSFZ
DFU" VG[ DSFG lJEFU4
5lZ5+ S|DF\S ov 8LV[G;L v!_vZ_!& (FA-591-16)v _Zv ;L
;lRJF,I4 UF\WLGUZ
TFP _#v_)vZ_!&
J\RF6[ ,LWFov s!f 9ZFJ S|DF\S ov VFZHLV[Gv&_()v(v5F8"v!v;L TFP Z*v_!v!))(
sZf 9ZFJ S|DF\S ov VFZHLV[Gv&_()v(v5F8"v!v;L TFP _&v_(vZ_!!
5lZ5+ ov
S[8,LS DFPDP lJEFULI SR[ZLVM £FZF SMg8=FS8Z TZOYL ZHL:8=[XG ZLgI]V,q S[8[UZL ZLgI]V,GL VZHL SZJFDF\ VFJ[, CMI
56 T[DG]\ ZHL:8=[XG ZLgI]V,q S[8[UZL ZHL:8=[XG H[ T[ 8[g0Z BM,JFGL TFZLB[ G D/[, CMIq VF5JFDF\ VFJ[, G CMI T[D KTF\ T[DGF
8[g0Z BM,JFDF\ VFJ[, CTF\P 5lZ6FD[ VF 8[g0Z OZLJFZ D\UFJJFGF YFI K[ T[DH T[GF SFZ6[ SFDGF VD,LSZ6DF\ lJ,\A YFI K[P VFYL
CJ[ VF AFAT[ GLR[ D]HAGL SFI"5wWlT R]:T56[ VD,DF\ D]SJFGL ZC[X[P
SFI"5F,S .HG[ZzLq VlW1FS .HG[ZzL £FZF 8[g0Z BM,JFGL TFZLB[ H[ .HFZNFZM H[T[ 8[g0Z DF8[ 5F+TF 5|DF6[GL S1FFDF\
ZHL:8=[XG WZFJTF CMI T[DH H[T[ 8[g0Z DF8[GL H~ZL S[8[UZLq :5[xIL, S[8[UZLDF\ 56 ZHL:8=[XG WZFJTF CMI4 VFD VF AgG[ XZTM
5]6" SZTF CMI T[JF .HFZNFZMGF H 8[g0Z BM,JFGF ZC[X[P
8[g0Z BM,JFGL TFZLB[ H[ .HFZNFZGL ZHL:8=[XG ZLgI]V, q S[8[UZL ZHL:8=[XGGL 5|lS|IF 5]6" YI[, G CMI4 T[DGF 8[g0Z
BM,JFGF ZC[X[ GCLP T[D KTF\ VF 5|SFZGF 5F+TF G WZFJTF .HFZNFZMGF 8[g0Z BM,JFDF\ VFJX[ TM ;\A\lWTMGL HJFANFZL GSSL
SZJFDF\ VFJX[ T[GL U\ELZTFYL GM\W ,[JLP
VF 5lZ5+ U]HZFT ZFHI ACFZ ZHL:80" YI[, SMg8=FS8Z £FZF HM U]HZFTDF\ lJEFUGF SFDMGF 8[g0Z EZ[, CMI4 T[JF
lS:;FDF\ ,FU] 50X[ GCLP
sV[P V[GP lD:+Lf
p5 ;lRJ sZFPZPf
DFU" VG[ DSFGP
GS, ZJFGF ov
s!f DFP GFIA D]bI D\+LzL VG[ D\+LzLsDFPDPf lJEFUGF V\UT ;lRJzLGL HF6 ;F~P
sZf DFP ZFPSP D\+LzLGF V\UT ;lRJzLGL HF6 ;F~P
s#f D]P.PzL sDFPDPf VG[ VP;PzL4 DFP DP lJEFU4 ;lRJF,I4 UF\WLGUZP
s$f D]P.PzL s5\RFPf VG[ VP;PzL4 DFPDP lJEFU4 ;lRJF,I4 UF\WLGUZP
s5f D]P.PzL sG[PCFPf VG[ VP;PzL4 DFPDP lJEFU4 ;lRJF,I4 UF\WLGUZP
s&f D]P.PzL s5FPIMPf VG[ VP;PzL4 DFPDP lJEFU4 ;lRJF,I4 UF\WLGUZP
s*f D]P.PzL sU]PlGPf VG[ VP;PzL4 DFPDP lJEFU4 ;lRJF,I4 UF\WLGUZP
s(f lGIFDSzL sV[;8L;Lf :8FO 8=[GL\U SM,[H4 UF\WLGUZP
s)f D]P.PzL s5LV[G5Lf DFPDP lJEFU4 ;lRJF,I4 UF\WLGUZP
s!_fGF6F\SLI ;,FCSFZzL sDFPDPlJPf4 GF6F\ lJEFU4 ;lRJF,I4 UF\WLGUZP
s!!f;J[" VP.PzLVM DFPDP JT]"/4 5[8FqDFPDP JT]"/qG[PCFP JT]"/q V[S;5|[;vJ[vJT]"/q 5F8GUZ IMHGF JT]"/P
s!Zf;J[" SFP.PzLVM p5I]"ST JT]"/M C:TSGF ;J[" lJEFUMP
83
8[g0ZDF\ HyYF JWFZF TYF HyYF JWFZFGF EFJGF
DF5N\0DF\ ;]WFZ6F SZJF AFAT
U]HZFT ;ZSFZ
DFU" VG[ DSFG lJEFU4
a,MS G\P !$qZ4 ;ZNFZ EJG
;lRJF,I4 UF\WLGUZ
9ZFJ
8[g0ZDF\ HyYF JWFZF TYF HyYF JWFZFGF EFJGF DF5N\0 AFAT[ ALv! VG[ ALvZ 8[g0ZGF S,Mh !$PZ DF\ H6FjIF
D]HA JWFZF DF8[ #_ 8SF ;]WLGM HyYM 8[g0ZGF EFJYL VG[ #_ 8SFYL JW] HyYFDF\ JWFZM CMI TM H[ T[ JQF"DF\ SFDULZL SZ[,
CMI T[ JQF"GF V[;PVMPVFZPYL SZJFGL HMUJF. K[P
;NZC] HMUJF.DF\ ;]WFZ6F SZJF AFAT[ ;ZSFZzLDF\ 36F ,F\AF ;DIYL lJRFZ6F C[9/ CT]\ H[ VgJI[ GLR[
D]HAGM ;]WFZM SZJFDF\ VFJ[ K[P
EXISTING CLAUSE AMENDMENT
FormB-1 Clause 14.2 FormB-1 Clause 14.2
Form B-2 Clause 14.2 Form B-2 Clause 14.2
Except that when the quantity of any item Except that when the quantity of any item
exceeds the quantity as in the tender by exceeds the quantity as in the tender by
more than 30% the contractor will be paid for more than 10% the contractor will be paid for
the quantity in excess of 30% at the rate the quantity in excess of 10% at the rate
entered in the S. O. R. of the year during entered in the S. O. R. of the year during
which the excess in quantity is first executed which the excess in quantity is first executed
and for the material to be charged would be or tender rate which ever is less.
basic rate taken into account for fixing the
rate for the SOR above instead of the rate
stipulated in Schedule-A.
84
HLPV[;P8L AL, D]HA 8[1F EZ5F.
SZJFGL VD,JFZL AFAT
U]HZFT ;ZSFZ
DFU" VG[ DSFG lJEFU4 a,MS G\P !$qZ4 ;ZNFZ EJG
;lRJF,I4 UF\WLGUZ
S|DF\S ov TNC -10-2017-01-C
TFP Z)v_(vZ_!*
5lZ5+
CF,DF\ ZFQ8=LI S1FFV[ HLPV[;P8L AL,G[ D\H]ZL D/[, K[P 8[g0Z 5|lS|IFYL YTF SFDM p5Z lJlJW 5|SFZGF J[ZF s8[1Ff
,FU] 50TF CMI K[P HLPV[;P8L AL, D]HA 8[1F EZ5F. SZJFGL VD,JFZL YJFYL 8[g0Z 5|lS|IFGF lJlJW
GF6FSLI 5F;FVMGF –-F\RF p5Z T[DH T[G[ VFG]QFF\lUS 5|lS|IF p5Z YTL V;ZG[ wIFGDF\ ,. 8[g0Z DF8[GF OMD" ALv!
S,Mhv$( VG[ OMD" ALvZ S,Mhv$* DF\ NXF"J[, 8[1F AFAT[ S[g£ ;ZSFZ TZOYL D\H]Z YI[, HLPV[;P8L AL,GF SFZ6[
GLR[ D]HAGF
O[ZOFZ SZJFGF YFI K[P P
EXISTING CLAUSE AMENDMENT
FormB-1 Clause 48 FormB-1 Clause 14.2
Form B-2 Clause 47 Form B-2 Clause 14.2
The rates to be The rate to be quoted by the Contractor must be inclusive of all taxes
prevailing on due date of bid submission.
quoted by the
However any subsequent changes in the tax structure by
contractor must be Government after due date of bid submission will be compensated (±) on
inclusive of sales availability or submission of actual documentation. Contractor has to
tax. no extra intimate Engineer in charge regarding changes occurred in the tax
payment on this structure after bid submission. If contractor fails to provide such information
and if any financial obligation may arise due to change in tax structure, same
account will be made will be recovered from the contractor
to the contractor The contractor shall apply fair means of stock maintenance and shall
adopt accounting standards as may be prescribed under GST. For arriving at the
difference in procurement prices due to introduction of GST, it will be open for
the Government to ask for original invoices, LR, weigh bridge slips, payment
details and such other documents as may be required for the purpose.
VF 5lZ5+ V+[GL lJEFUGL OF.,G\P 8LV[G;Lv!_vZ_!*v_!v;L p5Z GD"NF4 H/;\5lfl4 5F6L 5]ZJ9F
VG[ S<5;Z lJEFU4 GF6F lJEFU VG[ SFINF lJEFUGL ;\DlTYL ACFZ 5F0JFDF\ VFJ[ K[P
p5ZMST TDFD ;]RGFGM VD, R]:T56[ TFtSFl,S V;ZYL SZJFGM ZC[X[P
;CLqv sV[GPHLP5ZDFZf
BF; OZH 5ZGF VlWSFZL slJPIMPf
DFU" VG[ DSFG UF\WLGUZ
J\RF6[ ,LW]ov D]A. :8[d5 sU]HZFT ;]WFZFf lJW[IS vZ__* slJW[IS G\PZ! ;G[ Z__*f
5ZL5+ov
ZFHI ;ZSFZ[ D]A. :8[d5 sU]HZFT ;]WFZFf lJW[IS vZ__* slJW[IS G\PZ! ;G[ Z__*f sGS, ;FD[, K[Pf VgJI[
:8[d5 0I]8LGF NZMDF\ GLR[ D]HA ;]WFZF SZ[, 0I]8LGF NZ TFP!q$q_* YL VD,DF\ VFJX[P
D]\A. :8[d5 VlWlGIDv!)(5 GL VG];]lRv! GF H[ VF8L"S,MGF NZDF\ O[ZOFZ YI[, K[P VG[ ;]WFZ[, NZM
TFP!q$q_* YL VD,DF\ VFJGFZ K[ T[GL lJUT GLR[ D]HA K[P
DF,LSL O[ZBT sJ[RF6f GF VF8L"S,vZ_sSf4 Z_ sBf T[DH VF8L"S, vZ* GF B\0 sBf GL GMW s!f DF\ :8[d5
0I]8LGM NZ $PZ5 8SF GM NZ TFP!q$q_* YL W8F0LG[ #P5_ 8SF GM 9ZFJJFDF\ VFJ[, K[P
VlWlGIDGL VG];]lRv! DF\ H6FJ[, H[ ,[BMDF\ DF,LSL O[ZBTGF VF8L"S,vZ_ D]HAGF :8[d5 0I]8LGM NZ ,FU] 50[
K[ T[JF GLR[ H6FJ[, ,[BM ;\A\WDF\ 56 TFP!q$q_* YL #P5_ 8SF GM NZ ,FU] 50X[P
S,Dv#vS GL HMUJF. ,FU] 50TF ;\A\lWT pST S,Dv#vS VgJI[ $_ 8SF ,[B[ JWFZFGL 0I]8L U6TF VF,[BMDF\
:8[d5 0I]8LGM V[S+LT S], NZ $P)_ 8SFGF VD,L AG[ K[P H[ D]HA HZ]ZL SFI"JFCL THJLH SZJF lJG\TL K[P
;NZ 5lZ5+ D?IFGL 5CMR lNGv* DF\ VR]S DMS,L VF5JF 56 VFYL H6FJJFDF\ VFJ[ K[P VF AFATG[ :YFlGS
JT"DFG5+MDF\ q GM8L; AM0" 5Z 56 ACM/L 5|l;lwW V5FJL4 T[DH GM8L; AM0" 5Z 56 5|l;wW SZJLP
;CLqv
Rs. Three Crore Twenty Eight Lacs eighty Two Thousand Nine Hundred Thirty Six & Paisa Eighty Five Only
I/We am / are wolling to carry out the work at ............................................. .................................................... %
above/ below percent (Should be wrriten in figures and words) of the estimated rate mentioned above. Amount
of my/ our tender works out as under.
*Estimated Amount *Estimated Amount
Put to tender Rs. ............................................ Put to tender Rs. ..............................................
Add......% above Rs. .......................................... Deduct .........% below Rs. .............................................
Total Rs. .......................................... Net. Rs. ...........................................
In Words ................................................................. In Words .................................................................
.................................................................... ....................................................................
(* Please strike out whichever is not applicable.)
Notes 1 - All work shall be carried out as per Public Works Department Handbook and other specifications of
Division or as directed.
GM\W v! ov AW]\ H SFD AF\WSFD lJEFUGL 5]l:TSF VG[ l0lJhGGL ALHL BF; lJUT D]HA VYJF ;}RGF 5|DF6[ SZL VF5JFG]\ ZC[X[P
Notes 2 - All the columns is Schedule should be filled in ink and the total of the entries in the last column should
be struck by the contractor under his signature.
GM\W vZ ov VG];}lRDF\ AWF BFGFGL lJUTM ;CLYL EZJL VG[ K[<,F BFGFGL GM\WMGM ;ZJF/M SZL SMg8=FS8Z[ 5MTFGL ;CL SZJL
SCHEDULE OF PROGREMME
11 (Eleven ) Month
PERIOD QUANTUM OF WORK TO
EXECUTED
From Commencement of work to 1
to 4 months period
1 Item No. - 1 Clearing and grubbing road land including uprooting rank K
vegetation grass bushes,shrubs, sapling and trees girth up to 300 mm removal
of stumps of trees cut earlier and disposal of unserviceable materials (C) By
mechanical means in area of light jungle
2 Item no.-2 Earth work for embankment including breaking clods dressing with Cm
all lead & lift (including watering rolling and consolidation of subgrade in
layers including filling the depressions which occur durring the process using
vibratory roller with 80 to 100 KN Static Weight (A) From borrow area with
in lead & lift
3 Item No- 3 Providing, alying, spreading and compacting Quarry Spaull of Cm
specific sizes to side shoulders of black trap specifications including spreading
in uniform thickness hand packing rolling with vibratory roller 80-100
K.N.static weight ot proper grade and camber to fill up the interstices of
quarry spaull watering and compacting etc complete as per specification.
4 Item no- 4 Providing laying and spreading granular materials i.e. machine M
crushed material in required proportion so as to have mix material gradation
equivalent to GSB grade II, mixing in place with rotavator and grading with
mortar grader at OMC and co
5 Item No. 5 Providing laying spreading and compacting stone aggregates of M
specific sizes to water bound macadam specification incl. spreading in
uniform thickness, hand packing rolling with vibratory roller 80-100 KN static
Weight to proper grade and camber, applying and brooming, stone screening
materials to fill-up the interstices of coarse aggregate watering and
compacting etc. complete as per Specification. Grade – I (45 to 90 mm size
M.C. B.T. Metal) 100 mm compacted thickness
6 Item no. 6 Providing laying spreading and compacting stone aggregates of M
specific sizes to water bound macadam specification incl. spreading in
uniform thickness, hand packing rolling with vibratory roller 80-100 KN static
Weight to proper grade and camber, applying and brooming, stone screening
materials to fill-up the interstices of coarse aggregate watering and
compacting etc. complete as per Specification. Grade–II(45 to 63 mm size
M.C. .T.Metal) 75mm compacted thickness (Two layer)
7 Item No - 7 Providing and laying spreading and compacting graded stone N
aggregate to wet mix macadam 100 mm thick as per MORT&H specification
including pre mixing the material with water at OMC in mechanical mix plant,
carriage of mixed material by tippers to site, laying in uniform layers with
paver in sub base/ base course on well prepared surface and compacting with
vibratory roller to achieve the desire density.
8 Item No.8 Providing & laying 50 mm thick Compacated Bituminous N
macadam with Emulsion RS-1 for Tack coat @ 4.00 Kg / 10 Smt on B.T.
Surface Using B.T. Stone agg. As per required gradation with asphalt of VG
– 30 at the rate of 3.40 % i.e. 34.00 Kg/ M.T. by Weight mix including heating
& mixing in drum mix plant transporting the mix spreading the same by paver
finisher and consolidation by vibratory roller as per MORT &H specification
including cost of all materials fuel. Labours, tools and plant etc. using
contractor own drum mix plant etc. complete
9 Item No. 9 Providing & laying 20 mm thick mix seal surface using specified N
graded machine crushed agg. With VG-30 grade bitumen at the rate of 5.1 %
i.e. 51.0 Kg/ MT by weight mix incl.. heating & mixing in drum mix plant
transporting the mix spreading the same by paver finisher and consolidation
by vibratory roller as per MORT & H specification incl. cost of all materials
fuel, labour, tools and plant etc. comp. and flushind sand @ rate of 0.30 cmt /
100 Smt
10 Item no. 10 Providing and fixing ordinary kilometer stone of precast C.C. N
1:2:4 including necessary reinforcement as per IRC type desing in C.C. 1:4:8
incl. leter and paints etc. comp.`
11 Item no. 11 Providing & fixing hectometer as per IRC type design incl. N
painting lettering etc. comp. (ii) Fixing in C.C. 1:5:10
12 Item No- 12 Providing & fixing Indicator stone as per IRC type design incl. N
white washing (i) fixing in earth.
13 Item no. 13 Providing and fixing guard stone of pre cast in situ in CCM 150 N
including necessary reinforcement and oil painting as per drawing and fixding
in C.C. 1:4:8 etc. complete
14 Item no. 14 Providing & Fixing Junction sign board made of 4mm ACP sheet N
size 120x90 cms rectangular with message on both side of the Board, as per
the design of IRC, pretreated with Phosphetic process & acid etching with
one coat of epoxy primer and two coats of best quality epoxy paint, Front side
reflectorised with High Intensity Micro Prismatic Grade Type-IV retro
reflective sheeting as per the IRC-67 and latest MOST specifications and
back side message / lettering shall be painted with ready mixed synthetic
enamel paints of superior quality in required shade and color as specified ,
mounted on 2 Nos. of 3.1mt long stand post of iron angle 50x50x6mm and
frame fabricated from suitable MS Angle of 40x40x3mm as required, painted
with best quality epoxy coating in black and white bends. The details of the
letters /symbols for board shall be as per the instruction of engineer in chage.
The fixing at site shall be in 1:2:4 CC block of size 45x45x60cms for each leg,
including excavation,, curing etc. complete under the supervision of Engineer
in charge.
15 Item no. 15 Providing & Fixing Village Name sign board having both side Sm
covered with 4mm ACP sheet size 60x45 cms rectangular with message as per
the design, pretreated with Phosphetic process & acid etching with one coat
of epoxy primer and two coats of best quality epoxy paint, reflectorised with
High Intensity Micro Prismatic Grade Type-IV retro reflective sheeting as per
the IRC 67 and latest MOST specifications, 3.1mt long stand post of iron
angle 75x75x6mm and frame fabricated from suitable Square Hollow Section
of 40x40x2.6mm, as required, painted with best quality epoxy coating in black
and white bends. The details of the letters /symbols for board shall be screen
printed on both the side of the board with approved color as per design and as
directed by manufacturer of the retro reflective sheeting and instructions of
engineer in chage. The fixing at site shall be in 1:2:4 CC block of size
45x45x60cms, including excavation,, curing etc. complete under the
supervision of Engineer in charge.
16 Item No- 16 Cautionary / Warning Sign :-Providing and fixing sign boards Cm
made out of 4mm ACP (Aluminum composite Panel); size 90 x 90 x 90 cms.
equilateral triangle as per design of IRC-67-2012. Pre treated with
phospheting process & acid etching; coated with one coat of epoxy primer and
two coats of best quality epoxy paint ; reflectorised with High Intensity
Prismatic Grade retro reflective sheeting of Type-4 as per ASTM D-4956 and
latest MORD Specifications; 3.1mtr long stand post of Iron Angle 75 x 75 x
6mm as required and frame fabricated from suitable size iron angle of 35 x 35
x 3mm; painted with best quality epoxy coatings in black and white bends.
The details of symbol for each board shall be as per the instruction of engineer
in charge. The fixing at site shall be in 1:2:4 CC block of size 45 x 45 x 60
Cms. for each leg including excavation, curing etc. complete under the
supervision of engineer in charge. A warranty for 7 years for the Retro
reflective sheeting from original manufacturer shall be submitted by
contractor. (A) Class-B High intensity Grade Retro Reflective sheeting
17 Item No- 17 MMGSY "LOGO" Board : Providing and fixing of MMGSY
LOGO informatory sign board with Logo as per section 1700 of MORD
specifications and drawing. The board will be a composite unit consisting of
Two Plates of ACM (Aluminum Composite Material), material specifications
as per clause 17001.3. The top most plate will be of 3mm ACP in diamond
shape of 600x600mm size, riveted with MS angle iron frame of
25mmx25mmx5mm size on back on edges. The Lower plate will be of 4mm
ACP of 1100x300mm size riveted with MS angle iron frame of
25mmx25mmx5mm size on back on edges. Riveting of all the sheets over
angle and flat iron frame will be done neatly to have plain surface on one side.
The angle iron frame of Both the plates will be welded to a 75mm
x75mmx6mm Mild steel post at Centre and this post will be embeded in
cement concrete M15 grade block of 450x450x600mm below ground level.
The height of the bottom of the lower plate will be 1200mm from normal
ground level. The spacing between the diamond shaped plate and Lower Plate
is kept 150mm. MMGSY logo, letters and numerals on the ACM should be
made up of Retro Reflective sheeting of Type-1 AEGP Class-A grade as per
the latest MORD section 1700 and IRC 67-2012 specifications. Al the section
of the frame and posts shall be painted with primer and two coats of epoxy
paint. The design, painting and lettering shall be done as per the MMGSY
Logo sign Design and as directed by Engineer in-charge. A warranty for 5
years for the Retro reflective sheeting for Type-1 Class-A from original
manufacturer shall be submitted by contractor.
18 Item No- 18 MMGSY Project Information Board: Providing and fixing of
typical PMGSY Project informatory sign board with Logo as per 1700 of
MORD specifications and drawing. The board will be a composite unit
consisting of Three Plates ACM (Aluminum Composite Material), material
specificaitons as per clause 17001.3. The top most plate will be of 3mm ACM
in diamond shape of 600x600mm size, riveted with MS angle iron frame of
25mmx25mmx5mm size on back on edges. The middle 4mm ACM plate of
will be 1200x150mm size riveted with MS angle iron frame of
25mmx25mmx5mm size on back on edges. The main 4mm ACM lower most
plate will be 1500mmx600mm size, riveted with MS angle iron frame of
25mmx25mmx5mm size. Riveting of all the sheets over angle and flat iron
frame will be done neatly to have plain surface on one side. The angle iron
frame of lower most plate and flat iron frame of the middle plate will be
welded to two nos. 75mm x75mm (12 SWG) sheet tubes posts placed at
1125mm apart centre to centre. the top of the middle plate will be flushed with
the top of 75mm dia medium steel tube posts and these posts will be embeded
in cement concrete M15 grade block of 450x450x600mm below ground level.
The height of the bottom of the lower plate will be 1200mm from normal
ground level and the bottom of the middle plate will be 100mm above the top
level of the lower most plate. the diamond shaped plate mounted over flat
angle iron frame will be connected to middle plate by square steel section of
47mmx47mm, thickness 12SWG having a spacing of 100mm between the
diamond shaped plate and middle plate and this square section will be riveted
to the bottom point of the diamond shaped plate. MMGSY logo, letters and
numerals on the ACM should be made up of Retro Reflective sheeting of
Type-1 AEGP Class-A grade as per the latest MORD section 1700 and IRC
67-2012 specifications. Al the section of the frame and posts shall be painted
with primer and two coats of epoxy paint. The design, painting and lettering
shall be done as per the MMGSY Signage Guide and as directed by Engineer-
In-charge. . A warranty for 5 years for the Retro reflective sheeting for Class-
A respectively, from original manufacturer shall be submitted by contractor.
19 Item no- 19 Citizen' s information Board- Providing and fixing of typical
MMGSY information board as per instruction. Two ACP sheets of 3 mm
thick, of 900 mm x 750mm size fixed at top & bottom duly rivetted with MS
angles of 25 x 25 x 5 mm thick M.S angle shall be welded by two vertical
M.S angle of 5 mm thick to 75 mm x 75 mm of 12 SWG square tubes posts
duly embedded in cement concrete M-15 grade blocks of 600mm x 600mm x
75mm, below ground level. The letters & figure of any shade reflectorised
with High Intensity Prismatic Grade Retro Reflective Sheeting of Type-4 as
per ASTM D-4956 and latest MORD specifications; All sections of framed
posts and steel tube will be painted with primer and two coats of epoxy paints
as per drawing Clause 1701 and Annexure 1700.1 (10.16). (A) Class-B High
intensity Grade Retro Reflective sheeting
20 Item no. 20 Road Marking with hot applied Thermoplastic compound with
reffectorising glass beads on bituminous surface. Providing & laying of hot
applied thermoplastic copound 2.5 mm thic including reffectorising glass
beads @ 250 gms per sqmt area thickness of 2.5 mm is exclusive of surface
applied glass beads as per IRC 35. The finished surface to be level uniform
and free from streaks and holes.
21 Item no. 21 Supplying and fixing Cat eye (Stimsonite) made out from Acrilo
beautile sterine injuction high compreesed molding with reflector made of
MMC (Prismatic type of size 12 cm x 6 cm x 2.5 cm) provided with
bituminious adhesive 100 g. with each unit for fixing (engineer grade) )
22 Item No – 22 Providing and filling in founddation with ordinary Cement
concrete M 100 mix and providing necessary vertical pin headers including
formwork, vibrating ramming and curing complete
23 Item No – 23 Providing and laying Ordinary C.C M. 300 exposed work with
curing .compacting with surface mechanical vibrator mechanical float
channeling. Including Provision Of Contraction, expantion,Construction and
Longitudinal Joint , Joint filler, Sepration Membrane,Dowel Bar, Tie rod,etc.
as per Drawing, Design & Instruction of Engineer in charge.
24 Item No – 24 Supplying fixing & joining reinforced concrete heavy duty non
pressure pipe carrying indian railway standard with collars for culverts carring
heavy traffic as per Indian railway standard specification including setting and
joining the pipe in cement mortar 1:2 watering or laying (to level and slope )of
I.S.class NP-3 300mm internal dia
25 Item no. 25 Excavation for foundation upto 1.50 mt.depth including sorting
out and stacking of useful materials and disposing of the excavated stuff upto
50 mt.leads etc. (A) Loose of Soft soil.
26 Item No – 26 Providing and andd filling in founddation with ordinary Cement
concrete M 150 mix and providing necessary vbertical pin headers including
formwork, vibrating ramming and curing complete
27 Item no. 27 Supplying and fixing reinforced concrete heavy duty non pressure
pipes with collars for culverts including setting and joining the pipes in
C.M.1:2 watering and laying (To level or slope) of internal following dia.etc.
(V) 900 mm. dia.
28 Item no. 28 Numbering the C.D.work with approved paint including all
material for painting etc complete
29 Item no. 29 Providing and fixing in position Fe 500D TMT for R.C.C. bored
piles as per detailed drawing, including cutting, bending hooking tying and
welding complete and including forming the cage and lowering it in
position.(up to 10 ton)
30 Item no. 30 Providing and filling sand behind abutments and between
returns in layers as directed
31 Item no. 31 Excavation for foundation in sand, Gravel, Clay, Soft soil and
Murrum etc., including shorting, strutting and dewatering as necessary and
disposing of the excavated stuff as directed.
32 Item no. 32 Providing and filling in foundation with ordinary cement concrete
M- 150 mix and providing necessary vertical pin headers including formwork,
vibrating, ramming and curing complete.
33 Item no. 33 Providing and casting in-situ controlled cement concrete M 250
for R.C.C raft and cut off walls including necessary shuttering, laying
vibrating, ramming and curing complete.
34 Item no. 34 Providing and casting in situ controlled cement concrete M - 300
for R.C.C. solid slab including centering, scaffolding, curing & finishing
comp..(including Apoxy Painting of Exterior Surface)
35 Item no. 35 Providing and casting in-situ controlled cement concrete M-300
for average 75mm thick wearing cost laid as directed including tamping,
vibrating finishing curing and complate
36 Item no. 36 Providing and casting in-situ controlled cement concrete M-250
for kerb/kerb blocks including formwork, curing and finishing complete.
37 Item no. 37 Providing and casting in-situ controlled cement concrete M-300
for approach slab including formwork curing and finishing complete.
38 Item no.38 Providing and placing in position FE 500/500D bar reinforcement
for following items including cutting bending hooking and tying complete as
per detailed drawing.
39 Item no. 39 Providing and laying Weep hole in abutment and returning by
using A.C.pipes of 100 mm dia. Meter including laying in porpoer grade and
jointing etc complete as per detailed specification
40 Item no. 40 Provding P.V.C. 100 mm diameter water spouts including
necessary iron gratings as per drawings.
41 Item no. 41 Providing and fixing in position 12 mm thick permoulded joint
filler in expansion joint for fixed ends of simply supported span, covered with
sealant complete as per drawing and technical specifications.
42 Item no. 42 Providing and laying rubble for appron (each stone weighing not
less than 40 Kg.) including packing & filling in the interestices with quarry
spall.
43 Item no. 43 Providing and laying filter media 600 mm thick as directed at the
back of abutments, returns and wing walls as per detailed specifications.
44 Item no. 44 Providing Diversion may be necessary for traffic and maintaining
the same for the period as may be necessary as directed by engineer in charge.
1. contractor have to carry out site survey/ inventory before uploading the
tender documentrs.
2. Agency / contractor should have to carry out earth work form borrow
area heaving any lead lift If (following)
a. Where borrow pit soil is not not fulfill the requirement of earth work for
embankment as per most specification. (i.e. having lower CBR soil & plastic
nature soil)
b. Where earth work from borrow pit is not possible to execute from local
reason and local problem.
3. When the local soil having earth work in embankment (CBR<3) Black
cotton soil then top of 300 mm layer of (i.e. top of sub grade 300 mm layer)
should be executed with soil having CBR > 10 and prefereably by sandy soil/
local sand as directed by Engineer in charge.
No Extra Payment should be given for above.
Item No. - 1 Clearing and grubbing of road toe length up to end of the earthwork in required
length including uprooting vegetation grass bush shrubs saptings and trees of grith upto 300 mm
removed of stumps disposal of unserviceable materials upto 100 mt. from road boundary as per
MoST specification Clause-201 in (A) Area of thick jungle with J.C.B. as directed by Engineer-
in-charge
1. SCOPE.
This work shall consist of, removing and disposing of all materials such as trees, shrubs, roots,
grass, weed, top organic soil not exceeding 150 mm in thickness, rubbish etc. which in opinion
of the engineer are unsuitable for incorporation in the works from the area of road land
containing road embankment drains, cross drainage structures and such other areas as may be
specified on the drawing or by the Engineer. It shall include necessary excavation, back filling of
pits resulting from uprooting of trees and stumps to required compaction, handing, salvaging,
and disposal of cleared material, Clearing and grubbing shall be performed in advance of
earthwork operations and in accordance with the requirements of these specification.
Item no.-2 Earth work for embankment including breaking clods dressing with all lead & lift (including
watering rolling and consolidation of subgrade in layers including filling the depressions which occur
durring the process using vibratory roller with 80 to 100 KN Static Weight (A) From borrow area with
in 0.5 Km lead & lift
1. The land width on which the earth work is to be done shall be cleared of all trees having a girth 30
cm. and less, loose stones; vegetation, bushes, stumps and all other objectionable materials. All the
materials cleared will be the property of Government. Useful material shall be arranged in convenient
stacks along the road boundary or as directed at places within 50 metres lead, and handed over to the
department in convenient section. Unsuitable materials shall be burnt or otherwise disposed off by the contractor
at his own cost without causing arty nuisance; inconvenience or damage to the works property or people in the
neighborhood. In all cases, the materials shall be disposed off in a neat manner.
2. After clearing; the site, the alignment of the road shall be properly set out true to line, curves, slopes, grades and
sections as shown on the plan or directed by the Engineer-in-charge. The contractor shall provide all labours and
materials such as lime, strings, pegs, nails, bamboos, stone, mortar, concrete, etc. required for setting out, establishing.
Bench Marks and giving profiles: The contract rate shall be responsible for maintaining the B. Ms. profiles alignment and
other marks as long as they are required for the Work on the opinion of the Engineer-in-charge. If the contractor defaults
in this respect they may be restored by the department at the cost of the contractor.
3. When an existing, embankment is to be widened, continuous, horizontal benches, each at least 0.3 metre wide
shall be cut into the existing slope for ensuring adequate bond with the fresh embankment materials to be added. The
material obtained from the cutting of benches can be utilized in the widening of the embankment. The dumping of material
from trucks for widening operations shall be avoided except in difficult circumstances when the extra width is too narrow
to permit the movement of any other type of hauling equipment. .
4. The soil to be used for embankment shall be free from trees stumps, roots, rubbish or any other objectionable
materials. Only material considered suitable by the Engineer-in-charge shall be used for the construction and that
considered unsuitable other disposed off as directed by him. The selection of the materials to be used in the construction of
embankment shall be made after sail surveys and investigations carried out by the Department. The
embankment shall consist of earth available from road-side borrow pits on either side with all lead and all lifts and within
land width in the manner specified in Para 11 bellow. The road, if any required for the purpose of haulage of earth by men,
animals or vehicles will be constructed. (If not existing) and maintained by the contractor at his own cost.
The materials satisfying the density requirements given the table shall be employed for embankment construction.
Embankment up to 3 metre height Not less than 1.44 gm/ CC
Embankment exceeding 3 metre height or Not less than 1.52 gm/ CC
embankment of any height subject to long period
of ininundation.
Top 0.5 metre or embankment below the subgrade Not less than 1.6544 gm/ CC
level land shoulder (Where earth shoulder are
specified)
Field density Shall be a percentage of laboratory density recommended by the Gujart Enginneering Research
institure Location shape and size of borrow pits shall be as indicated by the Engineer in charge. Pits shall not be dug
continuously. Ridges of not less than 8 metres width should be left at intervals not exceeding 300 metre. Small drain shal
be cut through the ridges of facilities drainage. The outer edge of borrow pits shall be so regulated that the bottom does
not cut an imaginary line having a slope of 1 vertical to 4 horizontal projected from the edge of final section of the bank
the maximum depth in any case being limited to 1.5 metres. Also no pits shall be dug within 5 metres of the two of the
final section of the road embankment.
5. Location, Shape and size of borrow pits shall be as indicated by the Engineer-in-charge. Pits shall not be
dug continuously Ridges of not less than 8 metres width should be left at intervals not exceeding 300
metre. Small drain shall be cut thought the ridges of facilities drainage. The outer edge of borrow pits
shall be so regulated that the bottom does not cut an imaginary line having a slope of 1 vertical to 4
horizontal projected from the edge of final section of the bank, the maximum depth in any case being
limited to 1.5 metres. Also no pits shall be dug within5 metres of the final section of the road
embankment.
5.1 No borrow pits shall be allowed at the following sites along the road.
(i) up to 30 meters on either side of C.D. Works.
(ii) up to 15 meters on either side of cart track crossing for which approches are to
constructed.
5.2 If there is tip layer of black cotton or other objectionable soils, the same shall be removed and disposed
off elsewhere and usable material found at lower level will only be used in earthen embankment.
6. The embankment shall be constructed in uniform layers not exceeding 250 mm in loose thickness. The soil shall
be spread uniformly over the entire width of the embankment, unless otherwise directed by the Engineer-in-charge. All
clods of hard lumps of earth shall be broken to have maximum size of 15 cm: when being placed in the embankment and
a maximum of size 5 cm when being placed in the top 45 cm of the embankment, the work of next layer shall be allowed
only after the first layer below it has been thoroughly compacted.
7. Where an embankment is to be placed on sloping ground, the surface of the ground shall be benched in the steps
of trenches or broken up in such a manner that the new material shall have perfect bond with the existing surface. Where
the embankment is to be placed over an existing road surface, the surface-shall be scarified to minimum depth of a 5 cm.
so as to provide ample bond between the old and new material. However when the embankment is to be placed over an
old concrete pavement and lies within 1 metre of new sub grade level, the pavement shall be broken up in pieces not to
exceed 0.1 m and may be left under the new embankment. If the existing road surface is of granular or bituminous type
and lies within 1 mt of the mew sub grade level, the same shall be scarified to a depth of minimum 50 mm. so as to
provide ample bond between the old and the new material.
8. To avoid interference with the construction of abutment, wing walls of culverts/bridge structures, the contractor
shall, at point to be determined by the Engineer-in-charge, suspend work on embankments forming approaches to such
structures, until such time as the construction of the latter is sufficiently advanced to permit the completion of approaches
without the risk of interference or damage to the bridge work. Unless directed otherwise, the filling ground culverts, bridge
and other structures up to a distance of twice the height of the embankment from the back of the embankment shall be
carried out independent of the work on the main embankment. The fill material shall not be placed against any abutment or
wing wall unless permission has been given by the Engineer-in-charge but in any case not until the concrete or masonry
has been in position for 14 days, the embankment shall be brought up simultaneously in equal layers on each side of the
structure to avoid displacement and unequal pressure. The sequence of work in this regard shall be got approved from the
Engineer-in-charge. Where the provision of any filter medium is specified behind the abutment, the same shall be laid in
layers with the laying of fill material. The material used for the filter shall conform to the requirements for filler medium
and will be paid extra in the relevant item.
9. The embankment shall be finished in conformity with the alignment, levels, and cross sections and dimension
shown on the plans or as directed by Engineer-in-charge. Where the alignment of the road is in a curve, the top of the
embankment shall be formed with the super elevation and the increased width shown on the drawings or as the Engineer
in-charge may direct. Finishing operations shall include the work of shaping and dressing the shoulders, road bed and the
side slopes to conform the cross section.
10. The consolidation of earth work including rolling and watering at OMC as per laboratory requirement shall be
carried out by the department the field and laboratory investigations and testing of samples shall be carried out by the
department However the contractor shall give full co operation and shall bear the charges for layout and collection of
samples for testing at authorized Government laboratory. The work of laying of earthwork in layers shall be synchronized
with the work of compaction and consolidation of the earth work and the perations shall be synchronized with the field and
laboratory testing When density measurement reveal any soft areas in the embankment the engineer in charge shall direct
that these shall be compacted further Inspite of that specified com[paction is not achieved the materials in the soft area
shall be removed as directed and replaced by the approved materials. Deduction of 15 % shall be made for the shrinkage
from the sectional measurements to be paid to the contractor if measured before first monsoon and 10 % measured after
one of more monsoon have passed over the earth embankment. 11.
cross sections, longitudinal section etc, in token of his acceptance. The working sections both longitudinal and
cross of the ground shall be taken by the Engineer-in-charge before the actual work has started. The contractor
or his authorised representative shall attend day to day levelling work and sign with date the field book daily, in
token of his acceptance. If there is any disagreement, the contractor shall inform of it in writing to the officer
concerned with specific reference to the sections before starting further work. Once the work is started, no
cognizance of any complaint will be taken merely not signing of level book shall not be deemed as
disagreement. The Executive Engineer shall also verify levelling work to the extent of 5°% before
commencement of earth work and on finalization. The contractor shall maintain the embankment by filling in
ruts, rain cuts depression due to shrinkage etc to proper formation and grade till this item is finally measured
and accepted by the Department. The measurements shall be taken on compacted earth work. Deduction of
15% for shrinkage shall be made from gross measured quantity is measured before first monsoon and 10% if
measured after one or more monsoon have been passed over the earth embankment. However the contractor
shall have to bear loss of deformations etc. if
any due to all settlements as well as other type of deformations etc. if any that might have taken place at the
time of taking final measurement of item.
Item No- 3 Providing, alying, spreading and compacting Quarry Spaull of specific sizes to side
shoulders of black trap specifications including spreading in uniform thickness hand packing
rolling with vibratory roller 80-100 K.N.static weight ot proper grade and camber to fill up the
interstices of quarry spaull watering and compacting etc complete as per specification.
1. The quarry spall shall be approved quarry as approved by the Executive Engineer prior
to collection, Filling of boxes, shall not be allowed till the long rubble or angular chips
smaller than specified size as shown below in table shall be allowed.
(2) On clayey subgrades, the per cent passing IS Sieve 0.075 mm shall not exceed 5.
The Wet Aggregate Impact Value (IS:5640) shall not exceed 50.
2. The quarry spall shall be as uniform in size as possible. The quarry spall shall be hard,
tough, solid, and durable of black trap quarry of close texture, free from decay and
weathering. The stone shall be angular and roughly cubical in shape and round
elongated or flaky materials shall be rejected. No sound or long rubble or angular chips
smaller than specified size shall be allowed.
3. All unsound, weathered or disintegrated stone obtained from the under surface layer of
the quarry or other layers of boulders shall be rejected.
4. Whenever any doubt as to whether above requirement are satisfied in whole or plant of
the collection it shall be got screened by the Contractor if so ordered by the Executive
Engineer, and for which no extra payment shall be claimed by the contractor.
5. Any collection which does not fully satisfy the above requirements is liable to be
rejected all together.
6. If desired by Engineer in Charge the stacking shall be made by the contractor by steel
Pharmas of 2 M X 1.5 M X 0.5 M and no deduction of voids shall be made from the
gross measurements.
7. Regular stacks shall be made by the contractor on a fairly level ground. All the stacks
shall be marked by white wash immediately after being measured.
8. The rate includes blasting the rock, if any, breaking in the quarry spall, stacking
measuring in by Pharmas etc. complete.
9. Stacks shall be as per actual requirements and any materials in excess shall have to be
transported by the contractor at the places directed by the Executive Engineer at the
risk and cost of the contractor.
10. White stacking materials the depositing should commence at one end of the carried
consciously towards the other end unless the Executive Engineer shall direct otherwise
and as rule measurements shall be taken after metal for half kilometer or Km. has been
fully collected. Any fraction of this distance shall not be measured up.
Spreading of materials shall be started after the full supply in a particular Km. is
collected, measured and recorded in the measurement books. Permission of the Engineer-in-
charge shall be obtained before spreading. It shall be seen that the formation is dressed to the
required camber and grade. If the quarry spall is to be spread over the method surface then
the spreading shall uniform and as it’s has to act as binding surface, it shall be used for filling
the interstices of metal / earthwork on side shoulder and forming a smooth running surface as
far as possible. Murrum / quarry spall blindage shall be spread evenly with a twisting motion of
the baskets. No more Murrum / quarry spall shall be used then specified as blindage. The rate
is for gross measurements and no deduction of voids shall be made. I, the Murrum / quarry
spall is to be spread over earthen embankment as a sub-base or for side shoulders or as
blindage, it shall be spread in a manner as directed by the Engineer-in-charge and as per
required width and thickness. The contractor shall make good all unevenness, depression,
projections etc, during consolidation work. Rate of this item includes all these operation except
consolidation.
1. For spreading materials in layers and bringing the appropriate moisture content, the
embankment materials shall be spread uniformly over the entire width of the
embankment in layers not exceeding 250 mm in thickness. Successive layers of
embankment shall not be placed until the layer under constriction has been thoroughly
collected to the requirements set down hereunder:-
Moisture content of the materials shall be checked at the source of supply and if
found less than the specified for compaction, the same, shall be made good either at the
source of after spreading the soil in loose thickness for compaction. In the letter case,
water shall be sprinkled directly from a houseline or from a trunk mounted water tank,
and flooring shall not be permitted under any circumstances.
If the materials delivered to the road bed is too wet it shall bedded, by
evaporation and exposure to the sun, till the moisture content is brought done to
acceptable slandered for compaction. Should circumstances arise, where owing to wet
weather, the moisture content cannot be reduced to the required level be the above
procedure, work of compaction shall be suspended.
Moisture content of each layer of soil shall be checked in accordance with ISI
2720 (Part-II) and unless otherwise mentioned shah be so adjusted, making due
allowance for evaporation losses, that at the time of the compaction it is in the range of
1 percent to 2 p6rcentrbelaw the optimum moisture content determined in accordance
with ISI (Part-VII). Highly expansive clays shall however be compacted at 2 to 4 percent
above the optimum mature content.
After nodding the required amount of water, the soil shall be processed by means
of horrows, rotary mixers or as otherwise approved until l the layer is uniformly wet.
COMPACTION:
Subsequent layers shall be placed only after finished layer has been tested
according to M.O.S.T. specification MoRTH Clause 902 and accepted by the Engineer-
in-charge.
When density measurements reveal any soft areas in the side shoulder further
compaction shall be carried out as directed by the Engineer-in-charge: If instate of that
the specificity compaction is not achieved, the materials in the soft areas shall be
removed and replaced by approved materials and compacted to the density
requirement, to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-charge..
The contract unit rate includes cost Quarry spalls, roller required for
consolidation including all labour equipments fuel, hire charges, tolls, and incidentals
necessary.
The Payment shall be made on CUM basis for complete item.
Item no- 4 Providing laying and spreading granular materials i.e. machine crushed material in
required proportion so as to have mix material gradation equivalent to GSB grade II, mixing in
place with rotavator and grading with mortar grader at OMC and co.
Scope :
This work shall consist of laying and compacting well graded material on prepared sub grade in
accordance with the requirements of these specifications. The material shall be laid in one layer sub base
according to lines, grades and cross sections shown on the drawings or as directed by the Engineer.
Materials:
The materials to be used for the work shall be crushed stone of required grading. The material shall be
obtained partly from excavating the existing crust of the road which shall be screened on site and partly
fresh materials of size and quantity as may be required to confirm grading as mentioned below shall be
supplied by the contractor. The material shall be free from organic or other deleterious constituents.
GRADING FOR COARSE GRADED GRANULAR SUB-BASE MATERIALS.
IS sieve Designation Percent by weight passing the IS sieve.
Grading II
75.0 mm --
53.0 mm 100
26.5 mm 50-80
9.5 mm --
4.75 mm 15.35
2.365 mm --
0.425 mm --
0.075 mm <10
CBR Value 25
(Minimum)
Material passing 425 micron (0.425 mm) sieve for all the three grading when tested according
to IS : 2720 (Part 5) shall have liquid limit and plasticity index not more than 25 and 6 percent
respectively.
Physical requirements:
The materials hall have a 10 percent fines value of 50 KN or more (for sample in soaked
condition) when tested in compliance with B.S.: 812 (Part 111). The water absorption value of the coarse
aggregate shall be determined as per IS : 2386 (Part 3) : if this value is greater then 2 percent, the
soundness test shall be carried out on the material delivered to site as per IS : 383. For grading II and III
materials, the CBR shall be determined at the density and moisture content likely to be developed in
equilibrium conditions which shall be taken as being the density relating to a uniform air voids content
of 5 percent.
Strength of sub-base.
It shall be ensured prior to actual execution that the material to be used in the sub base satisfies
the requirements of CBR and other physical requirements when compacted and finished.
When directed by the Engineer, this shall be verified by performing CBR tests in the laboratory
as required on specimens remolded at field dry density and moisture content and any other tests for the
"Quality" of materials, as may be necessary.
Construction Operations:
Preparation of Sub grade:
Immediately prior to the laying of sub-base, the sub grade already finished to Clause 301 or 305
as applicable shall be prepared by removing all vegetation and other extraneous matter, lightly sprinkled
with water, if necessary and rolled with two passes of 80-100 KN smooth wheeled roller.
Spreading and compacting:- The sub-base material of grading specified in the Contract shall be
spread on the prepared sub grade with the help of a motor grader of adequate capacity, its blade having
hydraulic controls suitable for initial adjustment and for maintaining the required slope and grade during
the operation or other means as approved by the Engineer.
When the sub-base material consists of combination of materials mentioned in Clause 401.2.1, of
this item mixing shall be done mechanically by the mix in place method.
Manual mixing shall be permitted only where the width of laying is not adequate for mechanical
operations, as in small-sized jobs. The equipment used for mix-in-place construction shall be a rotavator
or similar approved equipment capable of mixing the material to the desired degree. If so desired by the
Engineer, trial runs with the equipment shall be carried out to establish its suitability for the work.
Moisture content of the loose material shall be checked in accordance with IS:2720 (Part 2) and
suitably adjusted by sprinkling additional water from a truck mounted or trailer mounted water tank and
suitable for applying water uniformly and at controlled quantities to variable widths of surface of other
means approved by the Engineer so that, at the time of compaction, it is from 1 percent above to 2
percent below the optimum moisture content corresponding to IS:2720 (Part 8). While adding water, due
allowance shall be made for evaporation losses. After water has been added, the material shall be
processed by mechanical or other approved means like disc barrows, rotators until the layer is uniformly
wet.
Immediately thereafter, rolling shall start. If the thickness of the compacted layer does not exceed
100 mm, a smooth wheeled roller of 80 to 100 KN weight may be used. For a compacted single layer
upto 225 mm the compaction shall be done with help of a vibratory roller of minimum 80 to 100 KN
static weight with plain drum or pad foot drum or heavy pneumatic tyred roller of minimum 200 to 300
KN weight having a minimum tyre pressure of 0.7 MN/ M2 or equivalent capacity roller capable of
achieving the required compaction. Rolling shall commence at the lower edge and proceed towards the
upper edge longitudinally for portions having unidirectional cross fall and super elevation and shall
commence at the edges and progress towards the centre for portions having cross fall on both sides each
pass of the roller shall uniformly overlap not less than one third of the track made in the preceding pass.
During rolling, the grade and cross fall (camber) shall be checked and any high sports or depressions,
which become apparent, corrected by removing or adding fresh material. The speed of the roller shall not
exceed 5 Km per hour. Rolling shall be continued till the density achieved is at least 98 percent of the
maximum dry density for the material determined as per IS:2720 (Part 8). The surface of any layer of
material on completion of compaction shall be well closed, free from movement under compaction
equipment and from compaction planes, ridges, cracks or lose material. All loose, segregated or
otherwise defective areas shall be made good to the full thickness of layer and re-compacted.
Surface Finish and Quality Control of work:
The surface finish of construction shall conform to the requirements of Clause 902 of MORT & H
specifications. Control on the quality of materials and works shall be exercised by the Engineer in
accordance with Section 900 of MORT & H specifications.
Arrangements for Traffic:
During the period of construction, arrangement of traffic shall be maintained in accordance with
Clause 112 of MORT & H specifications.
Measurements for Payment: Granular sub base shall be paid as finished work in position on
cross sectional measurements and computing the volume of GSB work in cubic meters by average area
method.
The protection of edges of granular sub base extended over the full formation as shown in the
drawing shall be considered incidental to the work of providing granular sub-base and as such no extra
payment shall be made for the same.
Rate:
The Contract unit rate for granular sub base shall be payment in full for carrying out the
required operations including full compensation for:
[i] Making arrangements for traffic to Clause 112 as above except for initial treatment to verges,
shoulders and construction of diversions.
[ii] Furnishing all materials to be in corporate in the work including all royalties, fees, rents where
necessary and all leads and lift.
[iii] All labour, tools, equipment and incidentals to complete the work to the specifications.
[iv] Carrying out the work in part widths of road where directed, and
[v] Carrying out the required tests for quality control.
Item No. 5 Providing laying spreading and compacting stone aggregates of specific sizes to
water bound macadam specification incl. spreading in uniform thickness, hand packing rolling
with vibratory roller 80-100 KN static Weight to proper grade and camber, applying and
brooming, stone screening materials to fill-up the interstices of coarse aggregate watering and
compacting etc. complete as per Specification. Grade – I (45 to 90 mm size M.C. B.T. Metal)
100 mm compacted thickness
Aggregate Impact Test (IS:2386 Less than 50 Less than 40 Less than 30
Part 4 or IS:5640)
Flakiness Index Test (IS:2386 Less than 30 Less than 25 Less than 20
Part 1)
- Loss with Sodium Sulphate Less than 12% Less than 12% Less than 12%
- Loss with Magnesium Less than 18% Less than 18% Less than 18%
Sulphate
405.2.2. Aggregates, like, brick bats, kankar, laterite, etc. which get softened in presence of water
shall be tested for Aggregate Impact Value under wet conditions in accordance with IS:5640.
405.2.3. The requirement of flakiness Index shall be enforced only in the case of crushed or
broken stone and crushed slag.
405.2.4. Crushed or broken stone: The crushed or broken stone shall be hard, durable and free
from excess flat, elongated, soft and disintegrated particles, dirt and other deleterious material.
405.2.5. Crushed slag: Crushed slag shall be made from air-cooled blast furnace slag. It shall be
angular shape, reasonably uniform in quality and density and generally free from thin, elongated and soft
pieces, dirt or other deleterious materials.
405.2.6 Overburnt (Jhama) brick aggregates: Jhama brick aggregates shall be made from over
burnt bricks or brick ballast and be free from dust and other objectionable and deleterious materials.
405.2.7. Grading requirement of coarse aggregates: The coarse aggregates shall conform to
one of the Gradings given in Table 400.8 as specified, provided, however, the use of Grading No.1 shall
be restricted to sub-base courses only.
Grading No. Size Range IS Sieve Designation Per cent by weight passing
(2) 63 mm to 45 mm 90 mm 100
63 mm 90-100
53 mm 25-75
45 mm 0-15
22.4 mm 0-5
Note: The compacted thickness for a layer with Grading 1 shall be 100 mm while for layer with other
Gradings, i.e., 2 & 3, it shall be 75 mm.
405.2.8 Screenings: Screenings to fill voids in the coarse aggregate shall generally consist of the
same material as the coarse aggregate. However, where economic considerations so warrant,
predominantly non-plastic material (other than rounded river borne material) may be used for this
purpose provided liquid limit and plasticity index of such material are below 20 and 6 respectively and
fraction passing 75 micron sieve does not exceed 10 per cent. The Screenings shall not contain any of
the undesirable constituents listed in Clause 301.2.3 which would render it unsuitable as a fill material.
Screenings shall conform to the grading set forth in Table 400.9. The consolidated details of
quantity of screenings required for various grades of stone aggregates are given in Table 400.10. The
Table also gives the quantities of materials (loose) required for 10 m2 for sub-base compacted thickness
of 100/75 mm.
The use of screenings shall be omitted in the case of soft aggregates, such as, brick metal, kankar,
laterite, etc. as they are likely to get crushed to a certain extent under rollers.
405.2.9 Binding material: Binding material to be used for water bound macadam as a filler
material meant for preventing raveling, shall comprise of a suitable material approved by the Engineer
having a Plasticity Index (PI) value of less than 6 for sub-base/base course and 4 to 10 for surfacing
course as determined in accordance with IS:2720 (Part 5).
The quantity of binding material where it is to be used, will depend on the type of screenings.
Generally, the quantity required for 75 mm compacted thickness of water bound macadam will be 0.06-
0.09 m3/10m2 and 0.08-0.10 m3/10 m2 for 100 mm compacted thickness.
The above mentioned quantities should be taken as a guide only, for estimation of quantities for
construction, etc.
Application of binding materials may not be necessary when the screenings used are of crushable
type.
Grading 1 90 to 45 100 1.21 to 1.43 Type A 13.2 0.27 to 0.30 LL<20, PI<6 0.30 to 0.32
percent passing
0.075 mm 10
Grading 2 63 to 45 75 0.91 to 1.07 Type A 13.2 0.12 to 0.15 -do- 0.22 to 0.24
405.3.1. Preparation of base: The surface of the subgrade/sub-base/base to receive the water
bound macadam course shall be prepared to the specified lines and crossfall (camber) and made free of
dust and other extraneous material. Any ruts or soft yielding places shall be corrected in an approved
manner and rolled until firm surface is obtained if necessary by sprinkling water. Any sub-
base/base/surface irregularities, where predominant, shall be made good by providing appropriate type of
profile corrective course (leveling course).
Laying water bound macadam course over an existing bituminous layer shall be avoided since it
will cause problems of internal drainage of the pavement at the interface of two courses. It is desirable to
completely pick out the existing thin bituminous wearing course where water bound macadam is
proposed to be laid over it.
405.3.2. Inverted choke: Where the WBM layer is to be laid over the subgrade and the subgrade
soil is fine-grained, it is advisable to lay 100 mm intervening layer of screening or coarse sand on top of
the fine-grained soil.
The spreading shall be done from stockpiles along the side of the roadway or directly from
vehicles. No segregation of large or fine aggregates shall be allowed and the coarse aggregate as spread
shall be of uniform gradation with no pockets of fine material.
The surface of the aggregates spread shall be carefully checked with templates and all high or
low spots remedied by removing or adding aggregates as may be required. The surface shall be checked
frequently with a straight edge while spreading and rolling so as to ensure a finished surface as per
approved drawings.
The coarse aggregates shall not normally be spread more than 3 days in advance of the
subsequent construction operations.
405.3.5. Rolling: Immediately following the spreading of the coarse aggregate, rolling shall be
started with three wheeled power rollers of 80 to 100 kN capacity or tandem or vibratory rollers of 80 to
100 kN static weight. The type of roller to be used shall be approved by the Engineer based on trial run.
Except on superelevated portions where the rolling shall proceed from inner edge to the outer,
rolling shall begin from the edges gradually progressing towards the centre. First the edge/edges shall be
compacted with roller running forward and backward. The roller shall then move inward parallel to the
centre line of the road, in successive passes uniformly lapping preceding tracks by at least one half
width.
Rolling shall be discontinued when the aggregates are partially compacted with sufficient void
space in them to permit application of screenings. Hwoever, where screenings are not to be applied, as in
the case of crushed aggregates, like, brick metal, laterite and kanker, compaction shall be continued until
the aggregates are thoroughly keyed. During rolling slight sprinkling of water may be done, if necessary.
Rolling shall not be done when the subgrade is soft or yielding or when it causes a wave-like motion in
the subgrade or sub-base course.
The rolled surface shall be checked transversely and longitudinally, with templates and any
irregularities corrected by loosening the surface, adding or removing necessary amount of aggregates
and re-rolling until the entire surface conforms to desired crossfall (camber) and grade. In no case shall
the use of screenings be permitted to make up depressions.
Material which gets crushed excessively during compaction or becomes segregated shall be
removed and replaced with suitable aggregates.
It shall be ensured that shoulders are built up simultaneously along with water bound macadam
courses, in accordance with the procedure given in Clause 407.4.1.
405.3.6. Application of screenings: After the coarse aggregate has been rolled to Clause
405.3.4, screenings to completely fill the interstices shall be applied gradually over the surface. These
shall not be damp or wet at the time of application. Dry rolling shall be done while the screenings are
being spread so that vibrations of the roller cause them to settle into the voids of the coarse aggregate.
The screenings shall not be dumped in piles but be spread uniformly in successive thin layers either by
the spreading motions of hand shovels or by mechanical spreaders, or directly from tipper with suitable
grit spreading arrangement. Tipper operating for spreading the screenings shall be so driven as not to
disturb the coarse aggregate.
The screenings shall be applied at a slow and uniform rate (in three or more applications) so as to
ensure filling of all voids. This shall be accompanied by dry rolling and brooming with mechanical
brooms, hand brooms or both. In no case shall the screenings be applied so fast and thick as to form
cakes or ridges on the surface in such a manner as would prevent filling of voids or prevent the direct
bearing of the roller on the coarse aggregate. These operations shall continue until no more screenings
can be forced into the voids of the coarse aggregate.
The spreading, rolling, and brooming of screenings shall be carried out in only such lengths of
the road which could be completed within one day’s operation.
405.3.7. Sprinkling of water and grouting: After the screenings have been applied, the surface
shall be copiously sprinkled with water, swept and rolled. Hand brooms shall be used to sweep the wet
screenings into voids and to distribute them evenly. The sprinkling, sweeping and rolling operation shall
be continued, with additional screenings applied as necessary until the coarse aggregate has been
thoroughly keyed, well-bonded and firmly set in its full depth and a grout has been formed of screenings.
Care shall be taken to see that the base or subgrade does not get damaged due to the addition of
excessive quantities of water during construction.
In case of lime treated soil sub-base, construction of water bound macadam on top of it can
caouse excessive water to flow down to the lime treated sub-base before it has picked up enough
strength (is still “green”) and thus cause damage to the sub-base layer. The laying of water bound
macadam layer in such cases shall be done after the sub-base attains adequate strength, as directed by the
Engineer.
405.3.9. Setting and drying: After the final compaction of water bound macadam course, the
pavement shall be allowed to dry overnight. Next morning hungry spots shall be filled with screenings or
binding material as directed, lightly sprinkled with water if necessary and rolled. No traffic shall be
allowed on the road until the macadam has set. The Engineer shall have the discretion to stop hauling
traffic from using the completed water bound macadam course, if in his opinion it would cause excessive
damage to the surface.
The compacted water bound macadam course should be allowed to completely dry and set before
the next pavement course is laid over it.
405.4.1. The surface finish of construction shall conform to the requirements of Clause 1802.
405.4.2. Control on the quality of material and works shall be exercised by the Engineer in
accordance with Section 1800.
405.4.3. The water bound macadam work shall not be carried out when the atmospheric
temperature is less than 0o C in the shade.
405.4.4. Reconstruction of defective macadam: The finished surface of water bound macadam
shall conform to the tolerance of surface regularity as prescribed in Clause 1802. However, where the
surface irregularity of the course exceeds the tolerances or where the course is otherwise defective due to
subgrade soil mixing with the aggregates, the course to its full thickness shall be scarified over the
affected area, reshaped with added material or removed and replaced with fresh material as applicable
and recompacted. In no case shall depressions be filled up with screenings or binding material.
During the period of construction, the arrangement of traffic shall be done as per Clause 111.
Water bound macadam shall be measured as finished work in position in cubic metres.
405.7. Rate
The Contract unit rate for water bound macadam sub-base/base course shall be payable in full for
carrying out the required operations including full compensation for all components listed in Clause
401.9 (i) to (v) including arrangements of water used in the work as approved by the Engineer.
Item no. 6 Providing laying spreading and compacting stone aggregates of specific sizes to
water bound macadam specification incl. spreading in uniform thickness, hand packing rolling
with vibratory roller 80-100 KN static Weight to proper grade and camber, applying and
brooming, stone screening materials to fill-up the interstices of coarse aggregate watering and
compacting etc. complete as per Specification. Grade–II(45 to 63 mm size M.C. .T.Metal) 75mm
compacted thickness (Two layer)
Flakiness Index Test (IS:2386 Less than 30 Less than 25 Less than 20
Part 1)
- Loss with Sodium Sulphate Less than 12% Less than 12% Less than 12%
- Loss with Magnesium Less than 18% Less than 18% Less than 18%
Sulphate
405.2.2. Aggregates, like, brick bats, kankar, laterite, etc. which get softened in presence of water
shall be tested for Aggregate Impact Value under wet conditions in accordance with IS:5640.
405.2.3. The requirement of flakiness Index shall be enforced only in the case of crushed or
broken stone and crushed slag.
405.2.4. Crushed or broken stone: The crushed or broken stone shall be hard, durable and free
from excess flat, elongated, soft and disintegrated particles, dirt and other deleterious material.
405.2.5. Crushed slag: Crushed slag shall be made from air-cooled blast furnace slag. It shall be
angular shape, reasonably uniform in quality and density and generally free from thin, elongated and soft
pieces, dirt or other deleterious materials.
405.2.6 Overburnt (Jhama) brick aggregates: Jhama brick aggregates shall be made from over
burnt bricks or brick ballast and be free from dust and other objectionable and deleterious materials.
405.2.7. Grading requirement of coarse aggregates: The coarse aggregates shall conform to
one of the Gradings given in Table 400.8 as specified, provided, however, the use of Grading No.1 shall
be restricted to sub-base courses only.
Grading No. Size Range IS Sieve Designation Per cent by weight passing
(2) 63 mm to 45 mm 90 mm 100
63 mm 90-100
53 mm 25-75
45 mm 0-15
22.4 mm 0-5
(3) 53 mm to 22.4 mm 63 mm 100
53 mm 95-100
45 mm 65-90
22.4 mm 0-10
11.2 mm 0-5
Note: The compacted thickness for a layer with Grading 1 shall be 100 mm while for layer with other
Gradings, i.e., 2 & 3, it shall be 75 mm.
405.2.8 Screenings: Screenings to fill voids in the coarse aggregate shall generally consist of the
same material as the coarse aggregate. However, where economic considerations so warrant,
predominantly non-plastic material (other than rounded river borne material) may be used for this
purpose provided liquid limit and plasticity index of such material are below 20 and 6 respectively and
fraction passing 75 micron sieve does not exceed 10 per cent. The Screenings shall not contain any of
the undesirable constituents listed in Clause 301.2.3 which would render it unsuitable as a fill material.
Screenings shall conform to the grading set forth in Table 400.9. The consolidated details of
quantity of screenings required for various grades of stone aggregates are given in Table 400.10. The
Table also gives the quantities of materials (loose) required for 10 m2 for sub-base compacted thickness
of 100/75 mm.
The use of screenings shall be omitted in the case of soft aggregates, such as, brick metal, kankar,
laterite, etc. as they are likely to get crushed to a certain extent under rollers.
405.2.9 Binding material: Binding material to be used for water bound macadam as a filler
material meant for preventing raveling, shall comprise of a suitable material approved by the Engineer
having a Plasticity Index (PI) value of less than 6 for sub-base/base course and 4 to 10 for surfacing
course as determined in accordance with IS:2720 (Part 5).
The quantity of binding material where it is to be used, will depend on the type of screenings.
Generally, the quantity required for 75 mm compacted thickness of water bound macadam will be 0.06-
0.09 m3/10m2 and 0.08-0.10 m3/10 m2 for 100 mm compacted thickness.
The above mentioned quantities should be taken as a guide only, for estimation of quantities for
construction, etc.
Application of binding materials may not be necessary when the screenings used are of crushable
type.
Grading 1 90 to 45 100 1.21 to 1.43 Type A 13.2 0.27 to 0.30 LL<20, PI<6 0.30 to 0.32
percent passing
0.075 mm 10
Grading 2 63 to 45 75 0.91 to 1.07 Type A 13.2 0.12 to 0.15 -do- 0.22 to 0.24
405.3.1. Preparation of base: The surface of the subgrade/sub-base/base to receive the water
bound macadam course shall be prepared to the specified lines and crossfall (camber) and made free of
dust and other extraneous material. Any ruts or soft yielding places shall be corrected in an approved
manner and rolled until firm surface is obtained if necessary by sprinkling water. Any sub-
base/base/surface irregularities, where predominant, shall be made good by providing appropriate type of
profile corrective course (leveling course).
Laying water bound macadam course over an existing bituminous layer shall be avoided since it
will cause problems of internal drainage of the pavement at the interface of two courses. It is desirable to
completely pick out the existing thin bituminous wearing course where water bound macadam is
proposed to be laid over it.
405.3.2. Inverted choke: Where the WBM layer is to be laid over the subgrade and the subgrade
soil is fine-grained, it is advisable to lay 100 mm intervening layer of screening or coarse sand on top of
the fine-grained soil.
The spreading shall be done from stockpiles along the side of the roadway or directly from
vehicles. No segregation of large or fine aggregates shall be allowed and the coarse aggregate as spread
shall be of uniform gradation with no pockets of fine material.
The surface of the aggregates spread shall be carefully checked with templates and all high or
low spots remedied by removing or adding aggregates as may be required. The surface shall be checked
frequently with a straight edge while spreading and rolling so as to ensure a finished surface as per
approved drawings.
The coarse aggregates shall not normally be spread more than 3 days in advance of the
subsequent construction operations.
405.3.5. Rolling: Immediately following the spreading of the coarse aggregate, rolling shall be
started with three wheeled power rollers of 80 to 100 kN capacity or tandem or vibratory rollers of 80 to
100 kN static weight. The type of roller to be used shall be approved by the Engineer based on trial run.
Except on superelevated portions where the rolling shall proceed from inner edge to the outer,
rolling shall begin from the edges gradually progressing towards the centre. First the edge/edges shall be
compacted with roller running forward and backward. The roller shall then move inward parallel to the
centre line of the road, in successive passes uniformly lapping preceding tracks by at least one half
width.
Rolling shall be discontinued when the aggregates are partially compacted with sufficient void
space in them to permit application of screenings. Hwoever, where screenings are not to be applied, as in
the case of crushed aggregates, like, brick metal, laterite and kanker, compaction shall be continued until
the aggregates are thoroughly keyed. During rolling slight sprinkling of water may be done, if necessary.
Rolling shall not be done when the subgrade is soft or yielding or when it causes a wave-like motion in
the subgrade or sub-base course.
The rolled surface shall be checked transversely and longitudinally, with templates and any
irregularities corrected by loosening the surface, adding or removing necessary amount of aggregates
and re-rolling until the entire surface conforms to desired crossfall (camber) and grade. In no case shall
the use of screenings be permitted to make up depressions.
Material which gets crushed excessively during compaction or becomes segregated shall be
removed and replaced with suitable aggregates.
It shall be ensured that shoulders are built up simultaneously along with water bound macadam
courses, in accordance with the procedure given in Clause 407.4.1.
405.3.6. Application of screenings: After the coarse aggregate has been rolled to Clause
405.3.4, screenings to completely fill the interstices shall be applied gradually over the surface. These
shall not be damp or wet at the time of application. Dry rolling shall be done while the screenings are
being spread so that vibrations of the roller cause them to settle into the voids of the coarse aggregate.
The screenings shall not be dumped in piles but be spread uniformly in successive thin layers either by
the spreading motions of hand shovels or by mechanical spreaders, or directly from tipper with suitable
grit spreading arrangement. Tipper operating for spreading the screenings shall be so driven as not to
disturb the coarse aggregate.
The screenings shall be applied at a slow and uniform rate (in three or more applications) so as to
ensure filling of all voids. This shall be accompanied by dry rolling and brooming with mechanical
brooms, hand brooms or both. In no case shall the screenings be applied so fast and thick as to form
cakes or ridges on the surface in such a manner as would prevent filling of voids or prevent the direct
bearing of the roller on the coarse aggregate. These operations shall continue until no more screenings
can be forced into the voids of the coarse aggregate.
The spreading, rolling, and brooming of screenings shall be carried out in only such lengths of
the road which could be completed within one day’s operation.
405.3.7. Sprinkling of water and grouting: After the screenings have been applied, the surface
shall be copiously sprinkled with water, swept and rolled. Hand brooms shall be used to sweep the wet
screenings into voids and to distribute them evenly. The sprinkling, sweeping and rolling operation shall
be continued, with additional screenings applied as necessary until the coarse aggregate has been
thoroughly keyed, well-bonded and firmly set in its full depth and a grout has been formed of screenings.
Care shall be taken to see that the base or subgrade does not get damaged due to the addition of
excessive quantities of water during construction.
In case of lime treated soil sub-base, construction of water bound macadam on top of it can
caouse excessive water to flow down to the lime treated sub-base before it has picked up enough
strength (is still “green”) and thus cause damage to the sub-base layer. The laying of water bound
macadam layer in such cases shall be done after the sub-base attains adequate strength, as directed by the
Engineer.
405.3.9. Setting and drying: After the final compaction of water bound macadam course, the
pavement shall be allowed to dry overnight. Next morning hungry spots shall be filled with screenings or
binding material as directed, lightly sprinkled with water if necessary and rolled. No traffic shall be
allowed on the road until the macadam has set. The Engineer shall have the discretion to stop hauling
traffic from using the completed water bound macadam course, if in his opinion it would cause excessive
damage to the surface.
The compacted water bound macadam course should be allowed to completely dry and set before
the next pavement course is laid over it.
405.4.1. The surface finish of construction shall conform to the requirements of Clause 1802.
405.4.2. Control on the quality of material and works shall be exercised by the Engineer in
accordance with Section 1800.
405.4.3. The water bound macadam work shall not be carried out when the atmospheric
temperature is less than 0o C in the shade.
405.4.4. Reconstruction of defective macadam: The finished surface of water bound macadam
shall conform to the tolerance of surface regularity as prescribed in Clause 1802. However, where the
surface irregularity of the course exceeds the tolerances or where the course is otherwise defective due to
subgrade soil mixing with the aggregates, the course to its full thickness shall be scarified over the
affected area, reshaped with added material or removed and replaced with fresh material as applicable
and recompacted. In no case shall depressions be filled up with screenings or binding material.
During the period of construction, the arrangement of traffic shall be done as per Clause 111.
Water bound macadam shall be measured as finished work in position in cubic metres.
405.7. Rate
The Contract unit rate for water bound macadam sub-base/base course shall be payable in full for
carrying out the required operations including full compensation for all components listed in Clause
401.9 (i) to (v) including arrangements of water used in the work as approved by the Engineer.
Item No - 7 Providing and laying spreading and compacting graded stone aggregate to wet mix
macadam 100 mm thick as per MORT&H specification including pre mixing the material with
water at OMC in mechanical mix plant, carriage of mixed material by tippers to site, laying in
uniform layers with paver in sub base/ base course on well prepared surface and compacting
with vibratory roller to achieve the desire density.
406.1. Scope
This work shall consist of laying and compacting clean, crushed, graded aggregate and
granular material, premixed with water, to a dense mass on a prepared sub
grade/sub-base/base or existing pavement as the case may be in accordance with the
requirements of these Specifications. The material shall be laid in one or more layers as
necessary to lines, grades and cross-sections shown on the approved drawings or as directed
by the Engineer.
The thickness of a single compacted Wet Mix Macadam layer shall not be less than 75 mm.
When vibrating or other approved types of compacting equipment are used, the compacted
depth of a single layer of the sub-base course may be increased to 200 min upon approval of
the Engineer.
406.2. Materials
406.2.1. Aggregates
* To determine this combined proportion, the flaky stone from a representative sample
should first be separated out. Flakiness index is weight of flaky stone metal divided by
weight of stone sample. Only the elongated particles are separated out from the
remaining (non-flaky) stone metal. Elongation index is weight of elongated particles
divided by total non-flaky particles. The value of flakiness index and elongation index so
found are added up.
If the water absorption value of the coarse aggregate is greater than 2 per cent, the soundness
test shall be carried out on the material delivered to site as per IS: 2386 (Part-5).
406.2.1.2. Grading requirements: The aggregates shall conform to the grading given in Table
TABLE 400 – 11 GRADING REQUIREMENTS OF
AGGREGATES FOR WET MIX MACADAM
IS Sieve Designation Per cent by weight passing the IS
sieve
53.00 mm 100
45.00 mm 95-100
26.50 mm ----
22.40 mm 60-90
11.20 mm 40-60
4.75 mm 25-40
2.36 mm 15-30
600.00 Micron 8-22
75.00 Micron 0-8
Materials finer than 425 micron shall have Plasticity Index
(PI) not exceeding 6
The final gradation approved within these limits shall be well graded from coarse to fine and
shall not vary from the low limit on one sieve to the high limit on the adjacent sieve or vice
versa.
406.3.2. Provision of lateral confinement of aggregates: While constructing wet mix macadam,
arrangement shall be made for the lateral confinement of wet mix. This shall be done by laying
materials in adjoining shoulders along with that of wet mix macadam layer and following the
sequence of operations described in Clause 407.4.1.
406.3.3. Preparation of mix: Wet Mix Macadam shall be prepared in an approved mixing plant
of suitable capacity having provision for controlled addition of water and forced/positive mixing
arrangement like pug mill or pan type mixer of concrete batching plant. For small quantity of
wet mix work, the Engineer may permit the mixing to be done in concrete mixers.
Optimum moisture for mixing shall be determined in accordance with IS: 2720 (Part-8) after
replacing the aggregate fraction retained on 22.4 mm sieve with material of 4.75 mm to 22.4
mm size. While adding water, dew allowance should be made for evaporation losses.
However, at the time of compaction, water in the wet mix should not vary from the optimum
value by more than agreed limits. The mixed material should be uniformly wet and no
segregation should be permitted.
406.3.4. Spreading of mix: Immediately after mixing, the aggregates shall be spread uniformly
and evenly upon the prepared sub grade/sub- base/base in required quantities. In no case
should these be dumped in heaps directly on the area where these are to be laid nor shall their
hauling over a partly completed stretch be permitted.
The mix may be spread either by a paver finisher or motor grader. For portions where
mechanical means cannot be used, manual means as approved by the Engineer shall be used.
The motor grader shall be capable of spreading the material uniformly all over the surface. Its
blade shall have hydraulic control suitable for initial adjustments and maintaining the same so
as to achieve the specified slope and grade.
(ii) The screed shall have tamping and vibrating arrangement for initial compaction to the
layer as it is spread without rutting or otherwise marring the surface profile.
(iii) The paver shall be equipped with necessary control mechanism so as to ensure that the
finished surface is free from surface blemishes.
The surface of the aggregate shall be carefully checked with templates and all high or low
spots remedied by removing or adding aggregate as may be required. The layer may be tested
by depth blocks during construction. No segregation of larger and fine particles should be
allowed. The aggregates as spread should be of uniform gradation with no pockets of fine
materials.
406.3.5. Compaction: After the mix has been laid to the required thickness, grade and cross fall
/ camber the same shall be uniformly compacted, to the full depth with suitable roller. If the
thickness of single compacted layer does not exceed 100 mm, a smooth wheel roller of 80 to
100 KN weight may be used. For a compacted single layer up to 200 mm, the compaction shall
be done with the help of vibratory roller of minimum static weight of 80 to 100 KN or equivalent
capacity roller. The speed of the roller shall not exceed 5 km/h.
In portions having unidirectional cross fall / super elevation, rolling shall commence from the
lower edge and progress gradually towards the upper edge. Thereafter, roller should progress
parallel to the centre line of the road, uniformly over-lapping each preceding track by at least
one third width until the entire surface has been rolled. Alternate trips of the roller shall be
terminated in stops at least I in away from any preceding stop.
In portions in camber, rolling should begin at the edge with the roller running forward and
backward until the edges have been firmly compacted. The roller shall then progress gradually
towards the centre parallel to the centre line of the road uniformly overlapping each of the
preceding tracks by at least one-third width until the entire surface has been rolled.
Any displacement occurring as a result of reversing of the direction of a roller or from any other
cause shall be corrected at once as specified and/or removed and made good.
Along forms, kerb, walls or other places not accessible to the roller, the mixture shall be
thoroughly compacted with mechanical tampers or a plate compactor. Skin patching of an area
without scarifying the surface to permit proper bonding of the added material shall not be
permitted.
Rolling should not be done when the sub grade is soft or yielding or when it causes a wave-like
motion in the sub-base/base course or sub grade. If irregularities develop 4uring rolling which
exceed 12 mm when tested with a 3 meter straight edge, the surface should be loosened and
premixed material added or removed as required before rolling again so as to achieve a
uniform surface conforming to the desired grade and cross fall. In no case should the use of
unmixed material be permitted to make up the depressions.
Rolling shall be continued till the density achieved is at least 98 per cent of the maximum dry
density for the material as determined by the method outlined in IS: 2720 (Part-8)
After completion, the surface of any finished layer shall be well closed, free from movement
under compaction equipment or any compaction planes, ridges, cracks and loose material. All
loose, segregated or otherwise defective areas shall be made good to the full thickness of the
layer and recomputed.
406.3.6. Setting and drying: After final compaction of wet mix macadam course, the road shall
be allowed to dry for 24 hours.
Preferably no vehicular traffic of any kind should be allowed on the finished wet mix macadam
surface till it has dried and the wearing course lay.
406.5.1. Surface evenness: The surface finish of construction shall conform to the
requirements of Clause 902.
406.5.2. Quality control: Control on the quality of materials and works shall be exercised by
the Engineer in accordance with Section 900.
Where the surface irregularity of the wet mix macadam course exceeds the permissible
tolerances or where the course is otherwise defective due to sub grade soil getting mixed with
the aggregates, the full thickness of the layer shall be scarified over the affected area, re-
shaped with added premixed material or removed and replaced with fresh premixed material
as applicable and recomputed in accordance with Clause 406.3. The area treated in the
aforesaid manner shall not be less than 5 in long and 2 in wide. In no case shall depressions
be filled up with unmixed and un graded material or fines.
During the period of construction, arrangement of traffic shall be done as per Clause 112.
Wet mix macadam shall be measured as finished work in position in cubic meters.
406.9. Rates
The Contract unit rate for wet mix macadam shall be payment in full for carrying out the
required operations including full compensation for all components listed in Clause 401.8.
Item No.8 Providing & laying 50 mm thick Compacated Bituminous macadam with Emulsion
RS-1 for Tack coat @ 4.00 Kg / 10 Smt on B.T. Surface Using B.T. Stone agg. As per
required gradation with asphalt of VG – 30 at the rate of 3.40 % i.e. 34.00 Kg/ M.T. by Weight
mix including heating & mixing in drum mix plant transporting the mix spreading the same by
paver finisher and consolidation by vibratory roller as per MORT &H specification including
cost of all materials fuel. Labours, tools and plant etc. using contractor own drum mix plant etc.
complete
504.1. Scope
This work shall consist of construction in a single course having 37.5 mm compacted
crushed aggregates premixed with a bituminous binder on a previously prepared base to the
requirements of these Specifications. Bituminous macadam is more open graded than the
dense graded bituminous materials described in Clauses 507, 508 and 509.
504.2. Materials
504.2.1. Bitumen: The bitumen shall be paving bitumen of VG-30 Grade complying with
Indian Standard Specifications for “Paving Bitumen” IS:73.
504.2.2. Coarse aggregates: The coarse aggregates shall consist of crushed rock,
crushed gravel or other hard material retained on the 2.36 mm sieve. They shall be clean,
hard, durable, of cubical shape, free from dust and soft or friable matter, organic or other
deleterious matter. Where the Contractor’s selected source of aggregates have poor affinity for
bitumen, as a condition for the approval of that source, the bitumen shall be treated with
approved anti-stripping agents, as per the manufacturer’s recommendations, without additional
payment. Before approval of the source, the aggregates shall be tested for stripping.
The aggregates shall satisfy the physical requirements set forth in Table 500-3.
Where crushed gravel is proposed for use as aggregate, not less than 90% by weight of
the crushed material retained on the 4.75 mm sieve shall have at least two fractured faces.
504.2.3. Fine aggregates: Fine aggregates shall consist of crushed or naturally
occurring material, or a combination of the two, passing 2.36 mm sieve and retained on 75
micron sieve. They shall be clean, hard, durable, dry and free from dust, and soft or friable
matter, organic or other deleterious matter.
504.3.6. Rolling: Compaction shall be carried out in accordance with the provisions of
Clauses 501.6 and 501.7.
Rolling shall be continued until the specified density is achieved, or where no density is
specified, until there is no further movement under the roller. The required frequency of testing
is defined in Clause 903.
504.4. Surface Finish and Quality Control of Work
The surface finish of the completed construction shall conform to the requirements of
Clause 902. For control of the quality of materials supplied and the works carried out, the
relevant provisions of Section 900 shall apply.
504.5. Protection of the Layer
The bituminous macadam shall be covered with either the next pavement course or
wearing course, as the case may be, within a maximum of forty-eight hours. If there is to be
any delay, the course shall be covered by a seal coat to the requirement of Clause 513 before
opening to any traffic. The seal coat in such cases shall be considered incidental to the work
and shall not be paid for separately.
504.6. Arrangements for Traffic
During the period of construction, arrangements for traffic shall be made in accordance
with the provisions of Clause 112.
504.7 .Measurement for Payment
Bituminous macadam shall be measured as finished work by weight in metric tonnes.
504.8. Rate
The contract unit rate for bituminous macadam shall be payment in full for carrying out
the required operations as specified. The rate shall include for, all components listed as unde
(i) Making arrangements for traffic to Clause 112 except for initial treatment to
verge, shoulders and construction of diversions;
(ii) Preparation of the surface to receive the material.
(iii) Providing all materials to be incorporated in the work including arrangement for
stock yards, all royalties, fees, rents where necessary and all leads and lifts;
(iv) Mixing, transporting, laying and compacting the mix, as specified.
(v) All labour, tools, equipment, plant including installation of hot mix plant, power
supply units and all machinery, incidental to complete the work to these
Specifications;
(vi) Carrying out the work in part widths of the road where directed;
(vii) Carrying out all tests for control of quality; and
(viii) The rate shall cover the provision of bitumen at the rate specified in the contract,
with the provision that the variation in actual percentage of bitumen used will be
assessed and the payment adjusted accordingly.
(ix) The rates for premixed material are to include for all wastage in cutting of joints
etc.
(x) The rates are to include for all necessary testing, mix design, transporting and
testing of samples, and cores. If there is not a project specific laboratory, the
Contractor must arrange to carry out all necessary testing at an outside
Laboratory, approved b the Engineer, and all costs incurred are deemed to be
included in the rate quoted the material.
(xi) The cost of all plant and laying trials as specified to prove the mixing and lays,
methods is deemed to be included in the Contractor’s rates for the material.
Item No. 9 Providing & laying 20 mm thick mix seal surface using specified graded machine
crushed agg. With VG-30 grade bitumen at the rate of 5.1 % i.e. 51.0 Kg/ MT by weight mix
incl.. heating & mixing in drum mix plant transporting the mix spreading the same by paver
finisher and consolidation by vibratory roller as per MORT & H specification incl. cost of all
materials fuel, labour, tools and plant etc. comp. and flushind sand @ rate of 0.30 cmt / 100 Smt
508.1. Scope
This clause specifies the construction of Semi Dense Bituminous Concrete, for use in
wearing/binder and profile corrective courses. This work shall consist of construction in a single or
multiple layers of semi dense bituminous concrete on a previously prepared bituminous bound surface.
A single layer shall be 25mm to 100mm in thickness.
5.8.2. Materials
508.2.1. Bitumen: The bitumen shall be paving bitumen of grade vg30 complying with Indian
Standard Specification for Paving Bitumen, IS: 73 and of the penetration indicated in Table 500-15, for
semi dense bituminous concrete, or this bitumen as modified by one of the methods specified in Clause
521, or as otherwise specified in the Contract. Guidance on the selection of an appropriate grade of
bitumen is given in The Manual for Construction and Supervision of Bituminous Works.
508.2.2. Coarse aggregates: The coarse aggregates shall be generally as specified in Clause
507.2.2, except that the aggregates shall satisfy the physical requirements of Table 500-14.
508.2.3. Fine aggregates: The fine aggregates shall be all as specified in Clause 507.2.3.
508.2.4. Filler: Filler shall be generally as specified in Clause 507.2.4. Where the aggregates fail
to meet the requirements of the water sensitivity test in Table 500-14 then 2 per cent by total weight of
aggregate, of hydrated lime shall be added without additional cost.
508.2.5. Aggregate grading and binder content: When tested in accordance with IS:2386 Part
1 (Wet sieving method), the combined grading of the coarse and fine aggregates and added filler shall
fall, within the limits shown in table 500-15 for gradings 1 or 2 as specified in the Contract.
508.3. Mixture Design
508.3.1. Requirements for the mixture: Apart from conformity with the grading and quality
requirements for individual ingredients the mixture shall meet the requirements set out in Table 500-16.
Property Test
Notes: 1. The combined aggregate grading shall not vary from the low limit on one
sieve to the high limit on the adjacent sieve.
2. Determined by the Marshall method.
* Only in exceptional circumstances, 80/100 penetration grade may be used, as approved by
the Engineer.
508.3.3. Job mix formula: The procedure for formulating the job mix formula shall be generally
as specified in Clause 507.3.3 and the results of tests enumerated in Table 500-16 as obtained by the
Contractors.
5083.4. Plant trials - permissible variation in job mix formula:
The requirements for plant trials shall be all as specified in Clause 507.3.4. and permissible limits
for variation as shown in Table 500-13.
508.3.5. Laying trials: The requirements for laying trials shall be all as specified in Clause
507.3.5.
508.4.2. Preparation of base: The surface on which the Semi Dense Bituminous material is to
be laid shall be prepared in accordance with Clauses 501 and 902 as appropriate, or as directed by the
Engineer. The surface shall be thoroughly swept clean by mechanical broom and dust removed by
compressed air. In locations where a mechanical broom cannot access, other approved methods shall be
used as directed by the Engineer.
508.4.3. Geosynthetics: Where Geosynthetics are specified in the Contract this shall be in
accordance with the requirements stated in Clause 703.
508.4.4. Stress absorbing layer: Where a stress absorbing layer is specified in the Contract, this
shall be applied in accordance with the requirements of Clause 522.
508.4.5. Tack coat: Where specified in the Contract, or otherwise required by the Engineer, a
tack coat shall he applied in accordance with the requirements of Clause 503.
508.4.6. Mixing and transportation of the mixture: The provisions as specified in Clauses
501.3.and 501.4 shall apply.
508.4.7. Spreading: The general provisions of Clauses 501.5.3 and 501.5.4 shall apply.
508.4.8. Rolling: The general provisions of Clauses 501.6 and 501.7 shall apply as modified by
the approved laying trials. The compaction process shall be carried out by the same plant, and using the
same method, as approved in the laying trials, which may be varied only with the express approval of the
Engineer in writing.
508.5. Opening to Traffic
The newly laid surface shall not be open to traffic for at least 24 hours after laying and the
completion of compaction, without the express approval of the Engineer in writing.
508.6. Surface Finish and Quality Control
The surface finish of the completed construction shall conform to the requirements of Clause
902. All materials and workmanship shall comply with the provisions set out in Section 900 of this
Specification.
508.7. Arrangements for Traffic
During the period of construction, arrangements for traffic shall be made in accordance with the
provisions of Clause 112.
508.8. Measurement for Payment
The measurement shall be all as specified in Clause 507.8.on M.T basis of finished work done.
508.9. Rate
The contract unit rate shall be all as specified in Clause 507.9. except that the rate shall include
the provision of bitumen at 5.00 per cent, by weight of total mixture. The variance in actual percentage
of bitumen used will be assessed and the payment adjusted up or down, accordingly.
The Payment Shall be made on MT basis of work done.
Item no. 10 Providing and fixing ordinary kilometer stone of precast C.C. 1:2:4 including
necessary reinforcement as per IRC type desing in C.C. 1:4:8 incl. leter and paints etc. comp.`
1. Kilometer stone shall be of approved quality and shall be either black Rajula stone or of
precast 1:2:4 R.C.C. as specified in the item.
2. The size, manner of fixing, painting and lettering of K.M. stone shall conform
specification as per I.R.C. - 8 (Type design for Highway kilometer stones). The fixing of
K.M. store shall be carried cut in ordinary concrete of grade specified in the item using
hand broken metal field metal or grave. The measurement for payment shall be made
per No. of K.M. stone fixed in position.
3. Unit rate for kilometer stone includes the cost of all materials, labour, tools, fixing,
finishing curing, lettering and painting as directed by the Engineer-in-charge.
Item no. 11 Providing & fixing hectometer as per IRC type design incl. painting lettering etc.
comp. (ii) Fixing in C.C. 1:5:10
1. Hecto meter stones shall be of approved quality stone and of the size As Per IRC, its
length shall not be les than 80 cms. The top, 38 cm shall be of C.C. 1:2:4 precast . The
size shape and dimension of indicator stones shall be fixed firmly in C.C. 1:5:10 as the
case may be. The exposed part of the Hecto Meter stone shall be done by the
contractor at his oven cost. The measurement for payment shall be per number of
indicator stone fixed in position.
2. Unit rate indicator stone includes the cost of all materials, labour, tools, fixing and white
washing as directed
Item No- 12 Providing & fixing Indicator stone as per IRC type design incl. white washing (i)
fixing in earth.
1. The Indicator stone shall be of approved quality and of 20cm. x 20cm. its lengths Shall not be
less than 80 cms. The top 38 cm shall be chisel dressed on all sides. The size shape and
dimensions of the Indicator stones shall be exact and shall be neatly dressed and finished.
beforefixing The Indicator stones shall be fixed firmly in position in embankment or cutting as
the case may be. The exposed part of the indicator stone shall be done by the Contractor at his
own cost. The measurement for payment shall be per number of indicator stone fixed in
position.
2. Unit rate of Indicator stone includes the cost of all materials, labours, tools, fixing & white
washing as directed by the Engineer-in-charge.
Item no. 13 Providing and fixing guard stone of pre cast in situ in CCM 150 including
necessary reinforcement and oil painting as per drawing and fixding in C.C. 1:4:8 etc. complete
1. Guard stones shall be of approved quality stone and of the size As Per IRC, its length
shall not be les than 80 cms. The top, 38 cm shall be of C.C. 1:2:4 precast . The size
shape and dimension of indicator stones shall be fixed firmly in C.C. 1:5:10 as the case
may be. The exposed part of the Guard stone shall be done by the contractor at his
oven cost. The measurement for payment shall be per number of indicator stone fixed in
position.
2. Unit rate indicator stone includes the cost of all materials, labour, tools, fixing and white
washing as directed
Item no. 14 Providing & Fixing Junction sign board made of 4mm ACP sheet size 120x90 cms
rectangular with message on both side of the Board, as per the design of IRC, pretreated with
Phosphetic process & acid etching with one coat of epoxy primer and two coats of best quality
epoxy paint, Front side reflectorised with High Intensity Micro Prismatic Grade Type-IV retro
reflective sheeting as per the IRC-67 and latest MOST specifications and back side message /
lettering shall be painted with ready mixed synthetic enamel paints of superior quality in
required shade and color as specified , mounted on 2 Nos. of 3.1mt long stand post of iron angle
50x50x6mm and frame fabricated from suitable MS Angle of 40x40x3mm as required, painted
with best quality epoxy coating in black and white bends. The details of the letters /symbols for
board shall be as per the instruction of engineer in chage. The fixing at site shall be in 1:2:4 CC
block of size 45x45x60cms for each leg, including excavation,, curing etc. complete under the
supervision of Engineer in charge.
801.1 General
801.1.1 The colour, configuration, size and location of all traffic signs for highways (other
than Expressways for which the size of the signs, letters and their placement shall be as
specified in the drawings and relevant Specifications or as directed by the Engineer) and for other
roads, shall be in accordance with the Code of Practice for Road Signs, IRC:67:2001, or as
shown on the drawings. In the absence of any details or for any missing details (for example,
chevron signs etc.), the signs shall be provided in accordance with international standards
and/or as directed by the Engineer.
801.1.2 Unless otherwise specified, the signs shall be reflectorised as shown on the
drawings or as directed by the Engineer. They shall be of retro-reflectorised type and made of
enclosed lens / encapsulated lens / micro-prismatic type reflective sheeting vide Clause 801.3,
fixed over a substrate vide Clause 801.2.5 of these Specifications.
801.1.3 In general, cautionary and mandatory signs shall be fabricated through process
of screen printing. In regard to informatory signs with inscriptions or cut letters of, coloured
retroreflective sheeting comprising unmetalised microprismatic element material vide Clause
801.3 or durable transparent, coloured overlay film shall be used which must be bonded well on
the base sheeting, as directed by the Engineer.
801.2 Materials
The various materials and fabrication of the traffic signs shall conform to the following
requirements:
801.2.1 Concrete : Concrete shall be of the grade shown on the Contract drawing or
otherwise as directed by the Engineer.
801.2.3 Bolts, nuts, washers : High strength bolts shall conform to IS:1367 whereas
precision bolts, nuts, etc., shall conform to IS:1364.
801.2.4 Plates and supports : Plates and support sections for the sign posts shall
conform to IS:226 and IS:2062 or any other relevant IS Specifications.
801.2.6 Signs with a maximum side dimension not exceeding 600 mm shall not be less
than 1.5 mm thick made of aluminium and shall not be less than 4 mm thick made out of other
materials vide Clause 801.2.5. All others shall be at least 2 mm thick made of aluminium and
shall not be less than 4 mm thick made out of other materials vide Clause
801.2.5. The thickness of the sheet shall be related to the size of the sign and its support and
shall be such that it does not bend or deform under the prevailing wind and other
loads.
801.2.7 In respect of sign sizes not covered by IRC:67, the structural details
(thickness, etc.) shall be as per the approved drawings or as directed by the Engineer.
801.3.1 General requirements : The retro-reflective sheeting used on the sign shall
consist of the white or coloured sheeting having a smooth outer surface which has the property of
retro-reflection over its entire surface. It shall be weather-resistant and show colour fastness. It
shall be new and unused and shall show no evidence of cracking, scaling, pitting, blistering, edge
lifting or curling and shall have negligible shrinkage or expansion. A certificate of having tested
the sheeting for co-efficient of retro-reflection, day/night time colour luminous, shrinkage, flexibility,
linear removal, adhesion, impact resistance, specular gloss and fungus resistance and its having
passed these tests shall be obtained from a Government Laboratory, by the manufacturer of the
sheeting. The retro- reflective sheeting shall be either of Engineering Grade material with enclosed
lens, High Intensity Grade with encapsulated lens or Micro-prismatic Grade retro-reflective
element material as given in Clauses 801.3.2 to 801.3.7.
801.3.2 Engineering grade sheeting : This medium intensity retro reflective sheeting
shall be typically enclosed lens glass-bead sheeting. Typical applications for this material are on
Rural Roads The retro-reflective surface after cleaning with soap and water and in dry condition
shall have the minimum co-efficient of retro-reflection (determined in accordance with ASTM
Standard D: 4956-07) as indicated in Table 800-1.
A
Minimum Coefficient of Retro reflection
A
(R ) cd/fc/ft2(cd-lx-1.m 2).
When totally wet, the sheeting shall show not less than 90 percent of the values of retro-
reflection indicated in Table 800-1. At the end of 5 years, the sheeting shall retain at least
50 percent of its original retro-reflectance.
801.3.3 Super engineering grade sheeting : This medium-high intensity retro reflective
sheeting shall be typically enclosed lens glass-bead sheeting. Typical applications for this material
are on Rural Roads. The retro-reflective surface after cleaning with soap and water and in dry
condition shall have the minimum co-efficient of retro-reflection (determined in accordance with
ASTM Standard D: 4956-07) as indicated in Table 800-2.
A
Minimum Coefficient of Retro reflection
A
(R ) cd/fc/ft2(cd-lx -1.m 2).
When totally wet, the sheeting shall show not less than 90 percent of the values of retro-
reflection indicated in Table 800-2. At the end of 5 years, the sheeting shall retain at least
65 percent of its original retro-reflectance.
801.3.4 High intensity grade : This high intensity retro reflective sheeting shall be of
encapsulated lens type consisting of spherical glass lens, elements adhered to a synthetic resin and
encapsulated by a flexible, transparent waterproof plastic having a smooth surface. Typical
applications for this material are on Rural Roads and on Major District Roads The retro-reflective
surface after cleaning with soap and water and in dry condition shall have the minimum co-
efficient of retro-reflection (determined in accordance with ASTM Standard D: 4956-07) as
indicated in Table 800-3.
801.3.5. High intensity micro-prismatic grade sheeting : This sheeting shall be of high
intensity retro-reflective sheeting made of unmetallized micro-prismatic retro-reflective element
material coated with pressure sensitive adhesive. Typical applications for this material are for
traffic signs on National Highways and State Highways. The retro-reflective surface after
cleaning with soap and water and in dry condition shall have the minimum co-efficient
of retro-reflection (determined in accordance with ASTM Standard :D: 4956-07) as
indicated in Table 800-4.
A
Minimum Coefficient of Retro reflection
A
(R ) cd/fc/ft2(cd-lx-1.m 2).
B o
Values for 0.1 observation angles are supplementary requirements that shall apply only when
specified by the purchaser in the contract or order.
When totally wet, the sheeting shall show not less than 90 percent, of the values of retro-
reflectance indicated in Table 800-3. At the end of 7 years, the sheeting shall retain at least
80 percent of its original retro-reflectance.
A
Minimum Coefficient of Retro reflection
A
(R ) cd/fc/ft2(cd-lx-1.m 2).
B
Values for 0.1o observation angles are supplementary requirements that shall apply only when
specified by the purchaser in the contract or order.
When totally wet, the sheeting shall show not less than 90 percent of the values of retro-
reflection indicated in Table 800-4. At the end of 7 years, the sheeting shall retain at least
80 percent of its original retro-reflectance.
801.3.6 Super high intensity micro-prismatic grade sheeting : This sheeting shall
be of super high intensity retro-reflective sheeting made of unmetallized microprismatic
retro-reflective element material having highest retro reflectivity characteristics
at long and medium road distances as determined A values of Table 800-5 at 0.1o
by the R
and 0.2o observation angles. Typical applications for this material are cautionary, mandatory signs
and for delineators. On National Highways and State Highways expressways and
Urban Arterials. The retro-reflective surface after cleaning with soap and water and in dry
condition shall have the minimum co-efficient of retro-reflection (determined in accordance
with ASTM Standard : D: 4956-07) as indicated in Table 800-5.
Observation Entrance White Yellow Orange Green Red Blu e Fluorescent Fluorescent Fluorescent
Angle Angle Yellow Yellow Orange
-Green
0.1 oB -4o 1000 750 375 100 200 45 800 600 300
0.1 oB +30o 570 430 215 57 115 26 460 340 170
0.2 o -4o 750 560 280 75 150 34 600 450 230
0.2 o +30o 430 320 160 43 86 20 340 260 130
0.5 0 -4o 240 180 90 24 48 11 190 145 72
0.5 o +30o 135 100 50 14 27 6.0 110 81 41
A
Minimum Coefficient of Retro reflection
A
(R ) cd/fc/ft2(cd-lx-1.m 2).
B o
Values for 0.1 observation angles are supplementary requirements that shall apply only when
specified by the purchaser in the contract or order.
When totally wet, the sheeting shall show not less than 90 percent of the values of retro-
reflection indicated in Table 800-5. At the end of 10 years, the sheeting shall retain at least
80 percent of its original retro-reflectance.
801.3.7 Very high intensity micro-prismatic grade sheeting : This sheeting shall be
of very high intensity retro-reflective sheeting made of unmetallized micro-prismatic retro-reflective
element material having highest retro-reflectivity characteristics at short
o o
road distances as determined A values of Table 800-6 at 0.1 and 0.2 observation
by the R
angles. Typical applications for this material are for overhead signs on National Highways,
State Highways, expressways and on Urban Arterials. The retro-reflective surface after
cleaning with soap and water and in dry condition shall have the minimum co-efficient of
retro-reflection (determined in accordance with ASTM Standard : D: 4956-07) as indicated in
Table 800-6.
A
Minimum Coefficient of Retro reflection
A
(R ) cd/fc/ft2(cd-lx-1.m 2).
B o
Values for 0.1 observation angles are supplementary requirements that shall apply only
when specified by the purchaser in the contract or order.
When totally wet, the sheeting shall show not less than 90 percent of the values, of retro-
reflection indicated in Table 800-6. At the end of 10 years, the sheeting shall retain at least
80 percent of its original retro-reflectance.
801.3.9 For screen-printed transparent coloured areas on white sheeting, the co-
efficient of retro-reflection shall not be less than 50 per cent of the values of corresponding
colour in Tables 800-1, 800-2, 800-3, 800-4, 800-5 and 800-6, as applicable.
801.3.10 Cut-out messages and borders, wherever used, shall be made out of retro-
reflective sheeting (as per Clauses 801.3.2/801.3.3/801.3.4/801.3.5/801.3.6/ 801.3.7) as
applicable), except those in black which shall be of non-reflective sheeting.
801.3.11 Colour : Unless otherwise specified, the general colour scheme and
properties shall be as stipulated in ASTM 4956–07. The colours shall be durable and
uniform in acceptable hue when viewed in day light or under normal headlights at night and in
inclement weather conditions. The indicative pictorial depiction is given in Table 800-7.
801.3.13 Refurbishment : Where existing signs are specified for refurbishment, the
sheeting shall have a semi-rigid aluminium backing or materials as per Clause 801.2.5, pre-
coated with aggressive-tack type pressure sensitive adhesive. The adhesive shall be
suitable for the type of material used for the sign and should thoroughly bond with that
material.
801.3.14 Fabrication
801.3.14.2 Complete sheets of the material shall be used on the signs except where it is
unavoidable; at splices, sheeting with pressure sensitive adhesives shall be overlapped not
less than 5 mm. Where screen printing with transparent colours is proposed, only butt jointing
shall be used. The material shall cover the sign surface evenly and shall be free from twists,
cracks and folds. Cut-outs to produce legends and borders shall be bonded with the
sheeting in the manner specified by the manufacturer.
801.3.15 Warranty and durability : The Contractor shall obtain from the manufacture a
ten year warranty for satisfactory field performance including stipulated retro-reflectance of the
retro-reflective sheeting of micro-prismatic sheeting, a seven-year warranty for high intensity
grade and a five year warranty for the sheeting of engineering grade and submit the same to
the Engineer. In addition, a ten year, seven year and a five year warranty for satisfactory in-
field performance of the finished sign with retro-reflective sheeting of micro prismatic, high
intensity grade and engineering grade respectively, inclusive of the screen printed or cut out
letters/legends and their bonding to the retro-reflective sheeting shall be obtained from the
contractor/supplier and submitted to the Engineer. The Contractor/ supplier shall also
furnish the LOT numbers and certification that the signs and materials supplied against the
assigned work meets all the stipulated requirements and carry the stipulated warranty and
that the contractor/supplier is the authorized converter of the particular sheeting.
All signs shall be dated during fabrication with indelible markings to indicate the start of
warranty. The warranty shall also cover the replacement obligation by the sheeting
manufacturer as well as contractor for replacement/repair/restoration of the retro-reflective
efficiency.
A certificate in original shall be given by the sheeting manufacturer that its offered retro-
reflective sheeting has been tested for various parameters such as co-efficient of retro-
reflection, day/night time colour and luminance, shrinkage, flexibility, linear removal,
adhesion, impact resistance, specular gloss and fungus resistance; the tests shall be
carried out by a Government Laboratory in accordance with various ASTM procedures and
the results must show that the sheeting have passed the requirements for all the above
mentioned parameters. A copy of the test reports shall be attached with the certificate.
801.4 Installation
801.4.1 The traffic signs shall be mounted on support posts, which may be of GI
pipes conforming to IS:1239, Rectangular Hollow Section conforming to IS :4923 or Square
Hollow Section conforming to IS:3589. Sign posts, their foundations and sign mountings
shall be so constructed as to hold these in a proper and permanent position against the
normal storm wind loads or displacement by vandalism. Normally, signs with an area up to
0.9 sq.m shall be mounted on a single post, and for greater area two or more supports
shall be provided. Post-end(s) shall be firmly fixed to the ground by means of properly
designed foundation. The work of foundation shall conform to relevant Specifications as
specified.
801.4.2 All components of signs (including its back side) and supports, other than the
reflective portion and G.I. posts shall be thoroughly de scaled, cleaned, primed and painted
with two coats of epoxy/ fibre glass/ powder coated paint. Any part of support post below
ground shall be painted with protective paint.
801.4.3 The signs shall be fixed to the posts by welding in the case of steel posts and
by bolts and washers of suitable size. After the nuts have been tightened, the tails of the
bolts shall be furred over with a hammer to prevent removal.
801.6 Rate
The Contract unit rate shall be payment in full for the cost of making the road sign, including all
materials, installing it at the site furnishing of necessary test certificates, warranty and
incidentals to complete the work in accordance with these Specifications
Item no. 15 Providing & Fixing Village Name sign board having both side covered with
4mm ACP sheet size 60x45 cms rectangular with message as per the design, pretreated with
Phosphetic process & acid etching with one coat of epoxy primer and two coats of best
quality epoxy paint, reflectorised with High Intensity Micro Prismatic Grade Type-IV retro
reflective sheeting as per the IRC 67 and latest MOST specifications, 3.1mt long stand post
of iron angle 75x75x6mm and frame fabricated from suitable Square Hollow Section of
40x40x2.6mm, as required, painted with best quality epoxy coating in black and white bends.
The details of the letters /symbols for board shall be screen printed on both the side of the
board with approved color as per design and as directed by manufacturer of the retro
reflective sheeting and instructions of engineer in chage. The fixing at site shall be in 1:2:4
CC block of size 45x45x60cms, including excavation,, curing etc. complete under the
supervision of Engineer in charge.
The work shall be carried out as directed with relevant specifications of this tender Item No.
14. The Payment shall be made on No. basis for complete item.
Item No- 16 Cautionary / Warning Sign :-Providing and fixing sign boards made out of 4mm
ACP (Aluminum composite Panel); size 90 x 90 x 90 cms. equilateral triangle as per design
of IRC-67-2012. Pre treated with phospheting process & acid etching; coated with one coat
of epoxy primer and two coats of best quality epoxy paint ; reflectorised with High Intensity
Prismatic Grade retro reflective sheeting of Type-4 as per ASTM D-4956 and latest MORD
Specifications; 3.1mtr long stand post of Iron Angle 75 x 75 x 6mm as required and frame
fabricated from suitable size iron angle of 35 x 35 x 3mm; painted with best quality epoxy
coatings in black and white bends. The details of symbol for each board shall be as per the
instruction of engineer in charge. The fixing at site shall be in 1:2:4 CC block of size 45 x 45
x 60 Cms. for each leg including excavation, curing etc. complete under the supervision of
engineer in charge. A warranty for 7 years for the Retro reflective sheeting from original
manufacturer shall be submitted by contractor. (A) Class-B High intensity Grade Retro
Reflective sheeting
The work shall be carried out as directed with relevant specifications of this tender Item No.
14. The Payment shall be made on No. basis for complete item.
Item No- 17 MMGSY "LOGO" Board : Providing and fixing of MMGSY LOGO
informatory sign board with Logo as per section 1700 of MORD specifications and drawing.
The board will be a composite unit consisting of Two Plates of ACM (Aluminum Composite
Material), material specifications as per clause 17001.3. The top most plate will be of 3mm
ACP in diamond shape of 600x600mm size, riveted with MS angle iron frame of
25mmx25mmx5mm size on back on edges. The Lower plate will be of 4mm ACP of
1100x300mm size riveted with MS angle iron frame of 25mmx25mmx5mm size on back on
edges. Riveting of all the sheets over angle and flat iron frame will be done neatly to have
plain surface on one side. The angle iron frame of Both the plates will be welded to a 75mm
x75mmx6mm Mild steel post at Centre and this post will be embeded in cement concrete
M15 grade block of 450x450x600mm below ground level. The height of the bottom of the
lower plate will be 1200mm from normal ground level. The spacing between the diamond
shaped plate and Lower Plate is kept 150mm. MMGSY logo, letters and numerals on the
ACM should be made up of Retro Reflective sheeting of Type-1 AEGP Class-A grade as per
the latest MORD section 1700 and IRC 67-2012 specifications. Al the section of the frame
and posts shall be painted with primer and two coats of epoxy paint. The design, painting and
lettering shall be done as per the MMGSY Logo sign Design and as directed by Engineer in-
charge. A warranty for 5 years for the Retro reflective sheeting for Type-1 Class-A from
original manufacturer shall be submitted by contractor.
The work shall be carried out as directed with relevant specifications of this tender Item No.
14. The Payment shall be made on No. basis for complete item.
Item No- 18 MMGSY Project Information Board: Providing and fixing of typical PMGSY
Project informatory sign board with Logo as per 1700 of MORD specifications and drawing.
The board will be a composite unit consisting of Three Plates ACM (Aluminum Composite
Material), material specificaitons as per clause 17001.3. The top most plate will be of 3mm
ACM in diamond shape of 600x600mm size, riveted with MS angle iron frame of
25mmx25mmx5mm size on back on edges. The middle 4mm ACM plate of will be
1200x150mm size riveted with MS angle iron frame of 25mmx25mmx5mm size on back on
edges. The main 4mm ACM lower most plate will be 1500mmx600mm size, riveted with MS
angle iron frame of 25mmx25mmx5mm size. Riveting of all the sheets over angle and flat
iron frame will be done neatly to have plain surface on one side. The angle iron frame of
lower most plate and flat iron frame of the middle plate will be welded to two nos. 75mm
x75mm (12 SWG) sheet tubes posts placed at 1125mm apart centre to centre. the top of the
middle plate will be flushed with the top of 75mm dia medium steel tube posts and these
posts will be embeded in cement concrete M15 grade block of 450x450x600mm below
ground level. The height of the bottom of the lower plate will be 1200mm from normal
ground level and the bottom of the middle plate will be 100mm above the top level of the
lower most plate. the diamond shaped plate mounted over flat angle iron frame will be
connected to middle plate by square steel section of 47mmx47mm, thickness 12SWG having
a spacing of 100mm between the diamond shaped plate and middle plate and this square
section will be riveted to the bottom point of the diamond shaped plate. MMGSY logo,
letters and numerals on the ACM should be made up of Retro Reflective sheeting of Type-1
AEGP Class-A grade as per the latest MORD section 1700 and IRC 67-2012 specifications.
Al the section of the frame and posts shall be painted with primer and two coats of epoxy
paint. The design, painting and lettering shall be done as per the MMGSY Signage Guide and
as directed by Engineer-In-charge. . A warranty for 5 years for the Retro reflective sheeting
for Class-A respectively, from original manufacturer shall be submitted by contractor.
The work shall be carried out as directed with relevant specifications of this tender Item No.
14. The Payment shall be made on No. basis for complete item.
Item no- 19 Citizen' s information Board- Providing and fixing of typical MMGSY
information board as per instruction. Two ACP sheets of 3 mm thick, of 900 mm x 750mm
size fixed at top & bottom duly rivetted with MS angles of 25 x 25 x 5 mm thick M.S angle
shall be welded by two vertical M.S angle of 5 mm thick to 75 mm x 75 mm of 12 SWG
square tubes posts duly embedded in cement concrete M-15 grade blocks of 600mm x
600mm x 75mm, below ground level. The letters & figure of any shade reflectorised with
High Intensity Prismatic Grade Retro Reflective Sheeting of Type-4 as per ASTM D-4956
and latest MORD specifications; All sections of framed posts and steel tube will be painted
with primer and two coats of epoxy paints as per drawing Clause 1701 and Annexure 1700.1
(10.16). (A) Class-B High intensity Grade Retro Reflective sheeting
The work shall be carried out as directed with relevant specifications of this tender Item No.
14. The Payment shall be made on No. basis for complete item.
Item no. 20 Road Marking with hot applied Thermoplastic compound with reffectorising
glass beads on bituminous surface. Providing & laying of hot applied thermoplastic copound
2.5 mm thic including reffectorising glass beads @ 250 gms per sqmt area thickness of 2.5
mm is exclusive of surface applied glass beads as per IRC 35. The finished surface to be
level uniform and free from streaks and holes.
803.1. General
The colour, width and layout of road markings shall be in accordance with the Code
of Practice for Road Markings with paints. IRC : 35, and as specified in the drawings or as
directed by the Engineer.
803.2. Materials
Road markings shall be of ordinary road marking paint, hot applied thermoplastic
compound, or reflectorised paint as specified in the item and the material shall meet the
requirements as specified below.
803.3. Ordinary Road Marking Paint
803.3.1. Ordinary paint used for road marking shall conform to Grade I as per IS: 164.
803.3.2. The road marking shall preferably be laid with appropriate road marking
machinery.
803.3.3. Laying thickness of road marking paint shall be as specified by the Engineer.
803.4. Hot Applied Thermoplastic Road Marking
803.4.1. General :
(i) The work under this section consists of marking traffic stripes using a
thermoplastic compound meeting the requirements specified herein.
(ii) The thermoplastic compound shall be screeded/extruded on to the pavement
surface in a molten stale by suitable machine capable of controlled preparation
and laying with surface application of glass beads at a specific rate. Upon cooling
to ambient pavement temperature, it shall produce an adherent pavement
marking of specified thickness and width and capable of resisting deformation by
traffic*
(iii) The colour of the .compound shall be white or yellow (IS colour No. 356) as
specified in the drawings or as directed by the Engineer.
(iv) Where the compound is to be applied to cement concrete pavement, a sealing
primer as recommended by the manufacturer, shall be applied to the pavement in
advance of placing of the stripes to ensure proper bonding of the compound. On
new concrete surface any laitance and/or curing compound shall be removed
before the markings are applied.
803.4.2. Thermoplastic Material
803.4.2.1. General : The thermoplastic material shall be homo-geneously
composed of aggregate, pigment, resins and glass reflectorizing beads.
803.4.2.2. Requirements :
(i) Composition : The pigment, beads, and aggregate shall be uniformly dispersed in
the resin. The material shall be free from all skins, din and foreign objects and
shall comply with requirements indicated in Table 800-3.
TABLE 800-3. PROPORTIONS OF CONSTITUENTS OF MARKING MATERIAL
(Percentage by weight)
Component White Yellow
Binder 18.0 min. 18.0 min.
Glass Beads 30-40 30-40
Titanium Dioxide 10.0 min. —
Calcium Carbonate and
Inert Fillers 42.0 max. See
Yellow Pigments — Note
Note : Amount of yellow pigment, calcium carbonate and inert fillers shall be at the option of
the manufacturer, provided all other requirements of this Specification are met.
(ii) Properties: The properties of thermoplastic material when tested in accordance
with ASTM D36/BS-3262-(Pan I) shall be as below:
(a) Luminance :
White : Daylight luminance at 45 degrees 65 per cent min. as per AASHTO M 249
Yellow : Daylight luminance at 45 degrces-45 per cent min. as per AASHTO M 249
(b) Drying time : When applied at a temperature specified by the
manufacturer and to the required thickness, the material shall set to bear
traffic in not. more than IS minutes.
(c) Skid resistance : not less than 45 as per BS 6044.
(d) Cracking resistance at low temperature : The material shall show no cracks
on application to concrete blocks.
(e) Softening point : 102.5 t 9.5’ C as per ASTM D 36.
(f) Flow resistance : Not more than 25 per cent as per AASHTO M 249.
(g) Yellowness index (for white thermoplastic paint): not more than 0.12 as
per AASHTO M 249
(iii)Storage life : The material shall meet the requirements of these Specifications
for a period of one year. The thermoplastic material must also melt uniformly with
no evidence of skins or unmelled panicles for the one year storage period. Any
material not meeting the above requirements shall be replaced by the
manufac-turer/ supplier/Contractor.
(iv) Reflectorisation : Shall be achieved by incorporation of beads, the grading
and other properties of the beads shall be as specified in Clause 803.4.3.
(v) Marking : Each container of the thermoplastic material shall be clearly and
indelibly marked with the following information:
1. The name, trade mark or other means of identification of manufacturer
2. Batch number
3. Date of manufacture
4. Colour (white or yellow)
5. Maximum application temperature and maximum safe healing temperature.
(vi) Sampling and testing : The thermoplastic material shall be sampled and
tested in accordance with the appropriate ASTM/BS method. The Contractor
shall furnish to the Employer a copy of certified test reports from the
manufacturers of the thermoplastic material showing results of all tests specified
herein and shall certify that the material meets all requirements of this
Specification.
803.4.3. Reflectorising glass beads
803.4.3.1. General : This Specification covers two types of glass beads to be used
for the production of reflectorised pavement markings.
Type 1 beads are these which are a constituent of the basic thermoplastic compound
vide Table 800-3 and Type 1 beads are those which are to be sprayed on the surface vide
Clause 803.6.3.
803.4.3.2. The glass beads shall be transparent, colourless and free from
milkiness, dark particles and excessive air inclusions.
These shall conform to the requirements spelt out in Clause 803.4.3.3.
803.4.3.3. Specific requirements
A. Gradation: The glass beads shall meet the gradation require-ments for the two
types as given in Table 800-4.
TABLE 800-4. GRADATION REQUIREMENTS FOR GLASS BEADS
Sieve size Percent retained
Type1 Type2
1.18 mm 0 to 3 .
850 micron 5 to 20 0 to 5
600 -do- - 5 to 20
425 -do- 65 to 95 -
300 -do- - 30 to 75
180 -do- 0 to 10 10 to 30
below 180 micron 0 to 15
B. Roundness: The glass beads shall have a minimum of 70 per cent true spheres.
C. Refractive index: The glass beads shall have a minimum re-fractive index of
1.50.
D. Free flowing properties : The glass beads shall be free of hard lumps and
clusters and shall dispense readily under any conditions suitable for paint
striping. They shall pass the free flow test.
803.4.3.4. Test methods: The specific requirements shall be tested with the
following methods:
(i) Free-flow test: Spread 100 grams of beads evenly in a 100 mm diameter glass
dish. Place the dish in a 250mm inside diameter desiccator which is filled within
.25 mm of the top of a desiccator plate with sulphuric acid water solution
(specific gravity 1.10). Cover the desiccator and let it stand for 4 hours at 20 to
29 degree C. Remove sample from desiccator, transfer beads to a pan and
inspect for lumps or clusters. Then pour beads into a clean, dry glass funnel
having a 100 mm stem and 6 mm orifice. If necessary, initiate flow by lightly
tapping the funnel. The glass spheres shall be essentially free of lumps and
clusters and shall flow freely through the funnel.
(ii) The requirements of gradation, roundness and refractive index of glass beads
and the amount of glass beads in the compound shall be tested as per BS 6088
and BS 3262 (Part I).
(iii) The Contractor shall furnish to the Employer a copy of certified test reports from
the manufacturer of glass beads obtained from a reputed laboratory showing
results of all tests specified herein and shall certify that the material meets all
requirements of this Specification. However, if so required, these tests may be
carried out as directed by the Engineer.
803.4.4. Application properties of thermoplastic material
803.4.4.1. The thermoplastic material shall readily get speeded/ extruded at
temperatures specified by the manufacturers for respective method of application to
produce a line of specified thickness which shall be continuous and uniform in shape having
clear and sharp edges.
803.4.4.2. The material upon healing to application temperatures, shall not exude
fumes, which are toxic, obnoxious or injurious to persons or property.
803.4.5. Preparation:
(i) The material shall be melted in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions
in a heater fitted with a mechanical stirrer to give a smooth consistency 10 the
thermoplastic material to avoid local overheating. The temperature of the mass
shall be within the range specified by the manufacturer, and shall on no account
be allowed to exceed the maximum temperature stated by the manufacturer.
The molten material should be used as expeditiously as possible and for
thermoplastic material which has natural binders or is otherwise sensitive to
prolonged heating, the material shall not be maintained in a molten condition for
more than 4 hours.
(ii) After transfer to the laying equipment, the material shall be maintained within
the temperature range specified .’ay the manufacturer for achieving the desired
consistency for laying.
803.4.6. Properties of finished road marking :
(a) The stripe shall not be slippery when wet.
(b) The marking shall not lift from the pavement in freezing weather.
(c) After application and proper drying, the stripe shall show no appreciable
deformation or discolouration under traffic and under road temperatures upto
60°C.
(d) The marking shall not deteriorate by contact with sodium chloride, calcium
chloride or oil drippings from traffic.
(e) The stripe or marking shall maintain its original dimensions and position. Cold
ductility of the material shall be such as to permit normal movement with the
road surface without chopping or cracking.
(f) The colour of yellow marking shall conform to IS Colour No. 356 as given in
IS:164.
Item No- 21 Supplying and fixing Cat eye (Stimsonite) made out from Acrilo beautile sterine
injuction high compreesed molding with reflector made of MMC (Prismatic type of size 12
cm x 6 cm x 2.5 cm) provided with bituminious adhesive 100 g. with each unit for fixing
(engineer grade) )
1.1 General
1. 5. 1. 1 Each reflector or combination of reflectors on each face of the stud shall have
a C.I.L. not less than that given in Table 1 or 2 as appropriate.
Table 1 Minimum C.I.L Values for Category 'A' studs.
Each omni-directional stud shall have a minimum C.I.L. of not less than 2 med / 1x.
1. 5. 3 Tests
1. 5. 3. 1 Coefficient of luminance intensity can be measured by produced described in
ASTM E 809 "Practice for Measuring Photometric Characteristics" or as recommended in
BS: 873 - Part 4:1973.
1. 5. 3. 2 Under test conditions, a stud shall not be considered to fail the photometric
requirements if the measured C.I.L. at any one position of measurement is less than the
values specified in Table 1 or 2 provided that.
(i) The value is not less than 80% of the specified minimum, and
( ii ) The average of the left and tight measurements for the specific angle is greater than
the specified minimum.
1. 6. Fixing of Reflective Markers
1. 6. 1. Requirements
1. 6. 1. 1 The enveloping profile of the head of the stud shall be smooth and the studs
shall not present any sharp edges to traffic.
1. 6. 1. 2 The reflecting portions of the studs shall be free from crevice or ledges where
dirt might accumulate.
1. 6. 1. 3 All road studs shall be legibly marked with the name, trade mark of other
means of identification of the manufacture.
1. 6. 1. 4 Marker height shall not exceed 20mm.
1. 6. 1. 5 Marker width shall not exceed 130 mm.
1. 6. 1. 6 The base of the marker shall be flat within 1.3 mm. If the bottom of the marker
is configured. The outermost faces of the configurations shall not deviate more than 1.3 mm
from a flat surface.
1. 6. 2 Placement
1. 6. 2. 1 The reflective marker shall be fixed to the road surface using the adhesives
and the produced recommended by the manufacturer. No nails shall be used to affix the
marker as nails are hazardous for the roads.
1. 6. 2. 2 Regardless of the type of adhesive used. The markers shall not be fixed if the
pavement is not surface dry and on new asphalt concrete surfacing unit the surfacing has
been opened to traffic for a period of not less than 14 hours.
1. 6. 2. 3 The portions of the highway surface, to which the marker is to be bonded by
the adhesive, shall be free of dirt, curing compound, grease, oil, moisture, loose of unsound
layers, paint and any other material which would adversely affect the bond of the adhesive.
1. 6. 2. 4 Use a wire brush, if necessary to loosen and remove dirt. Then brush or blow
clean.
1. 6. 2. 5 The adhesive shall be places uniformly on the cleaned pavement surface or
on the bottom of the marker in a quantity sufficient to result in complete coverage of the
area of contact of the marker with no voids present and with a slight excess after the
marker has been lightly pressed in place.
1. 6. 2. 6 For epoxy installations, excess adhesive around the edge of the marker,
excess adhesive on the pavement and adhesive on the exposed surfaces of the markers
shall be immediately removed. Soft rags moistened with mineral spirits or kerosene may be
used, if necessary to remove adhesive from exposed faces of pavement markers.
1. 7. Warranty and durability.
The contractor shall obtain from the manufacturer a two year warranty for satisfactory field
performance including stipulated retro-reflectance of the reflecting panel and submit the
same to the Engineer. In addition, a two year warranty for satisfactory infield performance
of the finished road marker shall also be given by the contractor who carried out the work of
fixing of reflective road markers. In case the markers are displaced, damaged, get worn
out or lose their reflectivity compared to stipulated standards, the contractor would be
required to replace all such markers within 15 days of the intimation from the Engineer at
his own cost and with no extra remuneration to be paid for such works.
1. 8 Measurement for Payment
The measurement of reflective road markers shall be in numbers of different types of
markers supplied and fixed.
1. 9 Rate
The contract unit rate for reflective road markers shall be payment in full compensation for
furnishing all labour, material, tools, equipment including incidental costs necessary for
carrying out the work at side conforming to the specifications complete as per approved
drawings or as directed by the Engineer.
Item No – 22 Providing and filling in founddation with ordinary Cement concrete M 100 mix
and providing necessary vertical pin headers including formwork, vibrating ramming and
curing complete
1. In case of ordinary concrete mix not required to be designed by preliminary tests and
proportions of cement fine aggr. and coarse aggr. are specified by volume as given in table below for
different four grads designated as ordinary M 100 M 150 M 200 and M 250
2. In the designation of a concrete mix letter M refers to the mix and the numbers to the
specified 28 days works cube compressive strength of that mix on 150 mm cubes expressed in Kg/
cm
3. The ordinary concrete mix shall generally be specified by volume. For cement which
normally comes in bags and is used by weight volume shall be worked out taking 50 Kg. of cement
as 0.035 cubic metre in colume while measuring aggre. by volume shaking remming or hammering
shall not be done proportioning of sand be s per its dry. volume in case it is damp allowance for
bulking shall be made as per IS 2386 (Part III)
4. In gradients required for ordinary concrete containing one 50 Kg bag of cement for different
proportions of mix shall be as given in the Table below.
5. Following shall be the maximum nominal size of coarse aggr. for the different items of work.
i. Plain C.C. 60 mm
ii. Solid type piers abutments and
Wing walls and their per caps 40 mm
(Coarse aggregate of size up to 40 mm
shall be machine crushed)
iii. C.C. wearing coat M - 150 20 mm
(Coarse aggre. of size up to 40 mm
shall be machine crushed)
6. Fine aggregate shall be clean hard coarse sand. It shall be free from the dust and such other
substance. The sand shall be got approved by the Engineer in charge.
7. All materials shall be stored as to prevent their deterioration or intrusion of their quality and
fitness for the work. Any materials which has deteriorated or has been damaged or is otherwise
considered defective by the Engineer in charge shall not be used in the work.
8. Cement shall be stored above the ground level in perfectly dry and watertight sheds and shall
be stocked not more than eight bags high. Wherever bulk storage containers are used. their capacity
should be sufficient to cater to the requirements at site and should be cleaned at least once every 3 to
4 months. Cement more than 3 to 4 month old shall incariably be tasted to ascertain that it satisfies
the acceptability requirements. The aggregate shall be stored in such a way as to prevent admixture
or foreign materials. Different sizes of fine or coarse aggr. shall be stored in separate stock piles
sufficiently remover from each other to prevent intermixing the materials at edges of the pipes.
9. The water for mixing shall be potable water to the satisfaction of the Engineer in charge. The
quantity or water shall be just sufficient to produce a dense concrete of required workability for the
job.
10. For all work concrete shall be mixed in a mechanical mixer along with other accessories shall
be kept in first class working condition and so maintained throughout the Construction. Mixing shall
be continued till materials are uniformly distributed and an uniform colour of the entire mass is
obtained and each individual particles of the coarse aggre. shows complete coating of mortar
constraining its proportionate amount of cement in on case shall the mixing be done for less than 2
minutes after all ingredients have been put in to the mixer.
11. When hand mixing is permitted by the Engineer in charge for snall jobs or for certain other
reasons it shall be done on a smooth watertight platform shall be so arranged that no foreign
materials shall get mixed with concrete nor does the mixing water flow out. Cement in required
number of bags shall be placed in a uniform layer on top of the measured quantity of fine and coarse
aggre. which shall also be spread in a layer of uniform thickness on the mixing platform Dry. coarse
and fine agge. and cement then shall be mixed thoroughly by turning over to mass turned over till a
mix of required consistency is obtained. In hand mixing quantity of cement shall be increased by 10
percent above that specified.
12. Mixers which have been out of use for more than 30 minutes shall be thoroughly cleaned
before putting in a new batch. Unless otherwise agreed to by Engineer in charge the first batch
concrete from the mixer shall contain only two third of normal quantity of course aggregate Mixing
plants shall be thoroughly cleaned before changing from one type of cement to another.
13. The method of transported and placing concrete shall be approved by the Engineer in charge
concrete shall be so transported and placed that no contamination segregation or loss of its
constituent material takes place. all from work and reinforcement contained on it shall be cleaned
and made free standing water dust snow or ice immediately before placing of concrete No concrete
shall be placed in any part of the structure until approval of the of the Engineer in charge has been
obtained.
14. If concreting is not started within 24 hours of the appovalbeing given it shall have to be
obtained against from the Engineer in charge. Concreting than shall proceed continuously over the
area between construction joints. Fresh concrete shall not be placed against concrete shall be
compacted in its final for more than 30 minutes unless a proper construction joint is formed.
Concrete shall be compacted in its final position within 30 minutes of its discharge from the mixer
unless carried in properly designed agitators operating continuously when this time shall be within 2
hr. of the addition of cement to the mix and within 30 minutes of its discharge from the agitator.
Except where otherwise agreed to by the Engineer in charge concrete shall be disposed in horizontal
layer to a compacted depth of not more than 0.45 metre when internal vibrators are used and not
exceeding 0.30 metre in all other cases.
15. Unless otherwise agreed to by the Engineer in charge concrete shall not be dropped into place
from a height exceeding 2 metres. when trucking or chutes are usedthey shall be kept clean and used
in such way as to avoid segregation. When concreting has to be resumed on a surface which has
hardened it shall be roughened swept clean thoroughly wated and cleaned with a 13 mm thick layer
of mortar composed of cement and sand immediately before placing of new concrete. Where
concrete has not fully hardened. all laitance shall be removed by scrubbing before placing of new
concrete. where concrete has not fully care being taken to avoid dislodgement of particulars of
coarse aggre. The surface shall then be thoroughly wetted all free water removed and then coated
with neat cement grout. The first layer of concrete to be placed on this surface shall not exceed 150
mm in thickness and shall be well rammed against old work particular attention beigt given to
corners and close spots.
16. All concrete shall be compacted to produce a dense homogeneous mass with the assistance
of vibrators unless otherwise permitted by the Engineer in charge for exceptional cases such as
concreting under water where vibrator cannot be used sufficient vibrators in serviceable condition
shall be kept at site so that spare equipment is always available in the event of break downs.
17. Immediately after compaction concrete shall be protected against harmful effects of weather
including rain running water shocks vibrations due to traffic rapid temperature changes fast druing
put process it shall be covered with wet sacking hessian or other similar obsorbent materials
approved by the engineer in charge soon after the initial set. It shall be kept continuously wet for a
period of not less than 14 days from the date of placement. Masonary work over the foundation
concrete may be started after 48 hours of its laying but the curing of concrete shall be continued for a
minimum period of 14 days.
18. From Work shall include all temporary or permanent forms required for forming the concrete
together with all temporary construction required for their support. Forms for concrete shall be
constructed of metal or limber suitably lined and be of substantial and rigied construction true to
shape and dimensions shown on the drawings. Where metal forms are used all bolts and rivetc shall
be counter sunk and sell ground to provide a smooth plaint surface. Where timber is used shall be
well seasoned free loos knots projection nails splits or other defects that may mark the cement
surface of concrete. For exposed concrete faces timber for shuttering shall be wrought on all faces in
contact with concrete.
19. Forms shall be mortar tight and shall be made sufficiently rigid by the if ties and brancings to
prevent any displacement of sagging between supports. They shall be stong enough to withstand all
pressure ramming and vibration without deflection from the prescribed lines occurring during and
after placing the concrete screw jacks or hardwood wedges where required shall be provided to make
up any settlement in the from work either before of during the placing of concrete. Suitable camber
shall be provided in horizontal members of surface specially in long spans to counteract the effects of
any deflection. The frame work shall be so fixed as to provide for such camber. Forms shall be so
constructed as to be removable in sections in the desired sequence without damaging the surface of
concrete or disturbing other sections Unless otherwise specified of directed chamfers of filletc of size
25 mm x 25 mm shall be provided at all angless of frame work to avoid sharp corners.
20. Works strength tests shall be made in accordance with IS : 516 Each test shall be conducted on
ten speclmens five of which shall be tested at seven days and the remaining five at 28 days. The
samples of concrete shall be taken on each day to concreting and cubes shall be made at the rate of
one for every 5 cubic metre of concrete or as part there of. However, if concreting done in a days is
less than 15 cubic meter the minimum number of cubes can be reduced to 6 with the specific
permission of the Engineer-in-charge. Similar works tests shall be carried out whenever the quality
and grading of suitablu increased as deemed necessary by the Engineer-in-charges when procedure
of tests given above reveal a poor quality of concrete and in other special cases.
21. The average strength of the group of cubes cast for each day shall not be less than thee
specified works cube-strength. 20 percent of the cubes for each day may have values less than the
specified strength, providing the lowest value is not less than 85 percent of the specifies strength.
22. R.C.C. work shall have exposed concrete surface. Centering design and its erection shall
approved by the Engineer-in-charge. One carpenter with helper will invariably be kept present
throughout the period of concreting Movement of labour and other persons shall e totally prohibited
over reinforcement laid in position. For access to different parts suitable platforms shall provided so
that steel reinforcement in position is not disturbed. For ensuring proper cover mortar blocks of
suitable size shall be cast and tied to the reinforcement. Timber, kaptchi or metal places shall not be
used for this purpose. Concreting of important structural members shall always be done in the
presence and under the supervision of departmental person not below the rank of Astt. Engineer/
Add. Astt. Engineer Overseer or as instructed by the Engineer in charge. After removal of form work
checks that concrete produced is of good quality plastering shall not be allowed to the expressed
faces of concrete.
23. In reinforced concrete thee volume occupied by reinforcement shall not be deducted. The slab
shall be measurement as running continuously and the beam as the portion below the slab.
24. All necessary labour materials, equipment etc. for sampling preparing test cubes curing etc.
shall be provided by the concretor. Testing of the materials and concrete may be arranged by the
Engineer-in-charge in an approved laboratory at the cost of the contractor.
25. The payment will be made on cmt basis of the finished work.
26. The unit rate for concrete shall include of all materials labour tools and plants required for
mixing placing in positions vibreting and compacting finishing as per direction of the Engineer in
Charge curing and all other incidental expenses for producing concrete of specified strength to
complete the structure or its components as shown in the drawings and according to these
specifications. The rate shall also include the cost of making fixing and removing of all centering and
forms required for the work centering
Item No – 23 Providing and laying Ordinary C.C M. 300 exposed work with curing
.compacting with surface mechanical vibrator mechanical float channeling. Including
Provision Of Contraction, expantion,Construction and Longitudinal Joint , Joint filler,
Sepration Membrane,Dowel Bar, Tie rod,etc. as per Drawing, Design & Instruction of
Engineer in charge.
1. In case of Ordinary Cement concrete mix not required to be designed by preliminary tests
and proportions of cement fine aggr. and coarse aggr. are specified by volume as given in table
below for different four grads designated as ordinary M 100 M 150 M 200 and M 250
2. In the designation of a concrete mix letter M refers to the mix and the numbers to the
specified 28 days works cube compressive strength of that mix on 150 mm cubes expressed in Kg/
cm
3. The ordinary concrete mix shall generally be specified by volume. For cement which
normally comes in bags and is used by weight volume shall be worked out taking 50 Kg. of cement
as 0.035 cubic metre in colume while measuring aggre. by volume shaking remming or hammering
shall not be done proportioning of sand be s per its dry. volume in case it is damp allowance for
bulking shall be made as per IS 2386 (Part III)
4. In gradients required for ordinary concrete containing one 50 Kg bag of cement for different
proportions of mix shall be as given in the Table below.
5. Following shall be the maximum nominal size of coarse aggr. for the different items of work.
i. Plain C.C. 60 mm
ii. Solid type piers abutments and
Wing walls and their per caps 40 mm
(Coarse aggregate of size up to 40 mm
shall be machine crushed)
iii. C.C. wearing coat M - 150 20 mm
(Coarse aggre. of size up to 40 mm
shall be machine crushed)
6. Fine aggregate shall be clean hard coarse sand. It shall be free from the dust and such other
substance. The sand shall be got approved by the Engineer in charge.
7. All materials shall be stored as to prevent their deterioration or intrusion of their quality and
fitness for the work. Any materials which has deteriorated or has been damaged or is otherwise
considered defective by the Engineer in charge shall not be used in the work.
8. Cement shall be stored above the ground level in perfectly dry and watertight sheds and shall
be stocked not more than eight bags high. Wherever bulk storage containers are used. their capacity
should be sufficient to cater to the requirements at site and should be cleaned at least once every 3 to
4 months. Cement more than 3 to 4 month old shall incariably be tasted to ascertain that it satisfies
the acceptability requirements. The aggregate shall be stored in such a way as to prevent admixture
or foreign materials. Different sizes of fine or coarse aggr. shall be stored in separate stock piles
sufficiently remover from each other to prevent intermixing the materials at edges of the pipes.
9. The water for mixing shall be potable water to the satisfaction of the Engineer in charge. The
quantity or water shall be just sufficient to produce a dense concrete of required workability for the
job.
10. For all work concrete shall be mixed in a mechanical mixer along with other accessories shall
be kept in first class working condition and so maintained throughout the Construction. Mixing shall
be continued till materials are uniformly distributed and an uniform colour of the entire mass is
obtained and each individual particles of the coarse aggre. shows complete coating of mortar
constraining its proportionate amount of cement in on case shall the mixing be done for less than 2
minutes after all ingredients have been put in to the mixer.
11. When hand mixing is permitted by the Engineer in charge for snall jobs or for certain other
reasons it shall be done on a smooth watertight platform shall be so arranged that no foreign
materials shall get mixed with concrete nor does the mixing water flow out. Cement in required
number of bags shall be placed in a uniform layer on top of the measured quantity of fine and coarse
aggre. which shall also be spread in a layer of uniform thickness on the mixing platform Dry. coarse
and fine agge. and cement then shall be mixed thoroughly by turning over to mass turned over till a
mix of required consistency is obtained. In hand mixing quantity of cement shall be increased by 10
percent above that specified.
12. Mixers which have been out of use for more than 30 minutes shall be thoroughly cleaned
before putting in a new batch. Unless otherwise agreed to by Engineer in charge the first batch
concrete from the mixer shall contain only two third of normal quantity of course aggregate Mixing
plants shall be thoroughly cleaned before changing from one type of cement to another.
13. The method of transported and placing concrete shall be approved by the Engineer in charge
concrete shall be so transported and placed that no contamination segregation or loss of its
constituent material takes place. all from work and reinforcement contained on it shall be cleaned
and made free standing water dust snow or ice immediately before placing of concrete No concrete
shall be placed in any part of the structure until approval of the of the Engineer in charge has been
obtained.
14. If concreting is not started within 24 hours of the appovalbeing given it shall have to be
obtained against from the Engineer in charge. Concreting than shall proceed continuously over the
area between construction joints. Fresh concrete shall not be placed against concrete shall be
compacted in its final for more than 30 minutes unless a proper construction joint is formed.
Concrete shall be compacted in its final position within 30 minutes of its discharge from the mixer
unless carried in properly designed agitators operating continuously when this time shall be within 2
hr. of the addition of cement to the mix and within 30 minutes of its discharge from the agitator.
Except where otherwise agreed to by the Engineer in charge concrete shall be disposed in horizontal
layer to a compacted depth of not more than 0.45 metre when internal vibrators are used and not
exceeding 0.30 metre in all other cases.
15. Unless otherwise agreed to by the Engineer in charge concrete shall not be dropped into place
from a height exceeding 2 metres. when trucking or chutes are usedthey shall be kept clean and used
in such way as to avoid segregation. When concreting has to be resumed on a surface which has
hardened it shall be roughened swept clean thoroughly wated and cleaned with a 13 mm thick layer
of mortar composed of cement and sand immediately before placing of new concrete. Where
concrete has not fully hardened. all laitance shall be removed by scrubbing before placing of new
concrete. where concrete has not fully care being taken to avoid dislodgement of particulars of
coarse aggre. The surface shall then be thoroughly wetted all free water removed and then coated
with neat cement grout. The first layer of concrete to be placed on this surface shall not exceed 150
mm in thickness and shall be well rammed against old work particular attention beigt given to
corners and close spots.
16. All concrete shall be compacted to produce a dense homogeneous mass with the assistance
of vibrators unless otherwise permitted by the Engineer in charge for exceptional cases such as
concreting under water where vibrator cannot be used sufficient vibrators in serviceable condition
shall be kept at site so that spare equipment is always available in the event of break downs.
17. Immediately after compaction concrete shall be protected against harmful effects of weather
including rain running water shocks vibrations due to traffic rapid temperature changes fast druing
put process it shall be covered with wet sacking hessian or other similar obsorbent materials
approved by the engineer in charge soon after the initial set. It shall be kept continuously wet for a
period of not less than 14 days from the date of placement. Masonary work over the foundation
concrete may be started after 48 hours of its laying but the curing of concrete shall be continued for a
minimum period of 14 days.
18. From Work shall include all temporary or permanent forms required for forming the concrete
together with all temporary construction required for their support. Forms for concrete shall be
constructed of metal or limber suitably lined and be of substantial and rigied construction true to
shape and dimensions shown on the drawings. Where metal forms are used all bolts and rivetc shall
be counter sunk and sell ground to provide a smooth plaint surface. Where timber is used shall be
well seasoned free loos knots projection nails splits or other defects that may mark the cement
surface of concrete. For exposed concrete faces timber for shuttering shall be wrought on all faces in
contact with concrete.
19. Forms shall be mortar tight and shall be made sufficiently rigid by the if ties and brancings to
prevent any displacement of sagging between supports. They shall be stong enough to withstand all
pressure ramming and vibration without deflection from the prescribed lines occurring during and
after placing the concrete screw jacks or hardwood wedges where required shall be provided to make
up any settlement in the from work either before of during the placing of concrete. Suitable camber
shall be provided in horizontal members of surface specially in long spans to counteract the effects of
any deflection. The frame work shall be so fixed as to provide for such camber. Forms shall be so
constructed as to be removable in sections in the desired sequence without damaging the surface of
concrete or disturbing other sections Unless otherwise specified of directed chamfers of filletc of size
25 mm x 25 mm shall be provided at all angless of frame work to avoid sharp corners.
20. Works strength tests shall be made in accordance with IS : 516 Each test shall be conducted on
ten speclmens five of which shall be tested at seven days and the remaining five at 28 days. The
samples of concrete shall be taken on each day to concreting and cubes shall be made at the rate of
one for every 5 cubic metre of concrete or as part there of. However, if concreting done in a days is
less than 15 cubic meter the minimum number of cubes can be reduced to 6 with the specific
permission of the Engineer-in-charge. Similar works tests shall be carried out whenever the quality
and grading of suitablu increased as deemed necessary by the Engineer-in-charges when procedure
of tests given above reveal a poor quality of concrete and in other special cases.
21. The average strength of the group of cubes cast for each day shall not be less than thee
specified works cube-strength. 20 percent of the cubes for each day may have values less than the
specified strength, providing the lowest value is not less than 85 percent of the specifies strength.
22. R.C.C. work shall have exposed concrete surface. Centering design and its erection shall
approved by the Engineer-in-charge. One carpenter with helper will invariably be kept present
throughout the period of concreting Movement of labour and other persons shall e totally prohibited
over reinforcement laid in position. For access to different parts suitable platforms shall provided so
that steel reinforcement in position is not disturbed. For ensuring proper cover mortar blocks of
suitable size shall be cast and tied to the reinforcement. Timber, kaptchi or metal places shall not be
used for this purpose. Concreting of important structural members shall always be done in the
presence and under the supervision of departmental person not below the rank of Astt. Engineer/
Add. Astt. Engineer Overseer or as instructed by the Engineer in charge. After removal of form work
checks that concrete produced is of good quality plastering shall not be allowed to the expressed
faces of concrete.
23. In reinforced concrete thee volume occupied by reinforcement shall not be deducted. The slab
shall be measurement as running continuously and the beam as the portion below the slab.
24. All necessary labour materials, equipment etc. for sampling preparing test cubes curing etc.
shall be provided by the concretor. Testing of the materials and concrete may be arranged by the
Engineer-in-charge in an approved laboratory at the cost of the contractor.
25. The payment will be made on cmt basis of the finished work.
26. The unit rate for concrete shall include of all materials labour tools and plants required for
mixing placing in positions vibreting and compacting finishing as per direction of the Engineer in
Charge curing and all other incidental expenses for producing concrete of specified strength to
complete the structure or its components as shown in the drawings and according to these
specifications. The rate shall also include the cost of making fixing and removing of all centering and
forms required for the work centering.
Item No – 24 Supplying fixing & joining reinforced concrete heavy duty non pressure pipe
carrying indian railway standard with collars for culverts carring heavy traffic as per Indian
railway standard specification including setting and joining the pipe in cement mortar 1:2
watering or laying (to level and slope )of I.S.class NP-3 300mm internal dia
1. The work shall consist of furnishing and installing reinforced cement concrete pipe of thetype
diameter and length required at the location shown on the drawings or as ordered by the Engineer-in-
charge.
2. Reinforced concrete pipe shall be NP-3 type conforming to the requirement of IS :and shall be of
dia as specified in the item. Each consignment of cement concrete pipesshall be inspected. If
necessary and approved by the Engineer-in-Charge, either at theplace of manufacture or at the site
before their incorporation in the work.NP-3, NP-2, NP-1 pipes are used RCC pipes where testing of
pips. Where testing of pipeswill not be feasible the contractors will have to produce a certificate from
the manufactures on company's latter head the given hereinafter form. Production of such certificate
will not however relieve the conductor from his responsibility of supplying pipes of required
standard and will have to bear the lose or damage caused to the work on account of defects found
subsequently during the execution. It will also be necessary to purchase these pipes from
manufacturer having standard equipments for carrying out various test as per IS : 458 at his factory.
Form of Certificate for NP-3, NP-2, NP-1 pipes :We produce R.C.C. pipe as per the
requirement of IS : 458 and also carry out the requiredtest at our place. We have acquired equipments for
carrying out test and are prepared tocarrying out test at our factory sites. We have experience of
manufacturing of pipes of ….years. The pipes supplied by us to..
3. No pipe shall be placed in position until the foundation have been approved by theEngineer-in-charge.
Where two or more pipes are to be laid adjacent to each other, theyshall be separated by a distance equal to at
least half the diameter of the pipe subject tominimum of 450 mm. The laying of pipes on the prepared
foundation shall start from theoutlet and proceed towards the intel and the completed to the specified lines and
grades.The pipes shall be fitted and matched so that when laid in work they from a culvert with asmooth
uniform invert. Any pipe found defective or damaged during laying be removedat there cost of contractor.
4. The pipes shall joints wither by coller joint of by flush joint in the former case, the collars
shall be of RCC 150 to 200mm wide and having the same strength as the pipe to be jointed. Caulking space
shall be between 13 and 20mm according to the diameter of the pipes Caulking materials shall be slightly wet
mix of cement and sand in ration of 1:2rammed with Causing irons. Before caulking the collar shall be so
placed that its centercoincides with that of pipe and even annular space is left between the collar and the
pipes.Flush joint may be shaped to form a self centring joint with a joining space 13 cm. wide.The joining
space shall be filled with cement mortar 1- cement to 2 – sand, mixedsufficiently dry to remain in position
when forced with a trowel or rammer. Care shall betaken to fill all voids and excess mortar shall be removed.
All joints shall be made withcare so that theire interior surface is smooth and consistent with the interior
surface of thepipes. After finishing, the joints shall be kept covered and damp for at least four days.
5. RCC pipes shall be measured along their center between their inlet and outlet ends in
linear metres.
6. The rate for the pipe shall include the cost of pipe including loading, unloading, handling,
storing, layhing in position and joining complete.
Item no. 25 Excavation for foundation upto 1.50 mt.depth including sorting out and stacking
of useful materials and disposing of the excavated stuff upto 50 mt.leads etc. (A) Loose of
Soft soil.
1. Excavation for structures shall consist of the removal of materials for the construction of
foundations for culverts retaining walls cut of own walls pipe culverts and other similar structure in
accordance with the requirement of these specification and the lines and dimensions shown on the
drawing or as indicated by the Engineer in charge. The work shall incl. all necessary sheeting
shorting bracing draining and pumping and the remove of all logs stumps excavation backfilling and
clearing up the site and the disposal of all surplus materials.
2. After the site bas been cleared the limits of excavated shall be set out true to lines curves and
slopes.
3. Excavation shall be taken to the width of the lowest step of the footing. The contractor at his
own expense shall put up necessary shoring strutting and planking or cut slopes to a safer angle or
both with due regard to the safety of persons and works and to the satisfaction to tne Engineer in
charge.
4. The depth to which the excavation is to be carried out shall be as shown on the drawings
unless the type of material encounter is such as to require changes in which case the depth shall be as
ordered by the Engineer n charge.
5. Where water is met with in excavation due to stream flow seepage springs rain or other
reasons the contractor shall take adequate measures such as bailling pumping constructing diversion
channels drainage channels and other necessary work to keep the foundation trenches dry when so
required and to protect greenconcrete/ masonary against damaged by erosion or sudden rising of
water level. The method to be accepted in this regard and other details there of shall be left to choise
of the contractor but approval of the Engineer in charge. Approval of the Engineer in charge shall
however not relieve the contractor of the responsibility for the adequacy of dewatering and
portection arrangement and for the quality and safety to the work.
6. Pumping from the interior of ant foundation enclosures shall be done in such manner as to
preclude the possibility of the movement of water through any fresh concrete No pumping shall be
permitted during the placing of concrete for any period of at least 24 hours there after unless it is
done a suitable sum[ separated from the concrete work by a water tight wall or other similar means.
7. The bottom of the foundation shall be leveled both longitudinally and transversely or stepped
as directed by the Engineer in charge. Before footing is laid the surface shall be slightly watered and
rammed. In the event of excavation having been made deeper than that shown on the drawings or as
otherwise ordered by the Engineer in charge the extra depth shall be made up with concrete or
masonry of the foundation grade at the cost of the contractor. Ordinary filling shall be removed by
the contractor at his own cost.
8. Near towns villages ana all frequented places trenches and foundation pits shall be securely
fenced provided with proper caution signs and marked with red light at night to avoid accidents. The
contractor shall be required to take adequate protective measures to see that the excavation
operations do not affect or damage adjoining structures.
9. Backfilling shall be done with approved materials after concrete or masonry is fully set and
carried out in such a way as not to cause under thrust on any part of the structure. All space between
foundation masonry or concrete and the sides of excavation shall be refilled to the ordinal making
due allowance for settlement in 250 mm loose layers which shall be watered and compacted.
10. All the excavated materials shall be the property of the Government Where the excavated
materials is directed to be used in the construction of embankment it shall be directly deposited at
the required location.
11. All useful materials not intended for use in the bank shall be stacked neatly on government
land as directed by the Engineer in charge within 50 meters lead. Unsuitable and surplus materials
not intended for use in any part of the road shall be disposed off as directed by the Engineer in
charge.
12. Excavation for structures shall be measured in cubic meters for each class of material
countered limited to the dimensions shown on the drawings or as directed by the Engineer in charge.
Excavation over increased width cutting of slopes shoring shattering and planking shall be deemed as
convenience for the contractor in Executing the work and shall not be measured and paid for
separately.
13. The Contract unit rate for he items of excavation for structure shall be paid in full carrying
out the required operations including.
1. Setting out
2. Construction of necessary shoring and bracing and their subsequent removal.
3. Remover of all logs stums grubs and other deleterious matter and obstructions for
placing the foundation including trimming of bottoms of excavation.
4. Foundation sealing dewatering incl. pumping
5. Backfilling clearing up to the site and disposal of all surplus materials within all
lifts and leads up to 100 metres.
6. All labour materials tools equipment safeguards and incidentals necessary to
complete the work to the specification .
14. Excavation shall be for ordinary soil such as vegetable or organic soil turf slit and loam clay
mud plat black cotton soil soft shale or soft murrum a mixture of these and similar materials which
yields to the ordinary application of pick and shovel rake or other ordinary digging equipment.
Removal of gravel or any other nodular materials having diameter in any one direction not
exceeding 75 mm occurring in such strata shall be deemed to be covered under this category. The
classification of excavation shall be decided by the Engineer in Charge and his decision shall be final
and binding on the contractor.
Item No – 26 Providing and andd filling in founddation with ordinary Cement concrete M
150 mix and providing necessary vbertical pin headers including formwork, vibrating
ramming and curing complete
1. In case of ordinary concrete mix not required to be designed by preliminary tests and
proportions of cement fine aggr. and coarse aggr. are specified by volume as given in table below for
different four grads designated as ordinary M 100 M 150 M 200 and M 250
2. In the designation of a concrete mix letter M refers to the mix and the numbers to the
specified 28 days works cube compressive strength of that mix on 150 mm cubes expressed in Kg/
cm
3. The ordinary concrete mix shall generally be specified by volume. For cement which
normally comes in bags and is used by weight volume shall be worked out taking 50 Kg. of cement
as 0.035 cubic metre in colume while measuring aggre. by volume shaking remming or hammering
shall not be done proportioning of sand be s per its dry. volume in case it is damp allowance for
bulking shall be made as per IS 2386 (Part III)
4. In gradients required for ordinary concrete containing one 50 Kg bag of cement for different
proportions of mix shall be as given in the Table below.
5. Following shall be the maximum nominal size of coarse aggr. for the different items of work.
i. Plain C.C. 60 mm
ii. Solid type piers abutments and
Wing walls and their per caps 40 mm
(Coarse aggregate of size up to 40 mm
shall be machine crushed)
iii. C.C. wearing coat M - 150 20 mm
(Coarse aggre. of size up to 40 mm
shall be machine crushed)
6. Fine aggregate shall be clean hard coarse sand. It shall be free from the dust and such other
substance. The sand shall be got approved by the Engineer in charge.
7. All materials shall be stored as to prevent their deterioration or intrusion of their quality and
fitness for the work. Any materials which has deteriorated or has been damaged or is otherwise
considered defective by the Engineer in charge shall not be used in the work.
8. Cement shall be stored above the ground level in perfectly dry and watertight sheds and shall
be stocked not more than eight bags high. Wherever bulk storage containers are used. their capacity
should be sufficient to cater to the requirements at site and should be cleaned at least once every 3 to
4 months. Cement more than 3 to 4 month old shall incariably be tasted to ascertain that it satisfies
the acceptability requirements. The aggregate shall be stored in such a way as to prevent admixture
or foreign materials. Different sizes of fine or coarse aggr. shall be stored in separate stock piles
sufficiently remover from each other to prevent intermixing the materials at edges of the pipes.
9. The water for mixing shall be potable water to the satisfaction of the Engineer in charge. The
quantity or water shall be just sufficient to produce a dense concrete of required workability for the
job.
10. For all work concrete shall be mixed in a mechanical mixer along with other accessories shall
be kept in first class working condition and so maintained throughout the Construction. Mixing shall
be continued till materials are uniformly distributed and an uniform colour of the entire mass is
obtained and each individual particles of the coarse aggre. shows complete coating of mortar
constraining its proportionate amount of cement in on case shall the mixing be done for less than 2
minutes after all ingredients have been put in to the mixer.
11. When hand mixing is permitted by the Engineer in charge for snall jobs or for certain other
reasons it shall be done on a smooth watertight platform shall be so arranged that no foreign
materials shall get mixed with concrete nor does the mixing water flow out. Cement in required
number of bags shall be placed in a uniform layer on top of the measured quantity of fine and coarse
aggre. which shall also be spread in a layer of uniform thickness on the mixing platform Dry. coarse
and fine agge. and cement then shall be mixed thoroughly by turning over to mass turned over till a
mix of required consistency is obtained. In hand mixing quantity of cement shall be increased by 10
percent above that specified.
12. Mixers which have been out of use for more than 30 minutes shall be thoroughly cleaned
before putting in a new batch. Unless otherwise agreed to by Engineer in charge the first batch
concrete from the mixer shall contain only two third of normal quantity of course aggregate Mixing
plants shall be thoroughly cleaned before changing from one type of cement to another.
13. The method of transported and placing concrete shall be approved by the Engineer in charge
concrete shall be so transported and placed that no contamination segregation or loss of its
constituent material takes place. all from work and reinforcement contained on it shall be cleaned
and made free standing water dust snow or ice immediately before placing of concrete No concrete
shall be placed in any part of the structure until approval of the of the Engineer in charge has been
obtained.
14. If concreting is not started within 24 hours of the appovalbeing given it shall have to be
obtained against from the Engineer in charge. Concreting than shall proceed continuously over the
area between construction joints. Fresh concrete shall not be placed against concrete shall be
compacted in its final for more than 30 minutes unless a proper construction joint is formed.
Concrete shall be compacted in its final position within 30 minutes of its discharge from the mixer
unless carried in properly designed agitators operating continuously when this time shall be within 2
hr. of the addition of cement to the mix and within 30 minutes of its discharge from the agitator.
Except where otherwise agreed to by the Engineer in charge concrete shall be disposed in horizontal
layer to a compacted depth of not more than 0.45 metre when internal vibrators are used and not
exceeding 0.30 metre in all other cases.
15. Unless otherwise agreed to by the Engineer in charge concrete shall not be dropped into place
from a height exceeding 2 metres. when trucking or chutes are usedthey shall be kept clean and used
in such way as to avoid segregation. When concreting has to be resumed on a surface which has
hardened it shall be roughened swept clean thoroughly wated and cleaned with a 13 mm thick layer
of mortar composed of cement and sand immediately before placing of new concrete. Where
concrete has not fully hardened. all laitance shall be removed by scrubbing before placing of new
concrete. where concrete has not fully care being taken to avoid dislodgement of particulars of
coarse aggre. The surface shall then be thoroughly wetted all free water removed and then coated
with neat cement grout. The first layer of concrete to be placed on this surface shall not exceed 150
mm in thickness and shall be well rammed against old work particular attention beigt given to
corners and close spots.
16. All concrete shall be compacted to produce a dense homogeneous mass with the assistance
of vibrators unless otherwise permitted by the Engineer in charge for exceptional cases such as
concreting under water where vibrator cannot be used sufficient vibrators in serviceable condition
shall be kept at site so that spare equipment is always available in the event of break downs.
17. Immediately after compaction concrete shall be protected against harmful effects of weather
including rain running water shocks vibrations due to traffic rapid temperature changes fast druing
put process it shall be covered with wet sacking hessian or other similar obsorbent materials
approved by the engineer in charge soon after the initial set. It shall be kept continuously wet for a
period of not less than 14 days from the date of placement. Masonary work over the foundation
concrete may be started after 48 hours of its laying but the curing of concrete shall be continued for a
minimum period of 14 days.
18. From Work shall include all temporary or permanent forms required for forming the concrete
together with all temporary construction required for their support. Forms for concrete shall be
constructed of metal or limber suitably lined and be of substantial and rigied construction true to
shape and dimensions shown on the drawings. Where metal forms are used all bolts and rivetc shall
be counter sunk and sell ground to provide a smooth plaint surface. Where timber is used shall be
well seasoned free loos knots projection nails splits or other defects that may mark the cement
surface of concrete. For exposed concrete faces timber for shuttering shall be wrought on all faces in
contact with concrete.
19. Forms shall be mortar tight and shall be made sufficiently rigid by the if ties and brancings to
prevent any displacement of sagging between supports. They shall be stong enough to withstand all
pressure ramming and vibration without deflection from the prescribed lines occurring during and
after placing the concrete screw jacks or hardwood wedges where required shall be provided to make
up any settlement in the from work either before of during the placing of concrete. Suitable camber
shall be provided in horizontal members of surface specially in long spans to counteract the effects of
any deflection. The frame work shall be so fixed as to provide for such camber. Forms shall be so
constructed as to be removable in sections in the desired sequence without damaging the surface of
concrete or disturbing other sections Unless otherwise specified of directed chamfers of filletc of size
25 mm x 25 mm shall be provided at all angless of frame work to avoid sharp corners.
20. Works strength tests shall be made in accordance with IS : 516 Each test shall be conducted on
ten speclmens five of which shall be tested at seven days and the remaining five at 28 days. The
samples of concrete shall be taken on each day to concreting and cubes shall be made at the rate of
one for every 5 cubic metre of concrete or as part there of. However, if concreting done in a days is
less than 15 cubic meter the minimum number of cubes can be reduced to 6 with the specific
permission of the Engineer-in-charge. Similar works tests shall be carried out whenever the quality
and grading of suitablu increased as deemed necessary by the Engineer-in-charges when procedure
of tests given above reveal a poor quality of concrete and in other special cases.
21. The average strength of the group of cubes cast for each day shall not be less than thee
specified works cube-strength. 20 percent of the cubes for each day may have values less than the
specified strength, providing the lowest value is not less than 85 percent of the specifies strength.
22. R.C.C. work shall have exposed concrete surface. Centering design and its erection shall
approved by the Engineer-in-charge. One carpenter with helper will invariably be kept present
throughout the period of concreting Movement of labour and other persons shall e totally prohibited
over reinforcement laid in position. For access to different parts suitable platforms shall provided so
that steel reinforcement in position is not disturbed. For ensuring proper cover mortar blocks of
suitable size shall be cast and tied to the reinforcement. Timber, kaptchi or metal places shall not be
used for this purpose. Concreting of important structural members shall always be done in the
presence and under the supervision of departmental person not below the rank of Astt. Engineer/
Add. Astt. Engineer Overseer or as instructed by the Engineer in charge. After removal of form work
checks that concrete produced is of good quality plastering shall not be allowed to the expressed
faces of concrete.
23. In reinforced concrete thee volume occupied by reinforcement shall not be deducted. The slab
shall be measurement as running continuously and the beam as the portion below the slab.
24. All necessary labour materials, equipment etc. for sampling preparing test cubes curing etc.
shall be provided by the concretor. Testing of the materials and concrete may be arranged by the
Engineer-in-charge in an approved laboratory at the cost of the contractor.
25. The payment will be made on cmt basis of the finished work.
26. The unit rate for concrete shall include of all materials labour tools and plants required for
mixing placing in positions vibreting and compacting finishing as per direction of the Engineer in
Charge curing and all other incidental expenses for producing concrete of specified strength to
complete the structure or its components as shown in the drawings and according to these
specifications. The rate shall also include the cost of making fixing and removing of all centering and
forms required for the work centering
Item no. 27 Supplying and fixing reinforced concrete heavy duty non pressure pipes with
collars for culverts including setting and joining the pipes in C.M.1:2 watering and laying
(To level or slope) of internal following dia.etc. (V) 900 mm. dia.
1. The work shall consist of furnishing and installing reinforced cement concrete pipe of thetype
diameter and length required at the location shown on the drawings or as ordered by the Engineer-in-
charge.
2. Reinforced concrete pipe shall be NP-3 type conforming to the requirement of IS :and shall be of
dia as specified in the item. Each consignment of cement concrete pipesshall be inspected. If
necessary and approved by the Engineer-in-Charge, either at theplace of manufacture or at the site
before their incorporation in the work.NP-3, NP-2, NP-1 pipes are used RCC pipes where testing of
pips. Where testing of pipeswill not be feasible the contractors will have to produce a certificate from
the manufactures on company's latter head the given hereinafter form. Production of such certificate
will not however relieve the conductor from his responsibility of supplying pipes of required
standard and will have to bear the lose or damage caused to the work on account of defects found
subsequently during the execution. It will also be necessary to purchase these pipes from
manufacturer having standard equipments for carrying out various test as per IS : 458 at his factory.
Form of Certificate for NP-3, NP-2, NP-1 pipes :We produce R.C.C. pipe as per the
requirement of IS : 458 and also carry out the requiredtest at our place. We have acquired equipments for
carrying out test and are prepared tocarrying out test at our factory sites. We have experience of
manufacturing of pipes of ….years. The pipes supplied by us to..
3. No pipe shall be placed in position until the foundation have been approved by theEngineer-in-charge.
Where two or more pipes are to be laid adjacent to each other, theyshall be separated by a distance equal to at
least half the diameter of the pipe subject tominimum of 450 mm. The laying of pipes on the prepared
foundation shall start from theoutlet and proceed towards the intel and the completed to the specified lines and
grades.The pipes shall be fitted and matched so that when laid in work they from a culvert with asmooth
uniform invert. Any pipe found defective or damaged during laying be removedat there cost of contractor.
4. The pipes shall joints wither by coller joint of by flush joint in the former case, the collars
shall be of RCC 150 to 200mm wide and having the same strength as the pipe to be jointed. Caulking space
shall be between 13 and 20mm according to the diameter of the pipes Caulking materials shall be slightly wet
mix of cement and sand in ration of 1:2rammed with Causing irons. Before caulking the collar shall be so
placed that its centercoincides with that of pipe and even annular space is left between the collar and the
pipes.Flush joint may be shaped to form a self centring joint with a joining space 13 cm. wide.The joining
space shall be filled with cement mortar 1- cement to 2 – sand, mixedsufficiently dry to remain in position
when forced with a trowel or rammer. Care shall betaken to fill all voids and excess mortar shall be removed.
All joints shall be made withcare so that theire interior surface is smooth and consistent with the interior
surface of thepipes. After finishing, the joints shall be kept covered and damp for at least four days.
5. RCC pipes shall be measured along their center between their inlet and outlet ends in
linear metres.
6. The rate for the pipe shall include the cost of pipe including loading, unloading, handling,
storing, layhing in position and joining complete.
Item no. 28 Numbering the C.D.work with approved paint including all material for painting
etc complete
Numbering the C.D. works shall be carried out as per relevant I.R.C.
specification. Oil paint of approved quality and make shall be used for the purpose.
Numbering shall be very neat and clean Arrow shall be marked on the Head wall in the
correct direction of flow of water.
Payment shall be made on the Number basis.
Unit rate include the cost of all materials, labours for painting & lettering as
directed by Engineer – in – charge.
Item no. 29 Providing and fixing in position Fe 500D TMT for R.C.C. bored piles as per
detailed drawing, including cutting, bending hooking tying and welding complete and
including forming the cage and lowering it in position.(up to 10 ton)
1.0. GENERAL
This work shall consist of furnishing and placing coated, or uncoated TMT or high strength deformed
reinforcement, bars (intentioned) of the shape and dimensions shown on the drawings and conforming
to these Specifications or as approved by the Engineer in charge.
2.0. MATERIAL
2.1. TMT Bars
Reinforcements may be either TMT/medium tensile steel or high strength deformed bars. They may
be uncoated or coated 'with epoxy or with approved protective coatings.
2.2. TMT bars reinforcement for RCC work shall conform to IS 1786 FE-415 and shall be of tested
quality. It shall also comply with relevant part of IS 456-1966
2.3. All reinforcement shall be clean and free from dirt, paint, grease or oil, oil scale or loose or thick
rust at the time of placing
2.4. All steel shall be procured form original producers no re-rolled steel shall be incorporated in the
work
2.5. Only new steel shall be delivered to the site every bar shall be inspected before placing to its
position and defective brittle or burnt bar shall be discarded cracked ends of bars shall be discarded
3.0. Pitch
3.1. Distance between bars shall be as specified in drawings and as directed by the Engineer in
Charge. all bars shall be placed at an accurate distance from each other and shall be bind tightly to
maintain the desired pitch Suitable means shall be provided for holding bars securely in position
4.0. Binding wire
4.1. Mild steel binding wire shall be of 1.63 mm or 1.22 mm (16 to 18 gauge diameter and shall
conform IS 280-1972
4.2. The use of black wire will be permitted for binding reinforcement bars. It shall be free form free
from dirt, paint, grease or oil, oil scale or loose or thick rust and any other undesirable coating which
may prevent adhesion of cement mortar at the time of binding
4.3. Only new binding wire shall be delivered to the site all binding wire shall be inspected before
binding to its position and defective brittle, rusted, used wire, shall be discarded
5.0. PROTECTION OF REINFORCEMENT
5.1. Uncoated reinforcing steel shall be protected from rusting or chloride contamination.
Reinforcements shall be free from rust, mortar, loose mill scale, grease, oil or paints. This may be
ensured either by using reinforcement fresh from the factory or thoroughly cleaning all reinforcement
to remove rust using any suitable method such as sand blasting, mechanical wire brushing, etc. as
directed by the Engineer. Reinforcements shall be stored on bricks, racks or platforms and above the
ground in a clean and dry condition and shall be suitably marked to facilitate inspection and
identification.
5.2. Portions of uncoated reinforcing steel and dowels projecting from concrete shall be protected
within one week after initial placing of concrete with a brush coat of neat cement mixed with water to
a consistency, of thick paint. This coating shall be removed by lightly tapping with a hammer or other
tool not more than one week before placing of the adjacent pour of concrete. Coated reinforcing steel
shall be protected against damage to the coating. If the coating on the bars is damaged during
transportation or handling and cannot be repaired, the same shall be rejected.
6.0. Workmanship
6.1. The work shall consist of furnishing and placing reinforcement to the shape and dimensions
shown as on the drawings or as directed by The Engineer in charge.
6.2. Reinforcing steel shall conform accurate to the dimensions given in the bar bending schedules
shown on relevant drawing
7.0. BENDING OF REINFORCEMENT
7.1. Bar bend g schedule shall be furnished by the Contractor and got approved by the Engineer
before start of work.
7.2. Reinforcing steel shall conform to the dimensions and shapes given in the approved Bar bending
Schedules.
7.3. Bars shall be bent cold to the specified shape and dimensions or directed by the Engineer using a
proper bar bender operated by hand power to obtain the correct radius of bends and shape. Bars, shall
not be bent or straightened in a manner that will damage parent material or the coating bars bent
during transport or handling shall, be straightened before being used on work and shall not be heated
to facilitate straightening.
8.0. PLACING OF REINFORCEMENT
8.1. The reinforcement cage should generally be fabricated in the yard at ground level, and then
shifted and placed in position. The reinforcement shall be placed strictly, in accordance with the
drawings and shall be assembled in position, only when structure is otherwise ready for placing of
concrete. Prolonged time gap, between assembling of reinforcements and casting of concrete, which
may result in rust formation on the surface, shall not be permitted.
8.2. Reinforcement bars shall be placed accurately in position as shown on the drawings. The bars,
crossing one another shall be tied together at every intersection with binding wire ( annealed),
conforming to IS:280 to make the skeleton of the reinforcement rigid such that the reinforcement does
not get displaced during placing of concrete, or any other operation. The diameter of binding wire
shall not be less than 1 mm.
8.3. Bars shall be kept in. position usually by the following methods:
In case of beam an slab construction, industrially produced polymer cover blocks of thickness equal to
the specified cover shall be placed between the bars and formwork subject to satisfactory evidence
that the polymer composition is not harmful to concrete and reinforcement. Cover blocks made of
concrete may be permitted by the Engineer, provided they have the same strength and specification as
those of the member.
8.4. In case of dowels for Columns and walls the vertical reinforcement shall be kept in position by
means of timber templates with slots in them accurately, or with cover blocks tied to the
Reinforcement Timber templates shall be removed after the concreting has progressed up to a level
just below their location.
8.5. Layers of reinforcements shall be separated by spacer bars at approximately One meter intervals.
The minimum diameter of spacer bars shall be 12 mm or: equal to maximum size of main
reinforcement or maximum size of coarse aggregate, whichever is greater. Horizontal reinforcement
shall not be, allowed to sag between supports.
8.6. Necessary stays, blocks, metal chairs, spacers, metal hangers. supporting wires etc, or other
subsidiary, reinforcement shall be provided to fix the reinforcements firmly in its correct position.
8.7. Use of pebbles, broken stone, metal pipe, brick, mortar or wooden blocks etc as devices for
positioning reinforcement shall not be permitted.
8.8. Bars coated with epoxy or any other approved protective coating shall be placed on supports that
do not damage the coating. Supports shall be installed in a manner such that planes of weakness are
not created in hardened concrete. The coated reinforcing steel shall be held in place by use of plastic
or plastic coated binding wires especially manufactured for the purpose.
8.9. Placing and fixing of reinforcement shall be inspected and approved by the Engineer before
concrete is deposited.
9.0. Lapping
9.1. All reinforcement shall be furnished in full lengths as indicated on the drawing. No splicing of
bars, except where shown on the drawing; will be permitted without approval of the Engineer. The
lengths of the splice shall be as indicated on drawing or as approved by the Engineer. Where
practicable, overlapping bars shall not touch each other, and shall be kept apart by 25 mm or 1 1 1/4
times the maximum size of coarse aggregate, whichever is greater. If this is not feasible, overlapping
bars shall be bound with annealed steel binding wire, not less than 1 mm diameter and twisted tight in
such a manner as to maintain minimum clear cover to the reinforcement from the concrete surface.
Lapped splices shall be staggered or located at points, along the span where stresses are low.
10.1 Splicing by welding of reinforcement will be permitted only if detailed on the drawing or
approved by the Engineer. Weld shall develop an ultimate strength equal to or greater than that of the
bars connected.
10.2. While welding may be permitted for TMT .reinforcing bars conforming to IS: 432, welding of
deformed bars conforming to IS: 1786 shall in general be prohibited. Welding may be permitted in
case of bars of other than S 240 grade including special. Welding grade of S 415 grade bars
conforming to IS: 1786, for which necessary chemical analysis has been secured and the carbon
equivalent (CE) calculated from the chemical composition using the formula: CE = C + Mn + Cr +
Mg + V + Ni + Cu 6 5 15 is 0.4 or less.
10.3. The method of welding shall conform to IS: 2751 and IS: 9417 and to any supplemental
specifications to the satisfaction of the Engineer
10.4. Bars shall be bent cold to the specified shape and dimensions or as directed by Engineer in
charge using the proper bender tool, operated by hand or power to attain proper radius of bends. Bars
shall not be bend or straightened in a manner that will injure the material. Bars bent during transport
or handling shall be straightened before being used in the work. Bars shall not be heated to facilitate
bending.
10.5. Unless otherwise specified a 'U' type hook at the end of each bar shall invariably be provided to
main reinforcement. The radius of the bane shall not be less then twice the diameter of the round bar
and the length of the straight part of the bar beyond the end of the curve shall be at least four times of
the diameter of the round bar. In case of bars which are not round and in case of deformed bars, the
diameter shall be taken as the diameter of circle having an equivalent effective area the hooks shall be
suitably encased to prevent any spiting of the concrete.
10.6. All reinforcement bars shall be accurately placed in exact position shown on the drawings and
shall be securely held in position during placing of concrete by annealed binding wire not less than 1
mm in size and by using say blocks or metal chairs spacers, metal hangers, supporting wires or other
approved devices at sufficiently close intervals, Bars shall not be allowed to sag between supports not
displaced during concreting or any other operations of the work All devices used for positioning shall
be of not corrodible material wooden and metal supports shall not extended to the surface of the
concrete, except where shown in drawings. Placing bars on layers of freshly laid concrete as the work
progresses for adjusting bar spacing shall not be allowed. Pieces of broken stone or brick and wooden
blocs shall not be used Layers of bars shall be separated by spacer bars pre-cast mortar blocks or other
approved devices. Reinforcement after bending placed in position shall be maintained in a clean
condition until completely embedded in concrete, Special care shall be exercised to prevent any
displacement of reinforcement in concrete already placed. To prevent reinforcement form corrosion,
concrete cover shall be provided as indicated on drawings. All bars protruding from concrete and to
which other bars are to be sliced and which are likely to be exposed for a period exceeding 10 days
shall be protected by a thick coat of neat cement grout
10.7. Bars crossing each other where required shall be secured by binding wire (annealed) of size not
less than 1 mm in such a manner that they do not slip over at the time of fixing and concreting.
10.7. As far possible bars of full length shall be used In case this is not possible, overlapping of bars
shall be done as directed by the Engineer in charge When practicable overlapping bars shall not touch
each other, but be kept apart by 25 mm Where no feasible overlapping bars shall be bound with
annealed wires not less than 1 mm thick twisted tight The overlaps shall be staggered for different
bars and located at points along the span where neither sheer not bending moments is maximum.
10.8. Whenever indicated on drawing or desired the Engineer in charge bars shall be jointed by
coupling which shall have a cross section sufficient to transmit the full stresses of bars The end of the
bars that are jointed by coupling shall be upset for sufficient length so that the effective cross section
at the base of threads is not less than the normal cross section of the bar. Threads shall be standards
threads Steel for coupling shall conform to IS 226.
10.8. When permitted or specified on the drawings joints of reinforcement bars shall butt-welded so as
to transmit their full stresses Welded joints shall preferably be located at points when steel will not be
subject to more than 75 percent of the maximum permissible stresses and welds so staggered that at
any one section not more than 20 percent of the rods are welded Only electric are welding using a
process which excludes air form the molten metal and conforms to any or other special provisions for
the work shall be accepted Suitable means shall be provided for holding bars securely in position
during welding It shall be ensured that no voids are left in welding and when welding is done in two
or three stages previous surface shall be cleaned properly Ends of bars shall be cleaned of all loose
scale rust stages paint and other foreign matter before welding Only competent welders shall be
employed on the work. The M S electrodes used for welding shall conform IS 814 Welded pieces of
reinforcement shall be tested. Specimen shall be taken form the actual site and their number shall
frequency to test shall be as directed by the Engineer in charge
11.0 MODE OF MEASUREMENTS & PAYMENT
11.1. For the purpose of payment the bar shall be measured correct up to 10 mm length and weight
payable works out at the rate specified below
Item no. 30 Providing and filling sand behind abutments and between returns in
layers as directed
1. The Sand to be used for filling shall be coarse granular clean free from dust and deleterious matters
obtained from a source as approved by the Engineer in charge. Sand between return shall confirm to
I.S. 383
2. After the bottom plug has been laid and tested for leakage the level of its top shall be ascretainted and
recorded and thje well shall be filled with sand under water in suitable layers not exceeding 30 cm at a
time4 and each layer well compacted by rodding to maximum density up to the level of the underside
of the plug as per details drawing or as directed by the Engineer in charge.
3. Sand between returns and below raft foundations shall be filled in suitable layers not exceeding 30 cms
at a time and each layer shall be well compacted.
4. Mode of measurement shall be that toal cubical content (in cmt) of the area covered by sand filling.
5. Unit rate including the cost of materials labour and tools plant to complete the work.
Item no. 31 Excavation for foundation in sand, Gravel, Clay, Soft soil and Murrum
etc., including shorting, strutting and dewatering as necessary and disposing of the
excavated stuff as directed.
1. Excavation for structures shall consist of the removal of materials for the construction of
foundations for culverts retaining walls cut of own walls pipe culverts and other similar structure in
accordance with the requirement of these specification and the lines and dimensions shown on the
drawing or as indicated by the Engineer in charge. The work shall incl. all necessary sheeting
shorting bracing draining and pumping and the remove of all logs stumps excavation backfilling and
clearing up the site and the disposal of all surplus materials.
2. After the site bas been cleared the limits of excavated shall be set out true to lines curves and
slopes.
3. Excavation shall be taken to the width of the lowest step of the footing. The contractor at his
own expense shall put up necessary shoring strutting and planking or cut slopes to a safer angle or
both with due regard to the safety of persons and works and to the satisfaction to tne Engineer in
charge.
4. The depth to which the excavation is to be carried out shall be as shown on the drawings
unless the type of material encounter is such as to require changes in which case the depth shall be as
ordered by the Engineer n charge.
5. Where water is met with in excavation due to stream flow seepage springs rain or other
reasons the contractor shall take adequate measures such as bailling pumping constructing diversion
channels drainage channels and other necessary work to keep the foundation trenches dry when so
required and to protect greenconcrete/ masonary against damaged by erosion or sudden rising of
water level. The method to be accepted in this regard and other details there of shall be left to choise
of the contractor but approval of the Engineer in charge. Approval of the Engineer in charge shall
however not relieve the contractor of the responsibility for the adequacy of dewatering and
portection arrangement and for the quality and safety to the work.
6. Pumping from the interior of ant foundation enclosures shall be done in such manner as to
preclude the possibility of the movement of water through any fresh concrete No pumping shall be
permitted during the placing of concrete for any period of at least 24 hours there after unless it is
done a suitable sum[ separated from the concrete work by a water tight wall or other similar means.
7. The bottom of the foundation shall be leveled both longitudinally and transversely or stepped
as directed by the Engineer in charge. Before footing is laid the surface shall be slightly watered and
rammed. In the event of excavation having been made deeper than that shown on the drawings or as
otherwise ordered by the Engineer in charge the extra depth shall be made up with concrete or
masonry of the foundation grade at the cost of the contractor. Ordinary filling shall be removed by
the contractor at his own cost.
8. Near towns villages ana all frequented places trenches and foundation pits shall be securely
fenced provided with proper caution signs and marked with red light at night to avoid accidents. The
contractor shall be required to take adequate protective measures to see that the excavation
operations do not affect or damage adjoining structures.
9. Backfilling shall be done with approved materials after concrete or masonry is fully set and
carried out in such a way as not to cause under thrust on any part of the structure. All space between
foundation masonry or concrete and the sides of excavation shall be refilled to the ordinal making
due allowance for settlement in 250 mm loose layers which shall be watered and compacted.
10. All the excavated materials shall be the property of the Government Where the excavated
materials is directed to be used in the construction of embankment it shall be directly deposited at
the required location.
11. All useful materials not intended for use in the bank shall be stacked neatly on government
land as directed by the Engineer in charge within 50 meters lead. Unsuitable and surplus materials
not intended for use in any part of the road shall be disposed off as directed by the Engineer in
charge.
12. Excavation for structures shall be measured in cubic meters for each class of material
countered limited to the dimensions shown on the drawings or as directed by the Engineer in charge.
Excavation over increased width cutting of slopes shoring shattering and planking shall be deemed as
convenience for the contractor in Executing the work and shall not be measured and paid for
separately.
13. The Contract unit rate for he items of excavation for structure shall be paid in full carrying
out the required operations including.
1. Setting out
2. Construction of necessary shoring and bracing and their subsequent removal.
3. Remover of all logs stums grubs and other deleterious matter and obstructions for
placing the foundation including trimming of bottoms of excavation.
4. Foundation sealing dewatering incl. pumping
5. Backfilling clearing up to the site and disposal of all surplus materials within all
lifts and leads up to 100 metres.
6. All labour materials tools equipment safeguards and incidentals necessary to
complete the work to the specification .
14. Excavation shall be for ordinary soil such as vegetable or organic soil turf slit and loam clay
mud plat black cotton soil soft shale or soft murrum a mixture of these and similar materials which
yields to the ordinary application of pick and shovel rake or other ordinary digging equipment.
Removal of gravel or any other nodular materials having diameter in any one direction not
exceeding 75 mm occurring in such strata shall be deemed to be covered under this category. The
classification of excavation shall be decided by the Engineer in Charge and his decision
Item no. 32 Providing and filling in foundation with ordinary cement concrete M- 150
mix and providing necessary vertical pin headers including formwork, vibrating,
ramming and curing complete.
1. In case of ordinary concrete mix not required to be designed by preliminary tests and
proportions of cement fine aggr. and coarse aggr. are specified by volume as given in table below for
different four grads designated as ordinary M 100 M 150 M 200 and M 250
2. In the designation of a concrete mix letter M refers to the mix and the numbers to the
specified 28 days works cube compressive strength of that mix on 150 mm cubes expressed in Kg/
cm
3. The ordinary concrete mix shall generally be specified by volume. For cement which
normally comes in bags and is used by weight volume shall be worked out taking 50 Kg. of cement
as 0.035 cubic metre in colume while measuring aggre. by volume shaking remming or hammering
shall not be done proportioning of sand be s per its dry. volume in case it is damp allowance for
bulking shall be made as per IS 2386 (Part III)
4. In gradients required for ordinary concrete containing one 50 Kg bag of cement for different
proportions of mix shall be as given in the Table below.
5. Following shall be the maximum nominal size of coarse aggr. for the different items of work.
i. Plain C.C. 60 mm
ii. Solid type piers abutments and
Wing walls and their per caps 40 mm
(Coarse aggregate of size up to 40 mm
shall be machine crushed)
iii. C.C. wearing coat M - 150 20 mm
(Coarse aggre. of size up to 40 mm
shall be machine crushed)
6. Fine aggregate shall be clean hard coarse sand. It shall be free from the dust and such other
substance. The sand shall be got approved by the Engineer in charge.
7. All materials shall be stored as to prevent their deterioration or intrusion of their quality and
fitness for the work. Any materials which has deteriorated or has been damaged or is otherwise
considered defective by the Engineer in charge shall not be used in the work.
8. Cement shall be stored above the ground level in perfectly dry and watertight sheds and shall
be stocked not more than eight bags high. Wherever bulk storage containers are used. their capacity
should be sufficient to cater to the requirements at site and should be cleaned at least once every 3 to
4 months. Cement more than 3 to 4 month old shall incariably be tasted to ascertain that it satisfies
the acceptability requirements. The aggregate shall be stored in such a way as to prevent admixture
or foreign materials. Different sizes of fine or coarse aggr. shall be stored in separate stock piles
sufficiently remover from each other to prevent intermixing the materials at edges of the pipes.
9. The water for mixing shall be potable water to the satisfaction of the Engineer in charge. The
quantity or water shall be just sufficient to produce a dense concrete of required workability for the
job.
10. For all work concrete shall be mixed in a mechanical mixer along with other accessories shall
be kept in first class working condition and so maintained throughout the Construction. Mixing shall
be continued till materials are uniformly distributed and an uniform colour of the entire mass is
obtained and each individual particles of the coarse aggre. shows complete coating of mortar
constraining its proportionate amount of cement in on case shall the mixing be done for less than 2
minutes after all ingredients have been put in to the mixer.
11. When hand mixing is permitted by the Engineer in charge for snall jobs or for certain other
reasons it shall be done on a smooth watertight platform shall be so arranged that no foreign
materials shall get mixed with concrete nor does the mixing water flow out. Cement in required
number of bags shall be placed in a uniform layer on top of the measured quantity of fine and coarse
aggre. which shall also be spread in a layer of uniform thickness on the mixing platform Dry. coarse
and fine agge. and cement then shall be mixed thoroughly by turning over to mass turned over till a
mix of required consistency is obtained. In hand mixing quantity of cement shall be increased by 10
percent above that specified.
12. Mixers which have been out of use for more than 30 minutes shall be thoroughly cleaned
before putting in a new batch. Unless otherwise agreed to by Engineer in charge the first batch
concrete from the mixer shall contain only two third of normal quantity of course aggregate Mixing
plants shall be thoroughly cleaned before changing from one type of cement to another.
13. The method of transported and placing concrete shall be approved by the Engineer in charge
concrete shall be so transported and placed that no contamination segregation or loss of its
constituent material takes place. all from work and reinforcement contained on it shall be cleaned
and made free standing water dust snow or ice immediately before placing of concrete No concrete
shall be placed in any part of the structure until approval of the of the Engineer in charge has been
obtained.
14. If concreting is not started within 24 hours of the appovalbeing given it shall have to be
obtained against from the Engineer in charge. Concreting than shall proceed continuously over the
area between construction joints. Fresh concrete shall not be placed against concrete shall be
compacted in its final for more than 30 minutes unless a proper construction joint is formed.
Concrete shall be compacted in its final position within 30 minutes of its discharge from the mixer
unless carried in properly designed agitators operating continuously when this time shall be within 2
hr. of the addition of cement to the mix and within 30 minutes of its discharge from the agitator.
Except where otherwise agreed to by the Engineer in charge concrete shall be disposed in horizontal
layer to a compacted depth of not more than 0.45 metre when internal vibrators are used and not
exceeding 0.30 metre in all other cases.
15. Unless otherwise agreed to by the Engineer in charge concrete shall not be dropped into place
from a height exceeding 2 metres. when trucking or chutes are usedthey shall be kept clean and used
in such way as to avoid segregation. When concreting has to be resumed on a surface which has
hardened it shall be roughened swept clean thoroughly wated and cleaned with a 13 mm thick layer
of mortar composed of cement and sand immediately before placing of new concrete. Where
concrete has not fully hardened. all laitance shall be removed by scrubbing before placing of new
concrete. where concrete has not fully care being taken to avoid dislodgement of particulars of
coarse aggre. The surface shall then be thoroughly wetted all free water removed and then coated
with neat cement grout. The first layer of concrete to be placed on this surface shall not exceed 150
mm in thickness and shall be well rammed against old work particular attention beigt given to
corners and close spots.
16. All concrete shall be compacted to produce a dense homogeneous mass with the assistance
of vibrators unless otherwise permitted by the Engineer in charge for exceptional cases such as
concreting under water where vibrator cannot be used sufficient vibrators in serviceable condition
shall be kept at site so that spare equipment is always available in the event of break downs.
17. Immediately after compaction concrete shall be protected against harmful effects of weather
including rain running water shocks vibrations due to traffic rapid temperature changes fast druing
put process it shall be covered with wet sacking hessian or other similar obsorbent materials
approved by the engineer in charge soon after the initial set. It shall be kept continuously wet for a
period of not less than 14 days from the date of placement. Masonary work over the foundation
concrete may be started after 48 hours of its laying but the curing of concrete shall be continued for a
minimum period of 14 days.
18. From Work shall include all temporary or permanent forms required for forming the concrete
together with all temporary construction required for their support. Forms for concrete shall be
constructed of metal or limber suitably lined and be of substantial and rigied construction true to
shape and dimensions shown on the drawings. Where metal forms are used all bolts and rivetc shall
be counter sunk and sell ground to provide a smooth plaint surface. Where timber is used shall be
well seasoned free loos knots projection nails splits or other defects that may mark the cement
surface of concrete. For exposed concrete faces timber for shuttering shall be wrought on all faces in
contact with concrete.
19. Forms shall be mortar tight and shall be made sufficiently rigid by the if ties and brancings to
prevent any displacement of sagging between supports. They shall be stong enough to withstand all
pressure ramming and vibration without deflection from the prescribed lines occurring during and
after placing the concrete screw jacks or hardwood wedges where required shall be provided to make
up any settlement in the from work either before of during the placing of concrete. Suitable camber
shall be provided in horizontal members of surface specially in long spans to counteract the effects of
any deflection. The frame work shall be so fixed as to provide for such camber. Forms shall be so
constructed as to be removable in sections in the desired sequence without damaging the surface of
concrete or disturbing other sections Unless otherwise specified of directed chamfers of filletc of size
25 mm x 25 mm shall be provided at all angless of frame work to avoid sharp corners.
20. Works strength tests shall be made in accordance with IS : 516 Each test shall be conducted on
ten speclmens five of which shall be tested at seven days and the remaining five at 28 days. The
samples of concrete shall be taken on each day to concreting and cubes shall be made at the rate of
one for every 5 cubic metre of concrete or as part there of. However, if concreting done in a days is
less than 15 cubic meter the minimum number of cubes can be reduced to 6 with the specific
permission of the Engineer-in-charge. Similar works tests shall be carried out whenever the quality
and grading of suitablu increased as deemed necessary by the Engineer-in-charges when procedure
of tests given above reveal a poor quality of concrete and in other special cases.
21. The average strength of the group of cubes cast for each day shall not be less than thee
specified works cube-strength. 20 percent of the cubes for each day may have values less than the
specified strength, providing the lowest value is not less than 85 percent of the specifies strength.
22. R.C.C. work shall have exposed concrete surface. Centering design and its erection shall
approved by the Engineer-in-charge. One carpenter with helper will invariably be kept present
throughout the period of concreting Movement of labour and other persons shall e totally prohibited
over reinforcement laid in position. For access to different parts suitable platforms shall provided so
that steel reinforcement in position is not disturbed. For ensuring proper cover mortar blocks of
suitable size shall be cast and tied to the reinforcement. Timber, kaptchi or metal places shall not be
used for this purpose. Concreting of important structural members shall always be done in the
presence and under the supervision of departmental person not below the rank of Astt. Engineer/
Add. Astt. Engineer Overseer or as instructed by the Engineer in charge. After removal of form work
checks that concrete produced is of good quality plastering shall not be allowed to the expressed
faces of concrete.
23. In reinforced concrete thee volume occupied by reinforcement shall not be deducted. The slab
shall be measurement as running continuously and the beam as the portion below the slab.
24. All necessary labour materials, equipment etc. for sampling preparing test cubes curing etc.
shall be provided by the concretor. Testing of the materials and concrete may be arranged by the
Engineer-in-charge in an approved laboratory at the cost of the contractor.
25. The payment will be made on cmt basis of the finished work.
26. The unit rate for concrete shall include of all materials labour tools and plants required for
mixing placing in positions vibreting and compacting finishing as per direction of the Engineer in
Charge curing and all other incidental expenses for producing concrete of specified strength to
complete the structure or its components as shown in the drawings and according to these
specifications. The rate shall also include the cost of making fixing and removing of all centering and
forms required for the work centering
Item no. 33 Providing and casting in-situ controlled cement concrete M 250 for R.C.C raft
and cut off walls including necessary shuttering, laying vibrating, ramming and curing
complete.
1. In case of Ordinary Cement concrete mix not required to be designed by preliminary tests
and proportions of cement fine aggr. and coarse aggr. are specified by volume as given in table
below for different four grads designated as ordinary M 100 M 150 M 200 and M 250
2. In the designation of a concrete mix letter M refers to the mix and the numbers to the
specified 28 days works cube compressive strength of that mix on 150 mm cubes expressed in Kg/
cm
3. The ordinary concrete mix shall generally be specified by volume. For cement which
normally comes in bags and is used by weight volume shall be worked out taking 50 Kg. of cement
as 0.035 cubic metre in colume while measuring aggre. by volume shaking remming or hammering
shall not be done proportioning of sand be s per its dry. volume in case it is damp allowance for
bulking shall be made as per IS 2386 (Part III)
4. In gradients required for ordinary concrete containing one 50 Kg bag of cement for different
proportions of mix shall be as given in the Table below.
5. Following shall be the maximum nominal size of coarse aggr. for the different items of work.
i. Plain C.C. 60 mm
ii. Solid type piers abutments and
Wing walls and their per caps 40 mm
(Coarse aggregate of size up to 40 mm
shall be machine crushed)
iii. C.C. wearing coat M - 150 20 mm
(Coarse aggre. of size up to 40 mm
shall be machine crushed)
6. Fine aggregate shall be clean hard coarse sand. It shall be free from the dust and such other
substance. The sand shall be got approved by the Engineer in charge.
7. All materials shall be stored as to prevent their deterioration or intrusion of their quality and
fitness for the work. Any materials which has deteriorated or has been damaged or is otherwise
considered defective by the Engineer in charge shall not be used in the work.
8. Cement shall be stored above the ground level in perfectly dry and watertight sheds and shall
be stocked not more than eight bags high. Wherever bulk storage containers are used. their capacity
should be sufficient to cater to the requirements at site and should be cleaned at least once every 3 to
4 months. Cement more than 3 to 4 month old shall incariably be tasted to ascertain that it satisfies
the acceptability requirements. The aggregate shall be stored in such a way as to prevent admixture
or foreign materials. Different sizes of fine or coarse aggr. shall be stored in separate stock piles
sufficiently remover from each other to prevent intermixing the materials at edges of the pipes.
9. The water for mixing shall be potable water to the satisfaction of the Engineer in charge. The
quantity or water shall be just sufficient to produce a dense concrete of required workability for the
job.
10. For all work concrete shall be mixed in a mechanical mixer along with other accessories shall
be kept in first class working condition and so maintained throughout the Construction. Mixing shall
be continued till materials are uniformly distributed and an uniform colour of the entire mass is
obtained and each individual particles of the coarse aggre. shows complete coating of mortar
constraining its proportionate amount of cement in on case shall the mixing be done for less than 2
minutes after all ingredients have been put in to the mixer.
11. When hand mixing is permitted by the Engineer in charge for snall jobs or for certain other
reasons it shall be done on a smooth watertight platform shall be so arranged that no foreign
materials shall get mixed with concrete nor does the mixing water flow out. Cement in required
number of bags shall be placed in a uniform layer on top of the measured quantity of fine and coarse
aggre. which shall also be spread in a layer of uniform thickness on the mixing platform Dry. coarse
and fine agge. and cement then shall be mixed thoroughly by turning over to mass turned over till a
mix of required consistency is obtained. In hand mixing quantity of cement shall be increased by 10
percent above that specified.
12. Mixers which have been out of use for more than 30 minutes shall be thoroughly cleaned
before putting in a new batch. Unless otherwise agreed to by Engineer in charge the first batch
concrete from the mixer shall contain only two third of normal quantity of course aggregate Mixing
plants shall be thoroughly cleaned before changing from one type of cement to another.
13. The method of transported and placing concrete shall be approved by the Engineer in charge
concrete shall be so transported and placed that no contamination segregation or loss of its
constituent material takes place. all from work and reinforcement contained on it shall be cleaned
and made free standing water dust snow or ice immediately before placing of concrete No concrete
shall be placed in any part of the structure until approval of the of the Engineer in charge has been
obtained.
14. If concreting is not started within 24 hours of the appovalbeing given it shall have to be
obtained against from the Engineer in charge. Concreting than shall proceed continuously over the
area between construction joints. Fresh concrete shall not be placed against concrete shall be
compacted in its final for more than 30 minutes unless a proper construction joint is formed.
Concrete shall be compacted in its final position within 30 minutes of its discharge from the mixer
unless carried in properly designed agitators operating continuously when this time shall be within 2
hr. of the addition of cement to the mix and within 30 minutes of its discharge from the agitator.
Except where otherwise agreed to by the Engineer in charge concrete shall be disposed in horizontal
layer to a compacted depth of not more than 0.45 metre when internal vibrators are used and not
exceeding 0.30 metre in all other cases.
15. Unless otherwise agreed to by the Engineer in charge concrete shall not be dropped into place
from a height exceeding 2 metres. when trucking or chutes are usedthey shall be kept clean and used
in such way as to avoid segregation. When concreting has to be resumed on a surface which has
hardened it shall be roughened swept clean thoroughly wated and cleaned with a 13 mm thick layer
of mortar composed of cement and sand immediately before placing of new concrete. Where
concrete has not fully hardened. all laitance shall be removed by scrubbing before placing of new
concrete. where concrete has not fully care being taken to avoid dislodgement of particulars of
coarse aggre. The surface shall then be thoroughly wetted all free water removed and then coated
with neat cement grout. The first layer of concrete to be placed on this surface shall not exceed 150
mm in thickness and shall be well rammed against old work particular attention beigt given to
corners and close spots.
16. All concrete shall be compacted to produce a dense homogeneous mass with the assistance
of vibrators unless otherwise permitted by the Engineer in charge for exceptional cases such as
concreting under water where vibrator cannot be used sufficient vibrators in serviceable condition
shall be kept at site so that spare equipment is always available in the event of break downs.
17. Immediately after compaction concrete shall be protected against harmful effects of weather
including rain running water shocks vibrations due to traffic rapid temperature changes fast druing
put process it shall be covered with wet sacking hessian or other similar obsorbent materials
approved by the engineer in charge soon after the initial set. It shall be kept continuously wet for a
period of not less than 14 days from the date of placement. Masonary work over the foundation
concrete may be started after 48 hours of its laying but the curing of concrete shall be continued for a
minimum period of 14 days.
18. From Work shall include all temporary or permanent forms required for forming the concrete
together with all temporary construction required for their support. Forms for concrete shall be
constructed of metal or limber suitably lined and be of substantial and rigied construction true to
shape and dimensions shown on the drawings. Where metal forms are used all bolts and rivetc shall
be counter sunk and sell ground to provide a smooth plaint surface. Where timber is used shall be
well seasoned free loos knots projection nails splits or other defects that may mark the cement
surface of concrete. For exposed concrete faces timber for shuttering shall be wrought on all faces in
contact with concrete.
19. Forms shall be mortar tight and shall be made sufficiently rigid by the if ties and brancings to
prevent any displacement of sagging between supports. They shall be stong enough to withstand all
pressure ramming and vibration without deflection from the prescribed lines occurring during and
after placing the concrete screw jacks or hardwood wedges where required shall be provided to make
up any settlement in the from work either before of during the placing of concrete. Suitable camber
shall be provided in horizontal members of surface specially in long spans to counteract the effects of
any deflection. The frame work shall be so fixed as to provide for such camber. Forms shall be so
constructed as to be removable in sections in the desired sequence without damaging the surface of
concrete or disturbing other sections Unless otherwise specified of directed chamfers of filletc of size
25 mm x 25 mm shall be provided at all angless of frame work to avoid sharp corners.
20. Works strength tests shall be made in accordance with IS : 516 Each test shall be conducted on
ten speclmens five of which shall be tested at seven days and the remaining five at 28 days. The
samples of concrete shall be taken on each day to concreting and cubes shall be made at the rate of
one for every 5 cubic metre of concrete or as part there of. However, if concreting done in a days is
less than 15 cubic meter the minimum number of cubes can be reduced to 6 with the specific
permission of the Engineer-in-charge. Similar works tests shall be carried out whenever the quality
and grading of suitablu increased as deemed necessary by the Engineer-in-charges when procedure
of tests given above reveal a poor quality of concrete and in other special cases.
21. The average strength of the group of cubes cast for each day shall not be less than thee
specified works cube-strength. 20 percent of the cubes for each day may have values less than the
specified strength, providing the lowest value is not less than 85 percent of the specifies strength.
22. R.C.C. work shall have exposed concrete surface. Centering design and its erection shall
approved by the Engineer-in-charge. One carpenter with helper will invariably be kept present
throughout the period of concreting Movement of labour and other persons shall e totally prohibited
over reinforcement laid in position. For access to different parts suitable platforms shall provided so
that steel reinforcement in position is not disturbed. For ensuring proper cover mortar blocks of
suitable size shall be cast and tied to the reinforcement. Timber, kaptchi or metal places shall not be
used for this purpose. Concreting of important structural members shall always be done in the
presence and under the supervision of departmental person not below the rank of Astt. Engineer/
Add. Astt. Engineer Overseer or as instructed by the Engineer in charge. After removal of form work
checks that concrete produced is of good quality plastering shall not be allowed to the expressed
faces of concrete.
23. In reinforced concrete thee volume occupied by reinforcement shall not be deducted. The slab
shall be measurement as running continuously and the beam as the portion below the slab.
24. All necessary labour materials, equipment etc. for sampling preparing test cubes curing etc.
shall be provided by the concretor. Testing of the materials and concrete may be arranged by the
Engineer-in-charge in an approved laboratory at the cost of the contractor.
25. The payment will be made on cmt basis of the finished work.
26. The unit rate for concrete shall include of all materials labour tools and plants required for
mixing placing in positions vibreting and compacting finishing as per direction of the Engineer in
Charge curing and all other incidental expenses for producing concrete of specified strength to
complete the structure or its components as shown in the drawings and according to these
specifications. The rate shall also include the cost of making fixing and removing of all centering and
forms required for the work centering.
Item no. 34 Providing and casting in situ controlled cement concrete M - 300 for
R.C.C. solid slab including centering, scaffolding, curing & finishing comp..(including
Apoxy Painting of Exterior Surface)
1. In case of ordinary concrete mix not required to be designed by preliminary tests and
proportions of cement fine aggr. and coarse aggr. are specified by volume as given in table below for
different four grads designated as ordinary M 100 M 150 M 200 and M 250
2. In the designation of a concrete mix letter M refers to the mix and the numbers to the
specified 28 days works cube compressive strength of that mix on 150 mm cubes expressed in Kg/
cm
3. The ordinary concrete mix shall generally be specified by volume. For cement which
normally comes in bags and is used by weight volume shall be worked out taking 50 Kg. of cement
as 0.035 cubic metre in colume while measuring aggre. by volume shaking remming or hammering
shall not be done proportioning of sand be s per its dry. volume in case it is damp allowance for
bulking shall be made as per IS 2386 (Part III)
4. In gradients required for ordinary concrete containing one 50 Kg bag of cement for different
proportions of mix shall be as given in the Table below.
5. Following shall be the maximum nominal size of coarse aggr. for the different items of work.
i. Plain C.C. 60 mm
ii. Solid type piers abutments and
Wing walls and their per caps 40 mm
(Coarse aggregate of size up to 40 mm
shall be machine crushed)
iii. C.C. wearing coat M - 150 20 mm
(Coarse aggre. of size up to 40 mm
shall be machine crushed)
6. Fine aggregate shall be clean hard coarse sand. It shall be free from the dust and such other
substance. The sand shall be got approved by the Engineer in charge.
7. All materials shall be stored as to prevent their deterioration or intrusion of their quality and
fitness for the work. Any materials which has deteriorated or has been damaged or is otherwise
considered defective by the Engineer in charge shall not be used in the work.
8. Cement shall be stored above the ground level in perfectly dry and watertight sheds and shall
be stocked not more than eight bags high. Wherever bulk storage containers are used. their capacity
should be sufficient to cater to the requirements at site and should be cleaned at least once every 3 to
4 months. Cement more than 3 to 4 month old shall incariably be tasted to ascertain that it satisfies
the acceptability requirements. The aggregate shall be stored in such a way as to prevent admixture
or foreign materials. Different sizes of fine or coarse aggr. shall be stored in separate stock piles
sufficiently remover from each other to prevent intermixing the materials at edges of the pipes.
9. The water for mixing shall be potable water to the satisfaction of the Engineer in charge. The
quantity or water shall be just sufficient to produce a dense concrete of required workability for the
job.
10. For all work concrete shall be mixed in a mechanical mixer along with other accessories shall
be kept in first class working condition and so maintained throughout the Construction. Mixing shall
be continued till materials are uniformly distributed and an uniform colour of the entire mass is
obtained and each individual particles of the coarse aggre. shows complete coating of mortar
constraining its proportionate amount of cement in on case shall the mixing be done for less than 2
minutes after all ingredients have been put in to the mixer.
11. When hand mixing is permitted by the Engineer in charge for snall jobs or for certain other
reasons it shall be done on a smooth watertight platform shall be so arranged that no foreign
materials shall get mixed with concrete nor does the mixing water flow out. Cement in required
number of bags shall be placed in a uniform layer on top of the measured quantity of fine and coarse
aggre. which shall also be spread in a layer of uniform thickness on the mixing platform Dry. coarse
and fine agge. and cement then shall be mixed thoroughly by turning over to mass turned over till a
mix of required consistency is obtained. In hand mixing quantity of cement shall be increased by 10
percent above that specified.
12. Mixers which have been out of use for more than 30 minutes shall be thoroughly cleaned
before putting in a new batch. Unless otherwise agreed to by Engineer in charge the first batch
concrete from the mixer shall contain only two third of normal quantity of course aggregate Mixing
plants shall be thoroughly cleaned before changing from one type of cement to another.
13. The method of transported and placing concrete shall be approved by the Engineer in charge
concrete shall be so transported and placed that no contamination segregation or loss of its
constituent material takes place. all from work and reinforcement contained on it shall be cleaned
and made free standing water dust snow or ice immediately before placing of concrete No concrete
shall be placed in any part of the structure until approval of the of the Engineer in charge has been
obtained.
14. If concreting is not started within 24 hours of the appovalbeing given it shall have to be
obtained against from the Engineer in charge. Concreting than shall proceed continuously over the
area between construction joints. Fresh concrete shall not be placed against concrete shall be
compacted in its final for more than 30 minutes unless a proper construction joint is formed.
Concrete shall be compacted in its final position within 30 minutes of its discharge from the mixer
unless carried in properly designed agitators operating continuously when this time shall be within 2
hr. of the addition of cement to the mix and within 30 minutes of its discharge from the agitator.
Except where otherwise agreed to by the Engineer in charge concrete shall be disposed in horizontal
layer to a compacted depth of not more than 0.45 metre when internal vibrators are used and not
exceeding 0.30 metre in all other cases.
15. Unless otherwise agreed to by the Engineer in charge concrete shall not be dropped into place
from a height exceeding 2 metres. when trucking or chutes are usedthey shall be kept clean and used
in such way as to avoid segregation. When concreting has to be resumed on a surface which has
hardened it shall be roughened swept clean thoroughly wated and cleaned with a 13 mm thick layer
of mortar composed of cement and sand immediately before placing of new concrete. Where
concrete has not fully hardened. all laitance shall be removed by scrubbing before placing of new
concrete. where concrete has not fully care being taken to avoid dislodgement of particulars of
coarse aggre. The surface shall then be thoroughly wetted all free water removed and then coated
with neat cement grout. The first layer of concrete to be placed on this surface shall not exceed 150
mm in thickness and shall be well rammed against old work particular attention beigt given to
corners and close spots.
16. All concrete shall be compacted to produce a dense homogeneous mass with the assistance
of vibrators unless otherwise permitted by the Engineer in charge for exceptional cases such as
concreting under water where vibrator cannot be used sufficient vibrators in serviceable condition
shall be kept at site so that spare equipment is always available in the event of break downs.
17. Immediately after compaction concrete shall be protected against harmful effects of weather
including rain running water shocks vibrations due to traffic rapid temperature changes fast druing
put process it shall be covered with wet sacking hessian or other similar obsorbent materials
approved by the engineer in charge soon after the initial set. It shall be kept continuously wet for a
period of not less than 14 days from the date of placement. Masonary work over the foundation
concrete may be started after 48 hours of its laying but the curing of concrete shall be continued for a
minimum period of 14 days.
18. From Work shall include all temporary or permanent forms required for forming the concrete
together with all temporary construction required for their support. Forms for concrete shall be
constructed of metal or limber suitably lined and be of substantial and rigied construction true to
shape and dimensions shown on the drawings. Where metal forms are used all bolts and rivetc shall
be counter sunk and sell ground to provide a smooth plaint surface. Where timber is used shall be
well seasoned free loos knots projection nails splits or other defects that may mark the cement
surface of concrete. For exposed concrete faces timber for shuttering shall be wrought on all faces in
contact with concrete.
19. Forms shall be mortar tight and shall be made sufficiently rigid by the if ties and brancings to
prevent any displacement of sagging between supports. They shall be stong enough to withstand all
pressure ramming and vibration without deflection from the prescribed lines occurring during and
after placing the concrete screw jacks or hardwood wedges where required shall be provided to make
up any settlement in the from work either before of during the placing of concrete. Suitable camber
shall be provided in horizontal members of surface specially in long spans to counteract the effects of
any deflection. The frame work shall be so fixed as to provide for such camber. Forms shall be so
constructed as to be removable in sections in the desired sequence without damaging the surface of
concrete or disturbing other sections Unless otherwise specified of directed chamfers of filletc of size
25 mm x 25 mm shall be provided at all angless of frame work to avoid sharp corners.
20. Works strength tests shall be made in accordance with IS : 516 Each test shall be conducted on
ten speclmens five of which shall be tested at seven days and the remaining five at 28 days. The
samples of concrete shall be taken on each day to concreting and cubes shall be made at the rate of
one for every 5 cubic metre of concrete or as part there of. However, if concreting done in a days is
less than 15 cubic meter the minimum number of cubes can be reduced to 6 with the specific
permission of the Engineer-in-charge. Similar works tests shall be carried out whenever the quality
and grading of suitablu increased as deemed necessary by the Engineer-in-charges when procedure
of tests given above reveal a poor quality of concrete and in other special cases.
21. The average strength of the group of cubes cast for each day shall not be less than thee
specified works cube-strength. 20 percent of the cubes for each day may have values less than the
specified strength, providing the lowest value is not less than 85 percent of the specifies strength.
22. R.C.C. work shall have exposed concrete surface. Centering design and its erection shall
approved by the Engineer-in-charge. One carpenter with helper will invariably be kept present
throughout the period of concreting Movement of labour and other persons shall e totally prohibited
over reinforcement laid in position. For access to different parts suitable platforms shall provided so
that steel reinforcement in position is not disturbed. For ensuring proper cover mortar blocks of
suitable size shall be cast and tied to the reinforcement. Timber, kaptchi or metal places shall not be
used for this purpose. Concreting of important structural members shall always be done in the
presence and under the supervision of departmental person not below the rank of Astt. Engineer/
Add. Astt. Engineer Overseer or as instructed by the Engineer in charge. After removal of form work
checks that concrete produced is of good quality plastering shall not be allowed to the expressed
faces of concrete.
23. In reinforced concrete thee volume occupied by reinforcement shall not be deducted. The slab
shall be measurement as running continuously and the beam as the portion below the slab.
24. All necessary labour materials, equipment etc. for sampling preparing test cubes curing etc.
shall be provided by the concretor. Testing of the materials and concrete may be arranged by the
Engineer-in-charge in an approved laboratory at the cost of the contractor.
25. The payment will be made on cmt basis of the finished work.
26. The unit rate for concrete shall include of all materials labour tools and plants required for
mixing placing in positions vibreting and compacting finishing as per direction of the Engineer in
Charge curing and all other incidental expenses for producing concrete of specified strength to
complete the structure or its components as shown in the drawings and according to these
specifications. The rate shall also include the cost of making fixing and removing of all centering and
forms required for the work centering
Item no. 35 Providing and casting in-situ controlled cement concrete M-300 for
average 75mm thick wearing cost laid as directed including tamping, vibrating
finishing curing and complete
1. In case of ordinary concrete mix not required to be designed by preliminary tests and
proportions of cement fine aggr. and coarse aggr. are specified by volume as given in table below for
different four grads designated as ordinary M 100 M 150 M 200 and M 250
2. In the designation of a concrete mix letter M refers to the mix and the numbers to the
specified 28 days works cube compressive strength of that mix on 150 mm cubes expressed in Kg/
cm
3. The ordinary concrete mix shall generally be specified by volume. For cement which
normally comes in bags and is used by weight volume shall be worked out taking 50 Kg. of cement
as 0.035 cubic metre in colume while measuring aggre. by volume shaking remming or hammering
shall not be done proportioning of sand be s per its dry. volume in case it is damp allowance for
bulking shall be made as per IS 2386 (Part III)
4. In gradients required for ordinary concrete containing one 50 Kg bag of cement for different
proportions of mix shall be as given in the Table below.
5. Following shall be the maximum nominal size of coarse aggr. for the different items of work.
i. Plain C.C. 60 mm
ii. Solid type piers abutments and
Wing walls and their per caps 40 mm
(Coarse aggregate of size up to 40 mm
shall be machine crushed)
iii. C.C. wearing coat M - 150 20 mm
(Coarse aggre. of size up to 40 mm
shall be machine crushed)
6. Fine aggregate shall be clean hard coarse sand. It shall be free from the dust and such other
substance. The sand shall be got approved by the Engineer in charge.
7. All materials shall be stored as to prevent their deterioration or intrusion of their quality and
fitness for the work. Any materials which has deteriorated or has been damaged or is otherwise
considered defective by the Engineer in charge shall not be used in the work.
8. Cement shall be stored above the ground level in perfectly dry and watertight sheds and shall
be stocked not more than eight bags high. Wherever bulk storage containers are used. their capacity
should be sufficient to cater to the requirements at site and should be cleaned at least once every 3 to
4 months. Cement more than 3 to 4 month old shall incariably be tasted to ascertain that it satisfies
the acceptability requirements. The aggregate shall be stored in such a way as to prevent admixture
or foreign materials. Different sizes of fine or coarse aggr. shall be stored in separate stock piles
sufficiently remover from each other to prevent intermixing the materials at edges of the pipes.
9. The water for mixing shall be potable water to the satisfaction of the Engineer in charge. The
quantity or water shall be just sufficient to produce a dense concrete of required workability for the
job.
10. For all work concrete shall be mixed in a mechanical mixer along with other accessories shall
be kept in first class working condition and so maintained throughout the Construction. Mixing shall
be continued till materials are uniformly distributed and an uniform colour of the entire mass is
obtained and each individual particles of the coarse aggre. shows complete coating of mortar
constraining its proportionate amount of cement in on case shall the mixing be done for less than 2
minutes after all ingredients have been put in to the mixer.
11. When hand mixing is permitted by the Engineer in charge for snall jobs or for certain other
reasons it shall be done on a smooth watertight platform shall be so arranged that no foreign
materials shall get mixed with concrete nor does the mixing water flow out. Cement in required
number of bags shall be placed in a uniform layer on top of the measured quantity of fine and coarse
aggre. which shall also be spread in a layer of uniform thickness on the mixing platform Dry. coarse
and fine agge. and cement then shall be mixed thoroughly by turning over to mass turned over till a
mix of required consistency is obtained. In hand mixing quantity of cement shall be increased by 10
percent above that specified.
12. Mixers which have been out of use for more than 30 minutes shall be thoroughly cleaned
before putting in a new batch. Unless otherwise agreed to by Engineer in charge the first batch
concrete from the mixer shall contain only two third of normal quantity of course aggregate Mixing
plants shall be thoroughly cleaned before changing from one type of cement to another.
13. The method of transported and placing concrete shall be approved by the Engineer in charge
concrete shall be so transported and placed that no contamination segregation or loss of its
constituent material takes place. all from work and reinforcement contained on it shall be cleaned
and made free standing water dust snow or ice immediately before placing of concrete No concrete
shall be placed in any part of the structure until approval of the of the Engineer in charge has been
obtained.
14. If concreting is not started within 24 hours of the appovalbeing given it shall have to be
obtained against from the Engineer in charge. Concreting than shall proceed continuously over the
area between construction joints. Fresh concrete shall not be placed against concrete shall be
compacted in its final for more than 30 minutes unless a proper construction joint is formed.
Concrete shall be compacted in its final position within 30 minutes of its discharge from the mixer
unless carried in properly designed agitators operating continuously when this time shall be within 2
hr. of the addition of cement to the mix and within 30 minutes of its discharge from the agitator.
Except where otherwise agreed to by the Engineer in charge concrete shall be disposed in horizontal
layer to a compacted depth of not more than 0.45 metre when internal vibrators are used and not
exceeding 0.30 metre in all other cases.
15. Unless otherwise agreed to by the Engineer in charge concrete shall not be dropped into place
from a height exceeding 2 metres. when trucking or chutes are usedthey shall be kept clean and used
in such way as to avoid segregation. When concreting has to be resumed on a surface which has
hardened it shall be roughened swept clean thoroughly wated and cleaned with a 13 mm thick layer
of mortar composed of cement and sand immediately before placing of new concrete. Where
concrete has not fully hardened. all laitance shall be removed by scrubbing before placing of new
concrete. where concrete has not fully care being taken to avoid dislodgement of particulars of
coarse aggre. The surface shall then be thoroughly wetted all free water removed and then coated
with neat cement grout. The first layer of concrete to be placed on this surface shall not exceed 150
mm in thickness and shall be well rammed against old work particular attention beigt given to
corners and close spots.
16. All concrete shall be compacted to produce a dense homogeneous mass with the assistance
of vibrators unless otherwise permitted by the Engineer in charge for exceptional cases such as
concreting under water where vibrator cannot be used sufficient vibrators in serviceable condition
shall be kept at site so that spare equipment is always available in the event of break downs.
17. Immediately after compaction concrete shall be protected against harmful effects of weather
including rain running water shocks vibrations due to traffic rapid temperature changes fast druing
put process it shall be covered with wet sacking hessian or other similar obsorbent materials
approved by the engineer in charge soon after the initial set. It shall be kept continuously wet for a
period of not less than 14 days from the date of placement. Masonary work over the foundation
concrete may be started after 48 hours of its laying but the curing of concrete shall be continued for a
minimum period of 14 days.
18. From Work shall include all temporary or permanent forms required for forming the concrete
together with all temporary construction required for their support. Forms for concrete shall be
constructed of metal or limber suitably lined and be of substantial and rigied construction true to
shape and dimensions shown on the drawings. Where metal forms are used all bolts and rivetc shall
be counter sunk and sell ground to provide a smooth plaint surface. Where timber is used shall be
well seasoned free loos knots projection nails splits or other defects that may mark the cement
surface of concrete. For exposed concrete faces timber for shuttering shall be wrought on all faces in
contact with concrete.
19. Forms shall be mortar tight and shall be made sufficiently rigid by the if ties and brancings to
prevent any displacement of sagging between supports. They shall be stong enough to withstand all
pressure ramming and vibration without deflection from the prescribed lines occurring during and
after placing the concrete screw jacks or hardwood wedges where required shall be provided to make
up any settlement in the from work either before of during the placing of concrete. Suitable camber
shall be provided in horizontal members of surface specially in long spans to counteract the effects of
any deflection. The frame work shall be so fixed as to provide for such camber. Forms shall be so
constructed as to be removable in sections in the desired sequence without damaging the surface of
concrete or disturbing other sections Unless otherwise specified of directed chamfers of filletc of size
25 mm x 25 mm shall be provided at all angless of frame work to avoid sharp corners.
20. Works strength tests shall be made in accordance with IS : 516 Each test shall be conducted on
ten speclmens five of which shall be tested at seven days and the remaining five at 28 days. The
samples of concrete shall be taken on each day to concreting and cubes shall be made at the rate of
one for every 5 cubic metre of concrete or as part there of. However, if concreting done in a days is
less than 15 cubic meter the minimum number of cubes can be reduced to 6 with the specific
permission of the Engineer-in-charge. Similar works tests shall be carried out whenever the quality
and grading of suitablu increased as deemed necessary by the Engineer-in-charges when procedure
of tests given above reveal a poor quality of concrete and in other special cases.
21. The average strength of the group of cubes cast for each day shall not be less than thee
specified works cube-strength. 20 percent of the cubes for each day may have values less than the
specified strength, providing the lowest value is not less than 85 percent of the specifies strength.
22. R.C.C. work shall have exposed concrete surface. Centering design and its erection shall
approved by the Engineer-in-charge. One carpenter with helper will invariably be kept present
throughout the period of concreting Movement of labour and other persons shall e totally prohibited
over reinforcement laid in position. For access to different parts suitable platforms shall provided so
that steel reinforcement in position is not disturbed. For ensuring proper cover mortar blocks of
suitable size shall be cast and tied to the reinforcement. Timber, kaptchi or metal places shall not be
used for this purpose. Concreting of important structural members shall always be done in the
presence and under the supervision of departmental person not below the rank of Astt. Engineer/
Add. Astt. Engineer Overseer or as instructed by the Engineer in charge. After removal of form work
checks that concrete produced is of good quality plastering shall not be allowed to the expressed
faces of concrete.
23. In reinforced concrete thee volume occupied by reinforcement shall not be deducted. The slab
shall be measurement as running continuously and the beam as the portion below the slab.
24. All necessary labour materials, equipment etc. for sampling preparing test cubes curing etc.
shall be provided by the concretor. Testing of the materials and concrete may be arranged by the
Engineer-in-charge in an approved laboratory at the cost of the contractor.
25. The payment will be made on cmt basis of the finished work.
26. The unit rate for concrete shall include of all materials labour tools and plants required for
mixing placing in positions vibreting and compacting finishing as per direction of the Engineer in
Charge curing and all other incidental expenses for producing concrete of specified strength to
complete the structure or its components as shown in the drawings and according to these
specifications. The rate shall also include the cost of making fixing and removing of all centering and
forms required for the work centering
Item no. 36 Providing and casting in-situ controlled cement concrete M-250 for
kerb/kerb blocks including formwork, curing and finishing complete.
1. In case of ordinary concrete mix not required to be designed by preliminary tests and
proportions of cement fine aggr. and coarse aggr. are specified by volume as given in table below for
different four grads designated as ordinary M 100 M 150 M 200 and M 250
2. In the designation of a concrete mix letter M refers to the mix and the numbers to the
specified 28 days works cube compressive strength of that mix on 150 mm cubes expressed in Kg/
cm
3. The ordinary concrete mix shall generally be specified by volume. For cement which
normally comes in bags and is used by weight volume shall be worked out taking 50 Kg. of cement
as 0.035 cubic metre in colume while measuring aggre. by volume shaking remming or hammering
shall not be done proportioning of sand be s per its dry. volume in case it is damp allowance for
bulking shall be made as per IS 2386 (Part III)
4. In gradients required for ordinary concrete containing one 50 Kg bag of cement for different
proportions of mix shall be as given in the Table below.
5. Following shall be the maximum nominal size of coarse aggr. for the different items of work.
i. Plain C.C. 60 mm
ii. Solid type piers abutments and
Wing walls and their per caps 40 mm
(Coarse aggregate of size up to 40 mm
shall be machine crushed)
iii. C.C. wearing coat M - 150 20 mm
(Coarse aggre. of size up to 40 mm
shall be machine crushed)
6. Fine aggregate shall be clean hard coarse sand. It shall be free from the dust and such other
substance. The sand shall be got approved by the Engineer in charge.
7. All materials shall be stored as to prevent their deterioration or intrusion of their quality and
fitness for the work. Any materials which has deteriorated or has been damaged or is otherwise
considered defective by the Engineer in charge shall not be used in the work.
8. Cement shall be stored above the ground level in perfectly dry and watertight sheds and shall
be stocked not more than eight bags high. Wherever bulk storage containers are used. their capacity
should be sufficient to cater to the requirements at site and should be cleaned at least once every 3 to
4 months. Cement more than 3 to 4 month old shall incariably be tasted to ascertain that it satisfies
the acceptability requirements. The aggregate shall be stored in such a way as to prevent admixture
or foreign materials. Different sizes of fine or coarse aggr. shall be stored in separate stock piles
sufficiently remover from each other to prevent intermixing the materials at edges of the pipes.
9. The water for mixing shall be potable water to the satisfaction of the Engineer in charge. The
quantity or water shall be just sufficient to produce a dense concrete of required workability for the
job.
10. For all work concrete shall be mixed in a mechanical mixer along with other accessories shall
be kept in first class working condition and so maintained throughout the Construction. Mixing shall
be continued till materials are uniformly distributed and an uniform colour of the entire mass is
obtained and each individual particles of the coarse aggre. shows complete coating of mortar
constraining its proportionate amount of cement in on case shall the mixing be done for less than 2
minutes after all ingredients have been put in to the mixer.
11. When hand mixing is permitted by the Engineer in charge for snall jobs or for certain other
reasons it shall be done on a smooth watertight platform shall be so arranged that no foreign
materials shall get mixed with concrete nor does the mixing water flow out. Cement in required
number of bags shall be placed in a uniform layer on top of the measured quantity of fine and coarse
aggre. which shall also be spread in a layer of uniform thickness on the mixing platform Dry. coarse
and fine agge. and cement then shall be mixed thoroughly by turning over to mass turned over till a
mix of required consistency is obtained. In hand mixing quantity of cement shall be increased by 10
percent above that specified.
12. Mixers which have been out of use for more than 30 minutes shall be thoroughly cleaned
before putting in a new batch. Unless otherwise agreed to by Engineer in charge the first batch
concrete from the mixer shall contain only two third of normal quantity of course aggregate Mixing
plants shall be thoroughly cleaned before changing from one type of cement to another.
13. The method of transported and placing concrete shall be approved by the Engineer in charge
concrete shall be so transported and placed that no contamination segregation or loss of its
constituent material takes place. all from work and reinforcement contained on it shall be cleaned
and made free standing water dust snow or ice immediately before placing of concrete No concrete
shall be placed in any part of the structure until approval of the of the Engineer in charge has been
obtained.
14. If concreting is not started within 24 hours of the appovalbeing given it shall have to be
obtained against from the Engineer in charge. Concreting than shall proceed continuously over the
area between construction joints. Fresh concrete shall not be placed against concrete shall be
compacted in its final for more than 30 minutes unless a proper construction joint is formed.
Concrete shall be compacted in its final position within 30 minutes of its discharge from the mixer
unless carried in properly designed agitators operating continuously when this time shall be within 2
hr. of the addition of cement to the mix and within 30 minutes of its discharge from the agitator.
Except where otherwise agreed to by the Engineer in charge concrete shall be disposed in horizontal
layer to a compacted depth of not more than 0.45 metre when internal vibrators are used and not
exceeding 0.30 metre in all other cases.
15. Unless otherwise agreed to by the Engineer in charge concrete shall not be dropped into place
from a height exceeding 2 metres. when trucking or chutes are usedthey shall be kept clean and used
in such way as to avoid segregation. When concreting has to be resumed on a surface which has
hardened it shall be roughened swept clean thoroughly wated and cleaned with a 13 mm thick layer
of mortar composed of cement and sand immediately before placing of new concrete. Where
concrete has not fully hardened. all laitance shall be removed by scrubbing before placing of new
concrete. where concrete has not fully care being taken to avoid dislodgement of particulars of
coarse aggre. The surface shall then be thoroughly wetted all free water removed and then coated
with neat cement grout. The first layer of concrete to be placed on this surface shall not exceed 150
mm in thickness and shall be well rammed against old work particular attention beigt given to
corners and close spots.
16. All concrete shall be compacted to produce a dense homogeneous mass with the assistance
of vibrators unless otherwise permitted by the Engineer in charge for exceptional cases such as
concreting under water where vibrator cannot be used sufficient vibrators in serviceable condition
shall be kept at site so that spare equipment is always available in the event of break downs.
17. Immediately after compaction concrete shall be protected against harmful effects of weather
including rain running water shocks vibrations due to traffic rapid temperature changes fast druing
put process it shall be covered with wet sacking hessian or other similar obsorbent materials
approved by the engineer in charge soon after the initial set. It shall be kept continuously wet for a
period of not less than 14 days from the date of placement. Masonary work over the foundation
concrete may be started after 48 hours of its laying but the curing of concrete shall be continued for a
minimum period of 14 days.
18. From Work shall include all temporary or permanent forms required for forming the concrete
together with all temporary construction required for their support. Forms for concrete shall be
constructed of metal or limber suitably lined and be of substantial and rigied construction true to
shape and dimensions shown on the drawings. Where metal forms are used all bolts and rivetc shall
be counter sunk and sell ground to provide a smooth plaint surface. Where timber is used shall be
well seasoned free loos knots projection nails splits or other defects that may mark the cement
surface of concrete. For exposed concrete faces timber for shuttering shall be wrought on all faces in
contact with concrete.
19. Forms shall be mortar tight and shall be made sufficiently rigid by the if ties and brancings to
prevent any displacement of sagging between supports. They shall be stong enough to withstand all
pressure ramming and vibration without deflection from the prescribed lines occurring during and
after placing the concrete screw jacks or hardwood wedges where required shall be provided to make
up any settlement in the from work either before of during the placing of concrete. Suitable camber
shall be provided in horizontal members of surface specially in long spans to counteract the effects of
any deflection. The frame work shall be so fixed as to provide for such camber. Forms shall be so
constructed as to be removable in sections in the desired sequence without damaging the surface of
concrete or disturbing other sections Unless otherwise specified of directed chamfers of filletc of size
25 mm x 25 mm shall be provided at all angless of frame work to avoid sharp corners.
20. Works strength tests shall be made in accordance with IS : 516 Each test shall be conducted on
ten speclmens five of which shall be tested at seven days and the remaining five at 28 days. The
samples of concrete shall be taken on each day to concreting and cubes shall be made at the rate of
one for every 5 cubic metre of concrete or as part there of. However, if concreting done in a days is
less than 15 cubic meter the minimum number of cubes can be reduced to 6 with the specific
permission of the Engineer-in-charge. Similar works tests shall be carried out whenever the quality
and grading of suitablu increased as deemed necessary by the Engineer-in-charges when procedure
of tests given above reveal a poor quality of concrete and in other special cases.
21. The average strength of the group of cubes cast for each day shall not be less than thee
specified works cube-strength. 20 percent of the cubes for each day may have values less than the
specified strength, providing the lowest value is not less than 85 percent of the specifies strength.
22. R.C.C. work shall have exposed concrete surface. Centering design and its erection shall
approved by the Engineer-in-charge. One carpenter with helper will invariably be kept present
throughout the period of concreting Movement of labour and other persons shall e totally prohibited
over reinforcement laid in position. For access to different parts suitable platforms shall provided so
that steel reinforcement in position is not disturbed. For ensuring proper cover mortar blocks of
suitable size shall be cast and tied to the reinforcement. Timber, kaptchi or metal places shall not be
used for this purpose. Concreting of important structural members shall always be done in the
presence and under the supervision of departmental person not below the rank of Astt. Engineer/
Add. Astt. Engineer Overseer or as instructed by the Engineer in charge. After removal of form work
checks that concrete produced is of good quality plastering shall not be allowed to the expressed
faces of concrete.
23. In reinforced concrete thee volume occupied by reinforcement shall not be deducted. The slab
shall be measurement as running continuously and the beam as the portion below the slab.
24. All necessary labour materials, equipment etc. for sampling preparing test cubes curing etc.
shall be provided by the concretor. Testing of the materials and concrete may be arranged by the
Engineer-in-charge in an approved laboratory at the cost of the contractor.
25. The payment will be made on cmt basis of the finished work.
26. The unit rate for concrete shall include of all materials labour tools and plants required for
mixing placing in positions vibreting and compacting finishing as per direction of the Engineer in
Charge curing and all other incidental expenses for producing concrete of specified strength to
complete the structure or its components as shown in the drawings and according to these
specifications. The rate shall also include the cost of making fixing and removing of all centering and
forms required for the work centering
Item no. 37 Providing and casting in-situ controlled cement concrete M-300 for
approach slab including formwork curing and finishing complete.
1. In case of ordinary concrete mix not required to be designed by preliminary tests and
proportions of cement fine aggr. and coarse aggr. are specified by volume as given in table below for
different four grads designated as ordinary M 100 M 150 M 200 and M 250
2. In the designation of a concrete mix letter M refers to the mix and the numbers to the
specified 28 days works cube compressive strength of that mix on 150 mm cubes expressed in Kg/
cm
3. The ordinary concrete mix shall generally be specified by volume. For cement which
normally comes in bags and is used by weight volume shall be worked out taking 50 Kg. of cement
as 0.035 cubic metre in colume while measuring aggre. by volume shaking remming or hammering
shall not be done proportioning of sand be s per its dry. volume in case it is damp allowance for
bulking shall be made as per IS 2386 (Part III)
4. In gradients required for ordinary concrete containing one 50 Kg bag of cement for different
proportions of mix shall be as given in the Table below.
5. Following shall be the maximum nominal size of coarse aggr. for the different items of work.
i. Plain C.C. 60 mm
ii. Solid type piers abutments and
Wing walls and their per caps 40 mm
(Coarse aggregate of size up to 40 mm
shall be machine crushed)
iii. C.C. wearing coat M - 150 20 mm
(Coarse aggre. of size up to 40 mm
shall be machine crushed)
6. Fine aggregate shall be clean hard coarse sand. It shall be free from the dust and such other
substance. The sand shall be got approved by the Engineer in charge.
7. All materials shall be stored as to prevent their deterioration or intrusion of their quality and
fitness for the work. Any materials which has deteriorated or has been damaged or is otherwise
considered defective by the Engineer in charge shall not be used in the work.
8. Cement shall be stored above the ground level in perfectly dry and watertight sheds and shall
be stocked not more than eight bags high. Wherever bulk storage containers are used. their capacity
should be sufficient to cater to the requirements at site and should be cleaned at least once every 3 to
4 months. Cement more than 3 to 4 month old shall incariably be tasted to ascertain that it satisfies
the acceptability requirements. The aggregate shall be stored in such a way as to prevent admixture
or foreign materials. Different sizes of fine or coarse aggr. shall be stored in separate stock piles
sufficiently remover from each other to prevent intermixing the materials at edges of the pipes.
9. The water for mixing shall be potable water to the satisfaction of the Engineer in charge. The
quantity or water shall be just sufficient to produce a dense concrete of required workability for the
job.
10. For all work concrete shall be mixed in a mechanical mixer along with other accessories shall
be kept in first class working condition and so maintained throughout the Construction. Mixing shall
be continued till materials are uniformly distributed and an uniform colour of the entire mass is
obtained and each individual particles of the coarse aggre. shows complete coating of mortar
constraining its proportionate amount of cement in on case shall the mixing be done for less than 2
minutes after all ingredients have been put in to the mixer.
11. When hand mixing is permitted by the Engineer in charge for snall jobs or for certain other
reasons it shall be done on a smooth watertight platform shall be so arranged that no foreign
materials shall get mixed with concrete nor does the mixing water flow out. Cement in required
number of bags shall be placed in a uniform layer on top of the measured quantity of fine and coarse
aggre. which shall also be spread in a layer of uniform thickness on the mixing platform Dry. coarse
and fine agge. and cement then shall be mixed thoroughly by turning over to mass turned over till a
mix of required consistency is obtained. In hand mixing quantity of cement shall be increased by 10
percent above that specified.
12. Mixers which have been out of use for more than 30 minutes shall be thoroughly cleaned
before putting in a new batch. Unless otherwise agreed to by Engineer in charge the first batch
concrete from the mixer shall contain only two third of normal quantity of course aggregate Mixing
plants shall be thoroughly cleaned before changing from one type of cement to another.
13. The method of transported and placing concrete shall be approved by the Engineer in charge
concrete shall be so transported and placed that no contamination segregation or loss of its
constituent material takes place. all from work and reinforcement contained on it shall be cleaned
and made free standing water dust snow or ice immediately before placing of concrete No concrete
shall be placed in any part of the structure until approval of the of the Engineer in charge has been
obtained.
14. If concreting is not started within 24 hours of the appovalbeing given it shall have to be
obtained against from the Engineer in charge. Concreting than shall proceed continuously over the
area between construction joints. Fresh concrete shall not be placed against concrete shall be
compacted in its final for more than 30 minutes unless a proper construction joint is formed.
Concrete shall be compacted in its final position within 30 minutes of its discharge from the mixer
unless carried in properly designed agitators operating continuously when this time shall be within 2
hr. of the addition of cement to the mix and within 30 minutes of its discharge from the agitator.
Except where otherwise agreed to by the Engineer in charge concrete shall be disposed in horizontal
layer to a compacted depth of not more than 0.45 metre when internal vibrators are used and not
exceeding 0.30 metre in all other cases.
15. Unless otherwise agreed to by the Engineer in charge concrete shall not be dropped into place
from a height exceeding 2 metres. when trucking or chutes are usedthey shall be kept clean and used
in such way as to avoid segregation. When concreting has to be resumed on a surface which has
hardened it shall be roughened swept clean thoroughly wated and cleaned with a 13 mm thick layer
of mortar composed of cement and sand immediately before placing of new concrete. Where
concrete has not fully hardened. all laitance shall be removed by scrubbing before placing of new
concrete. where concrete has not fully care being taken to avoid dislodgement of particulars of
coarse aggre. The surface shall then be thoroughly wetted all free water removed and then coated
with neat cement grout. The first layer of concrete to be placed on this surface shall not exceed 150
mm in thickness and shall be well rammed against old work particular attention beigt given to
corners and close spots.
16. All concrete shall be compacted to produce a dense homogeneous mass with the assistance
of vibrators unless otherwise permitted by the Engineer in charge for exceptional cases such as
concreting under water where vibrator cannot be used sufficient vibrators in serviceable condition
shall be kept at site so that spare equipment is always available in the event of break downs.
17. Immediately after compaction concrete shall be protected against harmful effects of weather
including rain running water shocks vibrations due to traffic rapid temperature changes fast druing
put process it shall be covered with wet sacking hessian or other similar obsorbent materials
approved by the engineer in charge soon after the initial set. It shall be kept continuously wet for a
period of not less than 14 days from the date of placement. Masonary work over the foundation
concrete may be started after 48 hours of its laying but the curing of concrete shall be continued for a
minimum period of 14 days.
18. From Work shall include all temporary or permanent forms required for forming the concrete
together with all temporary construction required for their support. Forms for concrete shall be
constructed of metal or limber suitably lined and be of substantial and rigied construction true to
shape and dimensions shown on the drawings. Where metal forms are used all bolts and rivetc shall
be counter sunk and sell ground to provide a smooth plaint surface. Where timber is used shall be
well seasoned free loos knots projection nails splits or other defects that may mark the cement
surface of concrete. For exposed concrete faces timber for shuttering shall be wrought on all faces in
contact with concrete.
19. Forms shall be mortar tight and shall be made sufficiently rigid by the if ties and brancings to
prevent any displacement of sagging between supports. They shall be stong enough to withstand all
pressure ramming and vibration without deflection from the prescribed lines occurring during and
after placing the concrete screw jacks or hardwood wedges where required shall be provided to make
up any settlement in the from work either before of during the placing of concrete. Suitable camber
shall be provided in horizontal members of surface specially in long spans to counteract the effects of
any deflection. The frame work shall be so fixed as to provide for such camber. Forms shall be so
constructed as to be removable in sections in the desired sequence without damaging the surface of
concrete or disturbing other sections Unless otherwise specified of directed chamfers of filletc of size
25 mm x 25 mm shall be provided at all angless of frame work to avoid sharp corners.
20. Works strength tests shall be made in accordance with IS : 516 Each test shall be conducted on
ten speclmens five of which shall be tested at seven days and the remaining five at 28 days. The
samples of concrete shall be taken on each day to concreting and cubes shall be made at the rate of
one for every 5 cubic metre of concrete or as part there of. However, if concreting done in a days is
less than 15 cubic meter the minimum number of cubes can be reduced to 6 with the specific
permission of the Engineer-in-charge. Similar works tests shall be carried out whenever the quality
and grading of suitablu increased as deemed necessary by the Engineer-in-charges when procedure
of tests given above reveal a poor quality of concrete and in other special cases.
21. The average strength of the group of cubes cast for each day shall not be less than thee
specified works cube-strength. 20 percent of the cubes for each day may have values less than the
specified strength, providing the lowest value is not less than 85 percent of the specifies strength.
22. R.C.C. work shall have exposed concrete surface. Centering design and its erection shall
approved by the Engineer-in-charge. One carpenter with helper will invariably be kept present
throughout the period of concreting Movement of labour and other persons shall e totally prohibited
over reinforcement laid in position. For access to different parts suitable platforms shall provided so
that steel reinforcement in position is not disturbed. For ensuring proper cover mortar blocks of
suitable size shall be cast and tied to the reinforcement. Timber, kaptchi or metal places shall not be
used for this purpose. Concreting of important structural members shall always be done in the
presence and under the supervision of departmental person not below the rank of Astt. Engineer/
Add. Astt. Engineer Overseer or as instructed by the Engineer in charge. After removal of form work
checks that concrete produced is of good quality plastering shall not be allowed to the expressed
faces of concrete.
23. In reinforced concrete thee volume occupied by reinforcement shall not be deducted. The slab
shall be measurement as running continuously and the beam as the portion below the slab.
24. All necessary labour materials, equipment etc. for sampling preparing test cubes curing etc.
shall be provided by the concretor. Testing of the materials and concrete may be arranged by the
Engineer-in-charge in an approved laboratory at the cost of the contractor.
25. The payment will be made on cmt basis of the finished work.
26. The unit rate for concrete shall include of all materials labour tools and plants required for
mixing placing in positions vibreting and compacting finishing as per direction of the Engineer in
Charge curing and all other incidental expenses for producing concrete of specified strength to
complete the structure or its components as shown in the drawings and according to these
specifications. The rate shall also include the cost of making fixing and removing of all centering and
forms required for the work centering
Item no. 38 Providing and placing in position FE 500/500D bar reinforcement for
following items including cutting bending hooking and tying complete as per detailed
drawing.
1.0. GENERAL
This work shall consist of furnishing and placing coated, or uncoated TMT or high strength deformed
reinforcement, bars (intentioned) of the shape and dimensions shown on the drawings and conforming
to these Specifications or as approved by the Engineer in charge.
2.0. MATERIAL
2.1. TMT Bars
Reinforcements may be either TMT/medium tensile steel or high strength deformed bars. They may
be uncoated or coated 'with epoxy or with approved protective coatings.
2.2. TMT bars reinforcement for RCC work shall conform to IS 1786 FE-415 and shall be of tested
quality. It shall also comply with relevant part of IS 456-1966
2.3. All reinforcement shall be clean and free from dirt, paint, grease or oil, oil scale or loose or thick
rust at the time of placing
2.4. All steel shall be procured form original producers no re-rolled steel shall be incorporated in the
work
2.5. Only new steel shall be delivered to the site every bar shall be inspected before placing to its
position and defective brittle or burnt bar shall be discarded cracked ends of bars shall be discarded
3.0. Pitch
3.1. Distance between bars shall be as specified in drawings and as directed by the Engineer in
Charge. all bars shall be placed at an accurate distance from each other and shall be bind tightly to
maintain the desired pitch Suitable means shall be provided for holding bars securely in position
4.0. Binding wire
4.1. Mild steel binding wire shall be of 1.63 mm or 1.22 mm (16 to 18 gauge diameter and shall
conform IS 280-1972
4.2. The use of black wire will be permitted for binding reinforcement bars. It shall be free form free
from dirt, paint, grease or oil, oil scale or loose or thick rust and any other undesirable coating which
may prevent adhesion of cement mortar at the time of binding
4.3. Only new binding wire shall be delivered to the site all binding wire shall be inspected before
binding to its position and defective brittle, rusted, used wire, shall be discarded
5.0. PROTECTION OF REINFORCEMENT
5.1. Uncoated reinforcing steel shall be protected from rusting or chloride contamination.
Reinforcements shall be free from rust, mortar, loose mill scale, grease, oil or paints. This may be
ensured either by using reinforcement fresh from the factory or thoroughly cleaning all reinforcement
to remove rust using any suitable method such as sand blasting, mechanical wire brushing, etc. as
directed by the Engineer. Reinforcements shall be stored on bricks, racks or platforms and above the
ground in a clean and dry condition and shall be suitably marked to facilitate inspection and
identification.
5.2. Portions of uncoated reinforcing steel and dowels projecting from concrete shall be protected
within one week after initial placing of concrete with a brush coat of neat cement mixed with water to
a consistency, of thick paint. This coating shall be removed by lightly tapping with a hammer or other
tool not more than one week before placing of the adjacent pour of concrete. Coated reinforcing steel
shall be protected against damage to the coating. If the coating on the bars is damaged during
transportation or handling and cannot be repaired, the same shall be rejected.
6.0. Workmanship
6.1. The work shall consist of furnishing and placing reinforcement to the shape and dimensions
shown as on the drawings or as directed by The Engineer in charge.
6.2. Reinforcing steel shall conform accurate to the dimensions given in the bar bending schedules
shown on relevant drawing
7.0. BENDING OF REINFORCEMENT
7.1. Bar bend g schedule shall be furnished by the Contractor and got approved by the Engineer
before start of work.
7.2. Reinforcing steel shall conform to the dimensions and shapes given in the approved Bar bending
Schedules.
7.3. Bars shall be bent cold to the specified shape and dimensions or directed by the Engineer using a
proper bar bender operated by hand power to obtain the correct radius of bends and shape. Bars, shall
not be bent or straightened in a manner that will damage parent material or the coating bars bent
during transport or handling shall, be straightened before being used on work and shall not be heated
to facilitate straightening.
8.0. PLACING OF REINFORCEMENT
8.1. The reinforcement cage should generally be fabricated in the yard at ground level, and then
shifted and placed in position. The reinforcement shall be placed strictly, in accordance with the
drawings and shall be assembled in position, only when structure is otherwise ready for placing of
concrete. Prolonged time gap, between assembling of reinforcements and casting of concrete, which
may result in rust formation on the surface, shall not be permitted.
8.2. Reinforcement bars shall be placed accurately in position as shown on the drawings. The bars,
crossing one another shall be tied together at every intersection with binding wire ( annealed),
conforming to IS:280 to make the skeleton of the reinforcement rigid such that the reinforcement does
not get displaced during placing of concrete, or any other operation. The diameter of binding wire
shall not be less than 1 mm.
8.3. Bars shall be kept in. position usually by the following methods:
In case of beam an slab construction, industrially produced polymer cover blocks of thickness equal to
the specified cover shall be placed between the bars and formwork subject to satisfactory evidence
that the polymer composition is not harmful to concrete and reinforcement. Cover blocks made of
concrete may be permitted by the Engineer, provided they have the same strength and specification as
those of the member.
8.4. In case of dowels for Columns and walls the vertical reinforcement shall be kept in position by
means of timber templates with slots in them accurately, or with cover blocks tied to the
Reinforcement Timber templates shall be removed after the concreting has progressed up to a level
just below their location.
8.5. Layers of reinforcements shall be separated by spacer bars at approximately One meter intervals.
The minimum diameter of spacer bars shall be 12 mm or: equal to maximum size of main
reinforcement or maximum size of coarse aggregate, whichever is greater. Horizontal reinforcement
shall not be, allowed to sag between supports.
8.6. Necessary stays, blocks, metal chairs, spacers, metal hangers. supporting wires etc, or other
subsidiary, reinforcement shall be provided to fix the reinforcements firmly in its correct position.
8.7. Use of pebbles, broken stone, metal pipe, brick, mortar or wooden blocks etc as devices for
positioning reinforcement shall not be permitted.
8.8. Bars coated with epoxy or any other approved protective coating shall be placed on supports that
do not damage the coating. Supports shall be installed in a manner such that planes of weakness are
not created in hardened concrete. The coated reinforcing steel shall be held in place by use of plastic
or plastic coated binding wires especially manufactured for the purpose.
8.9. Placing and fixing of reinforcement shall be inspected and approved by the Engineer before
concrete is deposited.
9.0. Lapping
9.1. All reinforcement shall be furnished in full lengths as indicated on the drawing. No splicing of
bars, except where shown on the drawing; will be permitted without approval of the Engineer. The
lengths of the splice shall be as indicated on drawing or as approved by the Engineer. Where
practicable, overlapping bars shall not touch each other, and shall be kept apart by 25 mm or 1 1 1/4
times the maximum size of coarse aggregate, whichever is greater. If this is not feasible, overlapping
bars shall be bound with annealed steel binding wire, not less than 1 mm diameter and twisted tight in
such a manner as to maintain minimum clear cover to the reinforcement from the concrete surface.
Lapped splices shall be staggered or located at points, along the span where stresses are low.
10.1 Splicing by welding of reinforcement will be permitted only if detailed on the drawing or
approved by the Engineer. Weld shall develop an ultimate strength equal to or greater than that of the
bars connected.
10.2. While welding may be permitted for TMT .reinforcing bars conforming to IS: 432, welding of
deformed bars conforming to IS: 1786 shall in general be prohibited. Welding may be permitted in
case of bars of other than S 240 grade including special. Welding grade of S 415 grade bars
conforming to IS: 1786, for which necessary chemical analysis has been secured and the carbon
equivalent (CE) calculated from the chemical composition using the formula: CE = C + Mn + Cr +
Mg + V + Ni + Cu 6 5 15 is 0.4 or less.
10.3. The method of welding shall conform to IS: 2751 and IS: 9417 and to any supplemental
specifications to the satisfaction of the Engineer
10.4. Bars shall be bent cold to the specified shape and dimensions or as directed by Engineer in
charge using the proper bender tool, operated by hand or power to attain proper radius of bends. Bars
shall not be bend or straightened in a manner that will injure the material. Bars bent during transport
or handling shall be straightened before being used in the work. Bars shall not be heated to facilitate
bending.
10.5. Unless otherwise specified a 'U' type hook at the end of each bar shall invariably be provided to
main reinforcement. The radius of the bane shall not be less then twice the diameter of the round bar
and the length of the straight part of the bar beyond the end of the curve shall be at least four times of
the diameter of the round bar. In case of bars which are not round and in case of deformed bars, the
diameter shall be taken as the diameter of circle having an equivalent effective area the hooks shall be
suitably encased to prevent any spiting of the concrete.
10.6. All reinforcement bars shall be accurately placed in exact position shown on the drawings and
shall be securely held in position during placing of concrete by annealed binding wire not less than 1
mm in size and by using say blocks or metal chairs spacers, metal hangers, supporting wires or other
approved devices at sufficiently close intervals, Bars shall not be allowed to sag between supports not
displaced during concreting or any other operations of the work All devices used for positioning shall
be of not corrodible material wooden and metal supports shall not extended to the surface of the
concrete, except where shown in drawings. Placing bars on layers of freshly laid concrete as the work
progresses for adjusting bar spacing shall not be allowed. Pieces of broken stone or brick and wooden
blocs shall not be used Layers of bars shall be separated by spacer bars pre-cast mortar blocks or other
approved devices. Reinforcement after bending placed in position shall be maintained in a clean
condition until completely embedded in concrete, Special care shall be exercised to prevent any
displacement of reinforcement in concrete already placed. To prevent reinforcement form corrosion,
concrete cover shall be provided as indicated on drawings. All bars protruding from concrete and to
which other bars are to be sliced and which are likely to be exposed for a period exceeding 10 days
shall be protected by a thick coat of neat cement grout
10.7. Bars crossing each other where required shall be secured by binding wire (annealed) of size not
less than 1 mm in such a manner that they do not slip over at the time of fixing and concreting.
10.7. As far possible bars of full length shall be used In case this is not possible, overlapping of bars
shall be done as directed by the Engineer in charge When practicable overlapping bars shall not touch
each other, but be kept apart by 25 mm Where no feasible overlapping bars shall be bound with
annealed wires not less than 1 mm thick twisted tight The overlaps shall be staggered for different
bars and located at points along the span where neither sheer not bending moments is maximum.
10.8. Whenever indicated on drawing or desired the Engineer in charge bars shall be jointed by
coupling which shall have a cross section sufficient to transmit the full stresses of bars The end of the
bars that are jointed by coupling shall be upset for sufficient length so that the effective cross section
at the base of threads is not less than the normal cross section of the bar. Threads shall be standards
threads Steel for coupling shall conform to IS 226.
10.8. When permitted or specified on the drawings joints of reinforcement bars shall butt-welded so as
to transmit their full stresses Welded joints shall preferably be located at points when steel will not be
subject to more than 75 percent of the maximum permissible stresses and welds so staggered that at
any one section not more than 20 percent of the rods are welded Only electric are welding using a
process which excludes air form the molten metal and conforms to any or other special provisions for
the work shall be accepted Suitable means shall be provided for holding bars securely in position
during welding It shall be ensured that no voids are left in welding and when welding is done in two
or three stages previous surface shall be cleaned properly Ends of bars shall be cleaned of all loose
scale rust stages paint and other foreign matter before welding Only competent welders shall be
employed on the work. The M S electrodes used for welding shall conform IS 814 Welded pieces of
reinforcement shall be tested. Specimen shall be taken form the actual site and their number shall
frequency to test shall be as directed by the Engineer in charge
11.0 MODE OF MEASUREMENTS & PAYMENT
11.1. For the purpose of payment the bar shall be measured correct up to 10 mm length and weight
payable works out at the rate specified below
Item no. 39 Providing and laying Weep hole in abutment and returning by using A.C.pipes of
100 mm dia. Meter including laying in porpoer grade and jointing etc complete as per
detailed specification
1 Material for the water spout shall be as mentioned in the item and shall be got approved
from the Engineer-in-charge.
2 Water spout shall be 110 mm. internal dia. G.I. pipe shall be provided at the entry
and shall be fixed in the recess so as to be flush with the road surface. The quality and
size of the grating shall be got approved from the Engineer-in-charge. The water
spouts shall project at-least 10 cm. outside the conctete and shall be rigidly fixed in
it. The grating and C.I. pipe shall be painted with two coats of anticorrosive black
bitumen paint.
3 Measurement shall be per number of water spout fixed.
4 Unit rate includes cost of all materials, labour and tools to complete the work.
Item no. 41 Providing and fixing in position 12 mm thick permoulded joint filler in
expansion joint for fixed ends of simply supported span, covered with sealant
complete as per drawing and technical specifications.
1. Open joints shall be constructed at the location as directed by the Engineer-in-charge using a
wood strip, metal, plate other suitable material which is subsequently removed. When removing the
material care shall be exercised to avoid chipping or braaking the corners of the concrete. The edge
of the concrete at the joints shall be edge finished. Reinforcement shall not extend across as open
joint.
2. When performed filler is to be provided the filler shall be placed in correct position before
concrete is placed against the filler. The filler material shall form part of the joint and while
concreting the slab care shall be taken to prevent the former from bring displaced. After the work is
completed the exposed face of the joint shall be cleaned of all loose material sticking to it.
3. The material used for filling expansion joint shall be bitumen impregnated felt which shall
conform to the requirements of IS 1838 and shall be got approved from the Engineer-in-charge. The
joint hsall consist of large places and assembly of small plecess to make up the required size shall be
avoided.
4. The expansion joint shall be measured in running metres. Thickness of the expansion joint
will be 20 to 25 mm Width of the expansion joint shall be equal to full depth of the slab.
5. The rate shall include the cost of all materials labour equipment and other incidental charges
for fixing the joints complete in all respect as per these specifications and as shown on the drawings.
Item no. 42 Providing and laying rubble for appron (each stone weighing not less than
40 Kg.) including packing & filling in the interestices with quarry spall.
1.0 The work shall consist of laying boulders directly on the prepared surface for protection
against scour.
2.0 The stones unused in apron shall be sound, haiti, durable & fairly regularly in shape.
Stone subject to marked deterioration by water or weather shall not be used. The thickness
and shape of apron shall be as indicated on the drawings or as directed by the Engineer-in-
charge. The surface on which the apron is to be Iad shall be leveled and prepared for the
length and width as shown on the drawings. The size of stone shall be as possible & weight
shall be as specified in the item but in no case any fragment shall weight less than 40 kg. The
specific gravity of stone shall be as high as possible and it shall not be less than 2.50 To ensure
regular and orderly disposition of the full intended quantity of stone in the apron, template
cross walls in dry masonry shall be built about a meter wide and to the fi.ill height of the
specified thickness of the apron at intervals of 30 meters and all along the length and width
of the apron. Within these walls, the stone then shall be hand- packed.
3.0 Payment shall be made on CMT basis of chatta. The materials shall have to be stacked at
site before laying. Preparation of base or laying bedding shall be deemed incidental to the
work nothing shall deducted for voids. The rate shall include cost of materials,
labour & tools to complete the job.
Item no. 43 Providing and laying filter media 600 mm thick as directed at the back of
abutments, returns and wing walls as per detailed specifications.
1 Well graded pebbled or metal of 40 mm. to 63 ,mm. size shall be used. The
grading and tolerances of metal of pebbles shall be as under :-
Item no. 44 Providing Diversion may be necessary for traffic and maintaining the
same for the period as may be necessary as directed by engineer in charge.
The item Provide for diversion of traffic during Construction Bridge. Diversion
shall be prepared by Jungle cutting, cutting & filling of earth as required. The
Diversion shall have proper slope and gradient and having sufficient width for
easy movement of traffic of necessary a layer of murrum & meltling shall be
provide on diversion as per instruction of Engineer in charge. guard stone etc.
shall be provide an both side as per required in level and proper board for
diversion shall be provide at both end to avoid accident.
Before closing the road contraction required to engineer in charge. For
Inspecting the diversion and necessary addition, alteration, requiring &
profile correction etc. diversion shall be carried as per instruction of engineer in
charge.Till the work is not completed. Repairing of the diversion shall be carried
out for easy movement of traffic as and where required and for the same no
extra payment shall be paid. The unit cost includes all materials, labour
and equipment to complete the job. The Diversion shall have to be maintained
till all operations to complete. The entire C.D. Work is completed as
may be necessary.
The unit rate for one Number.
Item Briel Description of Qty. of Prescription of test Frequency @ which test Total
No. Materials to be tested Materi which shall be carried out shall be carried out No. of
as per als Test to
sched be
ule B taken
45 to 90 mm 1 to 100 Cmt – 1 Test
45 to 63 mm 100 to 500 cmt – 3 Test
25 to 40 mm metal 500 to 1500 cmt – 5 Test
10 to 20 mm kaptchi 1500 to 5000 cmt – 7
Test
10 to 12 mm kaptchi
6 to 10 mm grit
6 mm size grit
19.20 to 26.5 mm
13.20 to 19.20 mm
4.75 to 13.20 mm
2.36 to 4.75 mm
5.60 to 11.20 mm
2.80 to 5.60
GSB Unscreen Gravel
Quarry Spaull
20 mm MCBT Gradation Test 1 to 100 Cmt – 1 Test
26.50 to 4.75 mm 100 to 500 cmt – 3 Test
40 mm nominal sie Impect value 500 to 1500 cmt – 5 Test
Flakiness Index 1500 to 5000 cmt – 7
Test
Sand Stripping Value -As above-
Murrum P. I. Value One test per / 50 Cmt
Sand Silt Content One test per work
Stone dust Gradation One test per 200 Cmt
Asphalt Vg- 30 1Penetration Test as per No. of Tankar Tes
I.S. 1203 t
(ii) Emulsion 1 to 10 1
11 to 20 2
21 to 50 3
50 to 100 4
Remaining every 50 tankar
1
2. Ductility Test As per I.S. 1208
3.Specification Gravity As per I.S. 1202
Test
4. Softening point Test As per I.S. 1204
5.Viscocity Test As per I.S. 1206
Tack coat Binder temperature for Irregular close in
application interavals Two tests per
day
Rate of spread of binder
7 Carpet & seal coat mix grading
temperature of binder in One Test on individual
boiler, aggregates in the contitunents and mixed
dryer and mix at the time aggregates from the dryer
of laying and rolling for each 100 tonnes on mix
subject to minimum of two
(Binde content vide 45
tests per plant per day.
IMD 2172)
One Test for each 100 tons
of mix subjects to mini. of
Two per day plnat
Rate of spreaded mix Reguler control through
materials checjs on layer thickness.
8 Bricks Water absorption 1 test per 50000 Bricks
Efflorence
Size
Compressive Strength
9 Cement Consistency Up to 50 T 1 test
Setting time 100 T 2 tests(As
per
Compressive stemgth 200 T 3 tests GERI
Fineness 300 T 4 tests Manual
Chemical analysis 500 T 5 Tests
2002)
Soundess 800 T 6 tests
1300 T 7 tests
and 8 tests for longer consingment
SIGNATURE OF CONTRACTOR